ERie M. FISHER

Vol. XXIV January, 1948 No. 1

THE

PAN -Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in co-operation with

The California Academy of Sciences

CONTENTS

LEACH, BIOGRAPHY OF F. W. NUNENMACHER. 1

NUNENMACHER, STUDIES AMONG THE COCCINELLIDAE, 11 6

ESSIG, T. D. A. COCKERELL OBITUARY NOTICEl 8

ESSIG, MOUNTING APHIDS AND OTHER SMALL INSECTS 9

POTTS, THE SCARABAEID GENUS GEOTRUPES AND ITS TYPE 23

POTTS, PONERA TRIGONA VAR. OPACIOR FOREL 2G

FURMAN, SYNONYMY OF LIPONYSSUS PACIFICUS EWING 27

PRITCHARD, CLINODIPLOSIS PUCCINIAE, A NEW GALL MIDGE 29

TILDEN, AESTIVATION IN ARACHNIS PICTA PACKARD 31

THATCHER, NOTES ON XENORHIPIS OSBORNI KNULL 32

BIXBY, DISTRIBUTION OF SPHAERIDIUM LUNATUM FABR 33

DOUTT, DISTRIBUTION OF COPIDOSOMA KOEHLERI BLANCH 34

ECKERT, REVIEW OF SMITH’S SYNOPSIS OF U. S. ANTS 35

PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY, PROCEEDINGS 36

LIST OF MEMBERS 44

San Francisco, California
1948

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

EDITORIAL BOARD

E. C. Van Dyke E. G. Linsley, R. L. Usingeb E. S. Ross

Associate Editor Editors Assistant Editor

R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising

Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.

Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be ad-
dressed to the editors, 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
California. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of
address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be
addressed to the treasurer, R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco 18, California

Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FOURTH SERIES
VOLUME XXIV

Contributions Toward a Knowledge of the Insect Fauna of Lower California

1. Introductory Account, by A. E. Michelbacher and E. S. Ross. Pp. 1-20, pis. 1-3.

February, 1942 - $0.25

2. Coleoptera; Cerambycidae, by E. Gorton Linsley. Pp. 21-96, pis. 4-5. Feb., 1942 75

3. Coleoptera: Buprestidae, by Edwin C. Van Dyke. Pp. 97-132, pis. 6-7. Mar., 1942 .35

4. Neuroptera: Myrmeleonidae, by Nathan Banks. Pp. 133-152, pi. 8. March, 1942 20

5. Symphyla, by A. E. Michelbacher. Pp. 153-160, pi. 9. March, 1942 15

6. Diptera : Culicidae, by Thomas H. G. Aitken. Pp. 161-170. June, 1942 20

7. Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae, by Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr. Pp. 171-288, pis. 10, 11 1,50

Order from CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, SAN FRANCISCO 18, CALIFORNIA

Higher Deposits
Increased Retention
with

CP-5

Dust Sticker

A Dry Powder for Incorporation
with Dusts by Dust Manufacturers

COLLOIDAL
PRODUCTS CORP.

2598 Taylor St. - San Francisco 1 1

SOIL and GRAIN

FUMIGANTS

♦

INSECTICIDES

♦

WEED KILLING
PREPARATIONS

GREAT WESTERN DIVISION

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY

Seattle SAN FRANCISCO Los Angeles
Seal Beach • California

Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the postoffice at San
Francisco, California, under Act of August 24, 1912.

I

San Francisco Chronicle Photo

FREDERICK WILLIAM NUNENMACHER

The Pan -Pacific Entomologist

VoL XXIV, No. 1

January, 1948

BIOGRAPHY OF

FREDERICK WILLIAM NUNENMACHER

BY E. R. LEACH
Piedmont, California

In the death of Frederick William Nunenmacher at his home
in Piedmont, California, on April 29, 1946, the West lost a man
who might be called the. last of the old-time collectors, for like
Douglas, Coulter, and Nuttall of old he collected over a large part
of California on foot. Possessed of a strong and active body, an
inquisitive mind, and remarkable eyesight, he was the ideal field
collector and he pursued his hobby with a zeal and enthusiasm
that made him an outstanding and picturesque character. Born in
Oakland, California, March 28, 1870, when that city was but a
village, he grew up surrounded by nature at its best. Open fields,
oak groves, streams, bays, and marshes provided ideal homes for
all forms of wild life; birds, reptiles, and insects abounded. In his
boyhood he collected everything and became especially proficient
in the preparation of bird skins. He had little schooling and when
quite young began to help his father in his garden and nursery
business — a line of work he continued to the end of his life. He
thus lived out-of-doors and had amassed a large collection of mis-
cellaneous natural history specimens by early manhood. At this
time he had the good fortune to meet the eminent economic ento-
mologist, Albert Koebele, who in a short time convinced him that
he should concentrate on some small group in which he had a
special interest. Following this advice he began at once to limit
his collecting to Coleoptera, specializing on the Coccinellidae. In
later life he became a strong advocate of specialization and also
of the practice of keeping long series of each species instead of a
pair or, at most, a set of four as was the custom of most of the older
collectors. How well he succeeded in his own case is shown by the
Coccinellid collection that he left— probably the most complete in
America.

2

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIV, NO. 1

His early collecting was done in the San Francisco Bay area
beginning in the 1880’s. The first long trip of which there is a
record was to Arizona in 1906 where he spent three months as
assistant to his friend, Koebele. Nogales was their headquarters
from which they scoured the country on foot for miles in all direc-
tions. While searching primarily for a parasite to prey on certain
Homoptera, all orders of insects were taken when found. In 1907
and 1908 he was engaged in the nursery business in connection with
a restaurant and hotel in Goldfield, Nevada. As may be imagined,
this was not a profitable business financially, but his residence
there proved very profitable entomologically.

While the Coccinellidae were his favorites in the laboratory,
in the field he preferred the Omus and sought them with great
energy and skill. The first date noted for taking this genus is 1892,
but it was not until 18 years later that he began his systematic
search for them — a search that was to influence most of his trips
for the next 35 years. In this enterprise he was encouraged and
assisted by Dr. Walther Horn, the well-known Cicindela specialist,
with whom he had long and friendly relations. It was in 1910
then that he began his Omus quest by proceeding to the northern
coast of California where he collected as he walked along the old
country roads (far different from the present paved highways)
from Eureka through Crescent City to Waldo, Oregon. In 1911 per-
haps the most strenuous and difficult trip of his entire career was
undertaken. Starting 50 miles south of Eureka he tramped along
the roads collecting as usual through Areata, Blue Lake, and Wil-
low Creek to Cottage Grove on the Klamath River. From here it
is 75 miles in an airline to Grant’s Pass, Oregon, through some of
the wildest and roughest mountains in either of the two states, and
that was the route he chose to take. Alone with his collecting equip-
ment on his back, he had only game trails to follow and was de-
pendent on the Indians and an occasional prospector for his food
and shelter. The distance actually walked between these two places
could not have been less than 100 very rough miles and the total
for the trip, 275. To appreciate the boldness of this venture, one
must see this rugged wilderness himself.

His next journey of importance was in 1913 when with his son
he took a horse and wagon and travelled up through Shasta and
Modoc counties as far as Lakeview, Oregon, and back by way of
Lassen and Plumas counties and Lake Tahoe — ^a productive trip

JANUARY, 1948J

LEACH— F. W. NUTNTENMACHER

3

of three months duration. The next season, 1914, with the same
companion and outfit, two months were spent in the region around
Yosemite Valley. On both these trips the wagon was only for
transporting their camp equipment. Almost the entire distance
was made on foot in order to collect along the way, the horse being
trained to follow. From 1910 when he began his intensive search
to the end of this trip in 1914, he had collected 23 species of Omus
described as new by Dr. Walther Horn and Col. Casey. In later
years seven more species of Omus collected by him were described
as new, four by himself. As the automobile came into use and good
highways were built, many short collecting trips to various parts
of this and adjoining states were taken, that in 1928 when a month
was spent in Arizona being the longest.

On all his trips he worked long and hard. His voice was the
first to be heard in the morning, “Come on, fellows — time to get
started,” and this always before daylight. As a result, he amassed
an enormous amount of material, mostly Coleoptera, all of which
had to be sorted, mounted, and classified at night and on Sun-
days as he carried on his nursery and garden work at all times.
In this material there were naturally many rare and interesting
species and a list prepared by him shows that various authors
described 195 species as new of which 20 bear the specific, or
varietal, name “nunenmacheri.” At various times he sold or other-
wise disposed of large parts of his collection. Even so he left
60,000 specimens of (dassified Coleoptera and a large amount of
unclassified material. The Coccinellidae, comprising 2100 species
and varieties and 15,000 specimens, was purchased in 1947 and
presented to the California Academy of Sciences while practically
all of the remainder is now in the Chicago Natural History Mu-
seum. Although he speiit much time in the study of his beetles,
especially Coccinellidae and Omus, his writings were rather mea-
ger, a few papers on these two groups and the description of a
new Zacotus being all his published work. A short account of his
experience in collecting Omus was left in manuscript.

While he took long trips alone and spent hours by himself in
his “bug shop,” he really was a very sociable person and enjoyed
company, especially that of fellow collectors. Beginners were al-
ways welcome. Not only did he help them generously, but seemed
able to imbue them with the intense enthusiasm that was his out-
standing characteristic. His home life was a happy one, and he

4

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 1

raised a family of six children, of whom four daughters and his
son survive. In addition to the cares of a family, conduct of his
business, and the building of an insect collection, he found time
to take part in many and varied activities. He was a charter mem-
ber of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, acted at times as
a deputy sheriff, was for many years a volunteer fireman, and
even served as a delegate to political conventions. He was also
skilled in the building trades and built the house in which he
lived almost entirely alone. He was brick mason, carpenter,
plumber, plasterer, painter, and most everyone else needed to
complete the job. For several years he was the city gardener of
Piedmont and superintended the planting of most of the trees that
now line its streets.

Such in short was the full, active, and useful life of Frederick
William Nunenmacher. Who of us has made better use of his time
and talent?

Entomological Bibliography of F. W. Nunenmacher

1. 1909. Two new species of Coccinellidae (Coleoptera) . Ent.
News, XX, pp. 161-162.

2. 1911. Studies amongst the Coccinellidae, No. 2 (Col.). Ent.
News, XXII, pp. 71-74.

3. 1912. The Stanford Expedition to Brazil, 1911. J. C. Branner,
Director. Studies amongst the Coccinellidae, No. 3. Psyche,
XIX, pp. 149-151.

4. 1912. Studies amongst the Coccinellidae, No. 4 (Col.). Ent.
News, XXIII, pp. 448-451.

5. 1913. Studies amongst the Coccinellidae, No. 5 (Col.). A new
and interesting species. Ent. News, XXIV, p. 76.

6. 1934. Studies amongst the Coccinellidae, No. 6 — New species.
Pan-Pac. Ent., X, pp. 17-21.

7. 1934. Studies among the Coccinellidae, No. 7 (Coleoptera).
Pan-Pac. Ent., X, pp. 113-114, fig.

8. 1937. Studies among the Coccinellidae, No. 8 (Coleoptera).
Pan-Pac. Ent., XIII, pp. 182-183.

9. 1940. Studies on the species of Omus, No. 1 (Coleoptera, Cic-
indelidae). Pan-Pac. Ent., XVI, pp. 143-144.

10. 1944. A new species of Zacotus (Coleoptera, Carabidae). Pan-
Pac. Ent., XX, p. 12.

11. 1944. Studies among the Coccinellidae, No. 9. (Coleoptera).
Pan-Pac. Ent., XX, pp. 144-146.

JANUARY, 1948]

LEACH— F. W. NUNENMACHER

5

12. 1946. StJudies among the Coccinellidae, No. 10 (Coleoptera) .
Pan-Pac. Ent., XXII, pp. 72-73.

13, 1948. Studies among the Coccinellidae, No. 11 (Coleoptera).
Pan-Pac. Ent., XXIV, pp. 6-8.

Names of Species and Varieties Proposed by
F. W. Nunenmacher

Cicindelidae -

Omus subcylindricus, 9:143. Omus vanlooi, 9:144.

Carabidae

Zacotus fredericki, 10:12.

Coccinellidae

Adalia nigromaculata, 6:20.
Agrabia sicardi, 4:448.

Agrabia sicardi var. complexa,
4:448.

Axion incompletus, 2 :71.
Brachyacantha blaisdelli, 1 :162.
Brachyacantha distincta, 13:8.
Brachyacantha lengi, 4:449.
Brachyacantha manni, 3:150.
Brachyacantha neglecta, 13:8.
Brumus blumi, 7 :114.

Coccinella bridwelli, 5:76.
Coccinella humboldtensis, 4:448.
Coccinella ampla var. rufa,
11:146.

Coccinella vandykei, 1:161.
Ceratomegilla cottlei, 6:20.
Delphastes argentinicus, 8:183.
Exoplectra brasiliensis, 3:151.
Hippodamia hoppingi, 6:21.
Hippodamia apicalis tricolor,
12:72.

Hyperaspidius bryanti, 13:7.
Hyperaspidius carri, 13:6.
Hyperaspidius coloradensis,
13:7.

Hyperaspidius horni, 6:19.

Hyperaspidius juniperus, 11:146.
Hyperaspidius mexicanus, 6:19.
Hyperaspidius rossi, 11:145.
Hyperaspidius shauli, 11:145.
Hyperaspidius subtropicus,

13:7.

Hyperaspis biornatus, 6:18.
Hyperaspis falli, 4:450.
Hyperaspis lateralis var. flam-
mula, 2:72.

Hyperaspis leachi, 6:19.
Hyperaspis idae, 4:450.
Hyperaspis ploribunda, 2 :74.
Hyperaspis wellmani, 2:72.
Hyperaspis wolcotti, 2:73.
Microweisea ovata, 6:20.
Psyllobora koebelei, 2 :71.
Scymnillus cochisiensis, 4:451.
Scymnus convexus, 8:182.
Scymnus maderi, new name for
S. quercus Nun., 8:183.
Scymnus quercus, 6:18.

Scymnus schuberti, 6:17.
Scymnus scotti, 6:17.

Stethorus ogloblini, 8:182.

Zenora tricolor, 11:144.

6

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXIV, NO. 1

STUDIES mom the COCCINELLIDAE, no. 11

(Coleoptera)

BY F. W. NUNENMACHER
Piedmont, California

G. R. Crotch, in April, 1873, erected his genus Hyperaspidius
on the basis of the absence of an epileural fovea to receive the
posterior femur, and listed trimaculata Linn, as the first species.
Gorham (Biologia Centrali- Americana, page 204) says, in fact,
that the foveae are perfectly apparent. Maj. Casey in his revision
of the American Coccinellidae, page 130, says this is an aber-
rant genus of the present tribe, in having the elytral epipleurae
devoid of depressions for the posterior femur, and he too puts
trimaculata Linn, in that genus. On looking my two specimens
over I find they have a distinct but shallow fovea and on this
ground I am returning trimaculata to the genus Hyperaspis in
ray collection. Hyperaspis trivittata Ws. from Brazil has the
same pattern as trimaculata Linn, and could be taken for a
variety of it.

Hyperaspidius carri Nunenmacher, new species

Head of the male yellow, finely punctured; of the female black,
finely punctured, with a narrow lateral border yellow. Elytra yel-
low, suture black, gradually dilated to about the middle, then nar-
rowed to just before the apex ; and a broad black vitta commencing
on the callus and extending to about three-fourths the length of the
elytron where it curves inward. In the male it does not join the

4

suture but in the female it does. The margin bead is dark. Ventral
surface of male piceous, the legs and epipleura yellow; of female
black, the legs and epipleura yellow or darker. Length 2-2.5 mm.,
width 1-1.5 mm.

Holotype, male, allotype, female, and seven paratypes. Medi-
cine Hat, Alta., May 25, 1934, J. Carr collector. Seven para-
types, Cypress Hills, Alta., May 2, 1924, F. S. Carr collector.
Types and three paratypes in the author’s collection. Eleven
paratypes in the 0. Bryant collection. The specimens came to
me labeled vittigera Lee., and were kindly given to me by 0.
Bryant.

JANUARY, 1948] NUNENMACHER— COCCINELLIDAE

7

Hyperaspidius coloradensis Nunenmacher, new species

Oval, somewhat depressed. Head black, finely punctured. Thorax
black, sides very narrowly yellow, sparsely and finely punctured.
Elytra yellow; suture narrowly and the same width to the apex
black. A broad vitta covering the callus and extending nearly to
the apex, where it curves inward and narrows to a point that just
reaches the suture. This black vitta is twice the width of the yellow
ground color. Ventral surface black, legs and epipleura piceous.
Length 2 mm., width 1.5 mm,

Holotype female in the author’s collection. Col. — No other
data.

Hyperaspidius bryanti Nunenmacher. new species

Head yellow, occiput black and very finely punctured. Thorax
yellow with the basal half black, notched in the center, the black not
reaching side margins. Very finely punctured. Elytra light yellow
with the suture narrowly and the same width to the apex, black. A
broad black vitta covering the callus to three-fourths the length of
the elytron where it curves inwards and outwards connecting with
the suture, and the margin the same width leaving a large oval
apical spot. Elytra punctured a little deeper than the thorax. Ven-
tral surface piceous. Epipleura and legs yellow. Length 1.5 mm.,
width 1 mm.

Holotype, male, in the author’s collection, St. Catalina Mts.,
Ariz., June, 1940, Bryant (Lot 23) collector. One paratype,
male, same data? Private label No. 263. No label in 0. Bryant’s
collection. I name this pretty species for its discoverer.

Hyperaspidius sub tropicus Nunenmacher, new species

Head of male yellow, very finely punctured; of female, black.
Thorax of male finely punctured yellow with the base broadly black,
anteriorly four lobed, and extending beyond the middle; of female,
black with narrow yellow sides. Elytra punctured a little coarser
than the thorax. Yellow suture narrowly black and a black vitta
commencing on the callus and extending to a little beyond two-
thirds the length of the elytron. Female the same. Ventral surface
piceous. Legs and epipleura yellow. All the yellow is a light straw
yellow. Length 2 mm., width 1.25 mm.

Holotype, male, and allotype, female, in the author’s collec-
tion from Mexico, October, 1907, A. Koebele collector. No other
data. Kindly given to me in 1898 under the name vittigera Lee.
by Mr. Koebele.

8

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 1

Brachyacantha distincta Nunenmacher, new species

Head black, finely and closely punctured. Thorax black, a little
more clearly punctured, with broad yellow sides. Elytra black with
a large irregular oblong shaped spot that covers most of anterior
half of elytra. A large apical spot yellow, commencing at center of
base where it is a little wider than half the width of elytron and
extending parallel with the suture to a little beyond middle of length
of elytron where it expands and almost joins the suture, and ends
in a blunt point. Lateral margin starting at the base on inner side
of callus and expanding a little just as it frees the callus, then on
to about middle of length of elytron, ending in a rounded angle.
Punctures a little stronger than on thorax. Apical spot large, round,
leaving a narrow space as a suture. Apex and margin black. Ven-
tral surface and legs rufescent except epipleura, meso-, and meta-
stemum which are black. Length 4 mm., width 3 mm.

Holotype, female, in the author’s collection from CoRUMBA,
Matt. Grosso. No other data.

Brachyacantha neglecta Nunenmacher, new species

Head black, finely punctured. Trophi yellow. Thorax black, sides
narrowly yellow and punctured a little stronger. Elytra black with
a crude three-pointed star and two spots yellow. A small triangular
humeral spot. A broad crescent-shaped spot in middle of elytron
with rounded ends that do not reach the suture of the margin, leav-
ing a narrow space black. A brnnch about half the width from
center extending to the same side of scutellum forming star. Apical
spot large, about the same distance from suture. Apex and margin
punctured a little stronger. Ventral surface and legs black, tarsus
rufescent. Epipleura black, yellow at humeral and marginal spots.
Length 4 mm., width 3.25 mm.

Holotype, female, and one paratype, female, in author’s col-
lection from Etre. Rios. Argent. No other data.

OBITUARY NOTICE

Professor T. D. A. Cockerell died on the morning of January
26, 1948, at 430 Nutmeg Street, San Diego, California, at the age
of 81 years, 5 months. Entomologists all over the world will be
sorry to learn of his demise. He was working up to the very last
on his bees. A more extensive obituary notice will appear in an
early issue of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist. — E. 0. EssiC.

JANUARY, 1948]

ESSIG— MOUNTING APHIDS

9

MOUNTING APHIDS AND OTHER SMALL INSECTS ON

MICROSCOPIC SLIDES^

BY E. O. ESSIG ,

University of California, Berkeley

In order to systematically study many small insects such as
aphids, thrips, and coccids, it is necessary to prepare the specimens
so that they may be critically examined under high magnifications.
Although unmounted or temporarily mounted specimens may be
superficially investigated by means of a hand lens or a binocular
microscope, a properly prepared and mounted specimen is required
for the careful examination with a compound microscope necessary
for exact determination of species and for morphological study.
From earliest times, in the examination of these small insects, it
has been a common practice to mount them directly into any avail-
able medium on a glass slide and covered with a very thin glass
cover slip. Specimens so mounted may be preserved almost in-
definitely against the inroads of time, moisture, corrosion, fungi,
and predacious insects that so often destroy pinned and otherwise
exposed insects.

Since 1909 I have been studying plant lice of the family
Aphididae and have had occasion to examine many methods of
preparing these rather delicate, soft-bodied insects for study both
in America and in Europe and have also examined much mounted
material received from systematists from all parts of the world. I
do not know who first perfected the technique of the Canada balsam
mount, but the earliest slides of aphids that I have examined were
those prepared by Francis Walker which are in the British Museum
of Natural History and are now approximately 100 years old. Al-
though the balsam has darkened greatly, the specimens are still in
fair condition for study with a compound microscope. Other early
students of aphids mounted them on pins or on points and conse-
quently most of the specimens of species described before Walker’s
time have been lost. Thus the innumerable species described by
Linnaeus, Fabricius, Kaltenbach, Schrank, Koch, Geoffrey, De

'These recommendations and procedures are also applicable to Acarina and to
other small insects, including the Apterygota, Coccidae, Anoplura, Mallophaga,
Thysanoptera, etc.

10

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [^VOL XXIV NO 1

Geer, and other contemporaries in Europe and those of Harris,
Fitch, Walsh, Rafinesque, Haldeman, Ashmead, and others in
America, have mostly disappeared and there are no specimens such
as types or cotypes left to guide their successors.

During recent years, most systematists have mounted aphids in
the accepted manner on glass slides directly into balsam or euparal.
Certain more exacting and careful workers have also cleared the
specimens by cold or hot treatment in a water solution of KOH or
NaOH followed by staining and preparatory to mounting in media.

Aphids are somewhat more difficult to clear than most other
small insects because of the embryos which should be removed from
the bodies of the females before a satisfactory transparent and
stained mount can be secured. The embryos, if not removed, may
completely fill the body cavity and obscure many of the important
details necessary for the correct determination of the species. Stain-
ing of the embryos within the bodies results in an opaque mass of
little use to the systematist. Staining may also obscure much of the
pigmentation so useful in classification.

In order to improve the technique in the preparation of more
satisfactory and permanent mounted specimens of aphids, a careful
study was begun at the British Museum of Natural History, London,
in the fall of 1936, and from there continued in Belgium, Holland,
Switzerland, Austria, Germany, France, and the United States up
to the present time. The results of the studies are also based upon
the experience of many aphidologists.

I. Preservation of Specimens for Permanence or for

Subsequent Mounting

1. Living or freshly collected specimens

The most easily prepared and satisfactory mounts are from
freshly collected living specimens. They may be removed from
the host plants and killed in 95 per cent ethyl alcohol. This solu-
tion also thoroughly wets the bodies and wings and prevents the
latter from sticking together, becoming misshapen, and from col-
lecting air bubbles. They are then transferred immediately to the
clearing solution.

2. Specimens preserved in liquids

(1) In alcohol. A solution of 70 to 95 per cent ethyl alcohol is
very satisfactory for temporary or permanent preservation of

JANUARY, 1948]

ESSIG— MOUNTING APHIDS

11

aphids. Specimens remaining in such concentrations for twenty or
more years may be satisfactorily cleared for mounting.

(2) In formalin. Specimens preserved for many years in this
fluid become hardened and are very much more difficult to clear
and mount than those preserved in alcohol. If first soaked for 48
hours or more or heated in water, they may yield satisfactory speci-
mens. Formalin is not recommended as a preservative for aphids.

(3) In lactic acid. A solution made up of 35 per cent lactic acid,
50 per cent alcohol, and 15 per cent water is a very satisfactory pre-
servative for a short period of time, not much over a month. This
preservative does act as a clearing medium but even so the embryos
should be removed before mounting if the specimens are to be
stained. A longer period in the preservative may cause the speci-
mens to distintegrate and to become very difficult or impossible to
mount.

3. Dried specimens

Aphids that have been dried may be treated in the same way as
alcoholic or fresh specimens. Aphids preserved on herbarium
specimens may be recovered if care is taken to remove the fragile
insects in their entirety. Thus dried bodies on herbarium specimens
preserved dry for over 100 years were successfully removed and
mounted. Frequently bottled alcohol specimens dry up because of
leakage around stoppers. Such specimens may be treated in the
regular manner and usually clear up perfectly, seldom requiring
the removal of body contents.

II. Clearing Specimens Preparatory to Permanent Mounting

ON Glass Microscopic Slides

There have been many methods proposed and used for mounting
aphids on slides. The experience, technique, and objective of an
aphid specialist has a great deal to do with the results obtained.
Since specially prepared specimens are so much better for study
than those simply dropped into a mounting medium, it is unneces-
sary to repeat the simple methods of the past.

Caustic Treatment (KOH or NaOH) . Many aphidologists prefer
to use these alkali chemicals for clearing aphids. It is the usual
practice to make up a stock solution of 5 or 10 per cent for use as
needed. It is now possible to procure gram pellets which are much
more satisfactory, as small quantities may be readily prepared by
adding a pellet or two as needed. All the difficulties occasioned by
stock bottles of these solutions are eliminated.

12

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIV, NO. 1

There seems to be a growing preference for NaOH because it
does not appear to be so destructive as KOH to the pigments and
to the integument of these fragile insects. Both of these chemicals
are also very destructive to the delicate wings of aphids and often
render them unfit for mounting and study.

1. Cold Solution. The specimens are placed in a small con-
tainer; vial, watch crystal or slender dish — completely immersed
in a solution of the caustic clearing agent and put aside until the
desired transparency is secured. From a few days to a week or
even more time may be required. Specimens so treated frequently
become very pale or completely transparent and even destroyed if
left too long.

2. Hot Solution. By heating or boiling the specimens in the
caustic solution the process of clearing may be reduced to a few
seconds or minutes. Boiling is often quite injurious to the speci-
mens unless carefully done. For aphids it is not to be recommended
except for preserved species belonging to the dark forms of such
genera as Astegopteryx, Thoracaphis and Aleurodaphis.

3. Washing and staining.

( 1 ) . Removing body contents. When the specimens are suf-
ficiently cleared the embryos may be removed by using a suitable
teasing instrument (Fig. 1) constructed by heating, flattening, and
shaping a large steel needle point. Because of the delicacy of the
treated tissues of the specimens it is often difficult to squeeze and
tease out the embryos because the bodies collapse and prevent the

, “bellows action” that may operate to free the embryos from the
body. Males and immature females usually clear without the nec-
essity of removing the body contents.

In clearing, the wings often swell up like bags and are so fragile
that great care must be exercised to deflate them without destroying
'them completely.

(2) . Staining. After clearing, the specimens are removed to a
clean container with water, acetic acid, or a suitable stain. Ordi-
narily, basic fuchsin or magenta is satisfactory, but fast green or
other stains may be employed. NaOH-fuchsin may also be used,
whereby staining and clearing may be accomplished at the same
time. This step is followed by removal of the specimens to glacial
acetic acid.

(3) . Dehydrating. The third step is to remove any water and
excess acid and stain by transferring to 95 per cent alcohol.

JANUARY, 1948]

ESSIG— MOUNTING APHIDS

13

(4) . Destaining. If the specimens are stained too densely the
excess color may often be removed by transferring to water. Care
is taken to remove just the right amount of stain. The aphids are
then returned to alcohol. Ordinarily 95 per cent alcohol is adequate
for satisfactory dehydration.

(5) . Fixing and Clearing. The brilliance of the specimens is
often improved by transferring them from the alcohol to clove oil,
xylol, or a similar reagent. Ordinarily one may simply add a small
quantity of clove oil to the specimens already in alcohol. Small
globules of fat or soapy material may also be removed by the ad-
dition of a small amount of xylol.

Chloral Hydrate, Alcohol, Lactic Acid, Carbolic Acid, and

Water Clearing Mixture

A solution of these components appears to have originated among
aphidologists in Holland and has come to be generally used. The
formula and procedure are as follows:

(1) Place preserved or live specimens in 70 per cent alcohol and
heat over a boiling water bath for 10 to 15 minutes.

(2) . Transfer to a solution of 70 per cent lactic acid and sim-
ilarly heat for 15 to 20 minutes. (Small pale whitish or yellowish
species for only 10 minutes) .

(3) . Transfer to a mixture of a saturated solution of chloral
hydrate, to which a small amount of carbolic acid crystals are add-
ed, and heat over a hot water bath for only a few minutes or until
the color is greatly lessened or disappears.

( 4) . Remove the body contents — especially the embryos.

(5) . Mount directly into Berlese mixture, a modification of De
Fauer’s Fluid, or into a similar medium on the slide without wash-
ing or further treatment.

(6) . Heat lightly for 10 or 15 minutes to relax the specimens
but not to give rise to bubbles or air pockets under the cover slip.

( 7 ) . After a week or more, clean slide and ring with suitable
ringing compound discussed further on.

Chloral hydrate and lactic acid both have a tendency to destroy
aphid tissues very slowly and for that reason it is necessary to re-
move these chemicals by washing thoroughly and dehydrating in
95% alcohol followed by clearing in clove oil or similar oil before
mounting them in a more permanent medium such as balsam,
euparal and dammar.

14

THE PAmPACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIV, NO. 1

Lactic Acid, Alcohol, Carbolic Acid, and Water Clearing

Mixture

(1). Formulation. By far the simplest and most satisfactory
solution for clearing aphids is one prepared as follows:

Stock Solution

Lactic acid

...45 parts

Acetic acid

... 5 parts

Ethyl alcohol

...30 parts

Water saturated solution of phenol...

... 5 parts

Water

...15 parts

This formula may be modified somewhat by adding more lactic
acid or water to specimens long preserved in 80-95 per cent alcohol.

(2). Heating. Small stender dishes, 1^ inches in diameter, are
very suitable containers for handling the aphids during the clearing,
heating and staining processes. A good procedure is to empty the
aphids from the preservative directly into the dishes, draw off excess
alcohol with a pipette and add the clearing solution. Appropriate
labels may be attached to the covers. The covered dishes are then
put into petri dishes and placed in a constant temperature oven and
maintained at a temperature of approximately 120° F. or 49° C.

Freshly collected specimens may be heated sufficiently in one
hour, whereas alcoholic specimens of long standing requii'e from
24 to 48 hours or even longer. There is considerable difference in
the relaxing and clearing of different species of aphids by this
process. The most difficult specimens to clear are certain dark
species of the genus Aphis which have long been in alcohol. The
proper amount of heating may be determined by the clear appear-
ance of the bodies and by actual testing of a few individuals. It
may often be necessary to return inadequately cleared specimens to
the oven for further heating. Injury by overheating has not been
noted. \

In developing this process the cleared specimens are removed
from the lactic acid solution, the body contents and especially its
embryos removed, transferred to 95 per cent alcohol, then to clove
oil and finally mounted in the desired medium.

Dried specimens, alcoholic females devoid of embryos, and
males, require no other treatment, but females which are full of
embryos or eggs require special attention to remove these from

JANUARY, 1948]

ESSIG— MOUNTING APHIDS

15

the bodies. To do this the aphids taken from the oven are trans-
ferred to the more accessible Syracuse watch crystals and the em-
bryos or eggs removed by special “teasers” under a binocular
microscope. These teasers (Fig. 1) are of various sizes designed
to just cover the entire body of the victim to be operated upon.
Pressure from above disrupts the body wall at different points —
usually along the sides — and the embryos are forced out by a care-
fully directed up and down bellows-like motion with just enough
pressure to remove the embryos and other body contents without
injuring or removing the legs, antennae, and wings. It is not al-
ways possible to secure absolutely perfect specimens from poorly
preserved material and from fragile or very delicate species, but
with care and patience very perfect and beautiful mounts may be
secured. Freshly collected specimens yield the most perfect mounts.

When spread, these deflated skins do not assume the exact body
contours of the living specimens but they permit the most discrim-
inate and painstaking study of all the body characters that are im-
portant in determining the identity of the species. The pigmenta-
tion, sculpturing, vestiture, and other characteristics are preserved
perfectly and can be reproduced by drawings and by micropho-
tography.

Cleared specimens appear to vary considerably as to their rigid-
ity following the various steps leading to their final immersion in
the mounting medium. If not properly dehydrated and hardened
during the last step, the antennae and legs often collapse when
transferred to the mounting medium. This shrinking is caused by
the sudden difference in the osmotic pressure between the lighter
body impregnating fluids and the heavier mounting medium. Clove
oil, xylol, and similar fixing solutions harden the tissues so that
this collapse may be lessened or prevented. Apparently the effects
of the preservative may be responsible for a hardening or softening
of the body and appendages. Or perhaps the fact that newly molted
specimens had not sufficiently hardened before they were collected
and treated may result in their collapse more readily than the older
and more mature individuals.

III. Mounting — General

Insect collections should be prepared for permanence. It has
already been noted that the ordinary methods of pin and point
mounting of such small and fragile insects as aphids are very tem-
porary and useless for collection and museum purposes.

16

the PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 1

Slide mounts are not always satisfactory over a long period of
time unless careful preparation and the most permanent types of
mounting media are employed. At the present time there is no way
of knowing what particular kinds and combinations of chemicals
will prove the most satisfactory for these purposes over a period
of hundreds of years. Perhaps we cannot expect such enduring
qualities of a medium that must be so easily manipulated and per-
fectly adapted to all the requirements of a satisfactory mount that
may be subjected to study by a high-powered microscope or the
even higher magnification of an electron microscope.

Cc&t'

negunao

Beykeleu.

Calif

June 12 , 1946

R" Odoms, Cofi

Feyiphg Ifus
negundinis

{Thoo)

(?(????
£s5/6 I34S

9

V

Fig. 1. Top. Glass microscope slide showing arrangement of
aphid specimens, the ringed cover slip and suitable method of label-
ing. Bottom. Needle point and angled “teasers” used for the re-
moval of the embryos and other body contents of the aphids. A large
assortment of sizes may be desirable. The handles may be as long
as needed. Natural size. (Drawing by Frieda Abernathy.)

(1). Canada Balsam has long been the most versatile mount-
ing medium for small insects. Its important qualities are: (1)
ease of manipulation; (2) ability to give up bubbles and air pock-
ets; (3) refractive qualities; its index of jefraction being 1.535;

JANUARY, 1948]

ESSIG— MOUNTING APHIDS

17

(4) stability and durability; and (5) cheapness and availability.
Some of the objectionable qualities are: (1) brittleness and tend-
ency to dry out and crystallize over a period of years : this condition
may often be temporarily corrected by adding xylol to the mount;
(2) tendency to discoloration. Clear white balsam mounts pre-
pared 20 to 30 years ago have become darker around the periphery
under the cover glass. This darkening is gradually extending in-
wardly — a condition which might have been prevented by ringing
with a suitable ringing compound. Unfortunately such of the old
ringing materials as Brunswick black and white lead compounds
proved to be quite unsatisfactory for such purposes.

(2). Euparal. This is a s)mthetic mounting medium com-
posed of camsal, eucalyptol, pyraldehyde, and sandarac, which was
first made available in the United States about 1927. It was ac-
cepted with some hesitation and much misgiving by most entomolo-
gists. Its cost was about eight times that of Canada balsam and
this prohibited its extensive use in teaching and general laboratory
work. Its durability has not yet been proven by actual use over a
long period of time. However, it was soon adopted by many dis-
criminating biologists and at the outbreak of the last great war in
1942, it had become a stable laboratory essential. Its importation
from England and from Germany, where it was commercially for-
mulated, was cut off during the war and the supply completely gave
out in most places. Just now it is being sent over to this country
from England and is being offered at the announced price of 23
dollars per pound. Only small deliveries have been forthcoming.
As a substitute I have been using a local “Wherle” Euparal mixture
which appears so far to be quite satisfactory. It has a tendency to
darken somewhat or turn greenish in bulk, but the thin layer under
a cover slip has remained colorless and clear over a period of four
years. It has a refractive index of 1.483. Euparal is also marketed
under the name Diaphane at $7.50 per pound.

Specimens may be transferred into Euparal directly from 95%
alcohol or from a mixture of 95% alcohol with a small amount of
xylol, oil of cloves, oil or Bergamot or other clearing agent. Like
Canada balsam, Euparal readily gives up air bubbles. It sets
quickly and apparently does not crystallize.

(3). Berlese Mounting Medium (A Modification of De
Fauer’s Fluid) . As now formulated, this appears to be a satis-
factory mounting solution. There are many modifications and
formulations in use and all of them apparently give satisfactory

18

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 1

results for those who have devised them. A good formula is as

follows :

Distilled water 20 cc.

Chloral hydrate 160 gr.

Gum arabic 15 gr.

Glucose syrup 10 cc.

Acetic acid 5 cc.

These ingredients may be formulated in the order listed over
a hot water bath or in an oven at 50° C or 123° F. The resulting
fluid should be filtered through a Buchner funnel and suction pump,
or through Whatman No. 5 filter paper, or clarified in a centrifuge.
It has a refraction index of about 1.461.

Specimens of aphids may be taken directly from water, alcohol
or 10% acetic acid in distilled water. It is also possible, and often,
advisable, to mount living specimens directly into the medium after
wetting them in alcohol to eliminate air bubbles.

After mounting, the slides may be heated for a short time over
a hot plate or in an oven at about 120° F. This treatment relaxes
and somewhat expands the specimens and promotes rapid clearing.
It also seals the cover glass. Care must be taken to prevent the
formation of bubbles.

After a period of two to four weeks the slide preparation should
be ringed with a suitable ringing compound, as listed further on.

(4) . Dammar. This is a resin derived from Australian conifers
formerly of the genus Dammara (now Agathis). Refined to a
colorless mounting medium, it has the excellent qualities of bal-
sam and Euparal for which it is a satisfactory substitute. It has an
index of 1.520 and appears to remain perfectly clear under the
cover slip although it may cloud some in bulk. Specimens are
prepared as for mounting in balsam or Euparal.

( 5) . Polyvinyl Alcohol. This is a relatively new mounting
medium recently developed. The methods of formulation vary
considerably which indicates that exact proportions of the vari-
ous ingredients are not too important.

The recommendations for preparing the mounting medium
with polyvinyl alcohol grade RH-349-N by the manufacturers, E.
I. DuPont de Nemours & Company, Inc., are as follows:

A. — PVA Stock Solution:

To 80 cc of distilled water add PVA in small amounts until
the mixture has the consistency of a thick syrup and attains a

JANUARY, 1948]

ESSIG— MOUNTING APHIDS

19

volume of approximately 100 cc. Heat in a water or steam bath
until homogeneous and milky in appearance. Allow -to cool. Reheat
to produce a clear mixture. Cool. Strain through fine copper gauze.
(Some investigators recommend filtering the hot solution through

4 or 5 layers of filter paper.)

B. — PVA Stock Mounting Medium:

PVA Stock solution 56 cc.

Phenol crystals 22 grms.

Lactic acid (C.P.) 22 cc.

Picric acid (for staining) 1 grain.

Mount specimens into PVA directly from 95 per cent alcohol
or from water in the regular manner, being careful to eliminate
as many bubbles as possible. This will require some practice and
experience. Fresh or preserved aphids may be wet in alcohol and
then immersed in water and mounted directly into PVA without
clearing or removing the embryos or body contents, but these
specimens are not nearly as satisfactory for microscopic study as
those properly cleared and stained.

» After several days or weeks the excess PVA may be removed
with a damp cloth and the slides ringed in the ordinary manner.

( 6 ) . Clarite and similar synthetic compounds :

The new plastic material, Clarite, makes a very good mounting
medium for aphids and other insects. The specimens, after clear-
ing in a proper solution and dehydrating in alcohol, may be trans-
ferred to xylol, toluene, or clove oil and thence directly into cla-
rite. It is very important to have just the right consistency of the
medium for eliminating bubbles. A 60 per cent solution of clarite
in toluene, by weight, appears to give the most satisfactory results
for aphids. The solution may be thinned with toluene, 1° C or 2°
C grades. It is nearly water white and has a refractive index of
1.544 and a melting point of 145° to 150° C. „

IV. Cover Slips

Circular cover slips are preferable to squares because they
can be ringed with a cement that protects the mounting medium
from desiccation, discoloration and possible crystallization. If
temporary mounts only are desired, there is no need to go to the
additional trouble of attempting to use permanent mounting media
or for ringing the slides. But for collections, and especially for

20

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 1

types of all kinds, it is most desirable to produce as permanent
mounts as possible. For such mounts, ringing the cover slips to
seal the mounting medium may be an important factor. (Fig. 1.)
The ringing may be repeated from time to time, every 10 or 20
years if required.

V. Ringing Compounds

Slide ringing has been practiced for many years by botanists,
plant pathologists, nematologists, and a few entomologists. Bruns-
wick Black or alphabet varnish, Japan gold size, zinc white, and
other materials were used, but without very satisfactory results.

Materials that are now available and very much better for
ringing are :

(1) . Murrayite. An English product used mostly for sealing
jars and vials containing specimens preserved in alcohol. It is a
clear light brown compound soluble in xylol and similar solvents
that is easily applied, quick-drying, and thoroughly satisfactory
for ringing slides.

(2) . Thorne ringing compound. This new material was evolved
by Gerald Thorne, nematologist. Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S.
Department of Agriculture, in 1935 for ringing cover slips for
nematodes mounted in a glycerine medium. The formulation is :

Nitrocellulose solution 2 parts

A. D. M-IOO (a polymerized linseed

oil product used in the paint trade) I part
Thinners — Butyl acetate or acetone

The material is transparent and may be colored to suit the
user. A small amount of an oil soluble red pigment is used by the
originator and others. Its sale is at present somewhat restricted
but it will no doubt be made readily available in the near future.
It is a very valuable addition to ringing compounds and is appar-
ently suitable for many purposes. It is very satisfactory and quite
inexpensive.

VI. Labels and Labeling

The proper mounting of small and minute insects on glass mi-
croscopic slides is one of the most permanent methods for the
preservation of insects. Therefore, great care should be taken to
insure equal permanence of the essential data that should accom-
pany the specimens.

JANUARY, 1948]

ESSIG— MOUNTING APHIDS

21

This data may be scratched on by a diamond, but the results
are not altogether satisfactory because it is difficult to scratch the
letters distinctly and the finished inscriptions are trying to read.

Gummed paper labels prepared commercially are generally
used. Unfortunately in most labels neither the paper nor the ad*
hesive have lasting qualities. Labels of slides prepared ten or
twenty years ago are now in bad shape. They may have so de-
teriorated as to be either falling to pieces or so discolored as to be
illegible. The adhesive may also have disintegrated. The ink often
used was frequently not permanent and may have faded. The labels
of slides prepared in 1909-1920, and even later, have recently
been specially treated to prevent further disintegration. Most
labels are carelessly and poorly applied with only portions prop-
erly and entirely stuck to the glass slides. Handling has caused
the edges to roll up and tear off and eventually the writing has
become so defaced as to be unsightly and illegible.

For permanency, slide labels should be made of thin linen or
rag paper gummed with the best adhesive. A large series of labels
may be outlined on a sheet of paper from which a permanent zinc
block may be made. Any good job printer is able to furnish the
label paper stock, have it gummed, and do the printing. Such
sheets of labels are handily stored, easily cut, and suitable to write
on with permanent India ink.

To apply labels to slides. Labels should be applied one at each
end of the slide. They may be handled by forceps, dipping a single
one wholly in water and applying it directly to the slide. A clean
blotter beneath the slide and another to press down the label and
to absorb the excess moisture around the edges aids in the pro-
cess. With only a small amount of care the labels are soon placed
squarely and tightly to the slide. With the blank labels in place it
is very easy to center the specimens when mounting. The right-
hand label is for the name of the insect and the left-hand one is
for the name of the host plant, the locality, date and name of col-
lector. This label is permanent, whereas the right-hand label may
be changed with the scientific name of the insect.

VII. Mounting — Finished Slide

One or more properly cleared specimens are placed in the me-
dium on the slide and after each specimen is carefully spread, with
all the appendages properly arranged, the cover slip is applied
as nearly horizontally as possible and carefully directed over the

22

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIV, NO. 1

specimens. The slides are placed in flat trays for drying. Labeling
may be done with a croquill pen and India ink.

After the medium is thoroughly dry — 2 to 4 weeks — the over-
flow may be removed around the edges of the cover slip with a
safety razor blade or scalpel and the slide is then ready for ringing.

( 1 ) . Ringing. Ringing is accomplished by the use of a ringing
table available from scientific supply houses. A No. “0” sable hair
brush is most desirable for applying the ringing compound.

(2) . Protecting the labels. The written labels may be protected
from wear and weathering by applying two coats of dammar or
other varnish.

This treatment also fastens the labels permanently to the slides
and prevents wear, tear, and smearing. Old labels that have begun
to darken and decay may be saved by varnishing.

References

Doetschman, W. H. 1944. Some suggestions in microtechnique
particularly useful in microentomology and parasitology. Trans.
Am. Micros. Soc., 63(2) : 175-178.

Eltringham, H. 1930. Histological methods for entomologists.

Clarendon Press, Oxford, pp. 96-104.

Gater, B. a. R. 1929. An improved method of mounting mosquito
larvae. Bui. Ent. Res., 19:367-368.

Groat, R. A. 1939. Two new mounting media superior to Canada
balsam and gum dammar. Anatomical Rec., 74:1-6.
Hershberger, Ruth V. 1946. Differential stains for insect tissues.
Ohio Jour. Sci., 46 :152-162.

Imms, a. D. 1929. Some methods of technique applicable to ento-
mology. Bui. Ent. Res., 20:165-171.

Jones, Bryn. 1946. Impregnating polyvinal alcohol with picric
acid for the simultaneous staining and permanent mounting of
Acarina. Proc. Royal Ent. Soc. London, 21, pts. 10-12:85-86.

Lee, a. Bolles. 1921. Microtomists’ Vade-Mecum. Ed. 10, Blaki-
ston, Philadelphia.

Nye., W. P. 1947. A simple method of mounting aphids. Pan-Pac.
Ent., 23:73-74.

Smart, J. 1943. Mounting microscope slides. In Insects of Medical
Importance. British Mus. Nat. Hist., pp. 263-265.

Swan, D. C. 1936. Berlese’s fluid: remarks upon its preparation
and use as a mounting medium. Bui. Ent. Res., 27:389-391.

Thorne, Gerald. 1935. A new slide-ringing material. Proc. Hel-
minthological Soc., 2:98.

JANUARY, 1948]

POTTS— GEOTRUPES

23

THE SCARABAEID GENUS GEOTRUPES AND ITS TYPE

(Coleoptera)

BY ROBERT W. L. POTTS

California State Department of Agriculture^
San Francisco

In checking early references to Geotrupes for a proposed gen-
eral paper on the genus it quickly appeared that the present use
of the name is questionable. Important references and the facts
are as follows, along with my personal interpretations and con-
clusions :

1796. Latreille (Free. Car. gen. Ins., p. 6) proposed the generic
name Geotrupes as new, with the following description : “Anten-
nes de onze articles. Levre superieure avancee. Mandibules
fortes. Levre inferieure a deux divisions alongees. C. H, Chap-
eron rhomboidal, Ecusson. Jambes anterieures dentelees.” There
were no species names, descriptions, nor bibliographic references
to species included with this description.

1798. Fabricius (Suppl. Ent. Syst., p. A, pp. 7-22) under the name
Geotrupes gave a description of the genus that doss not at all
parallel that of Latreille, and listed 63 species, most of which
are now placed in the Dynastinae, with only 5 belonging in the
present Geotrupinae, one of these being dispar. Elsewhere (pp.
2, 23-24) species are listed under the name Scarabae^ts which
are now considered to be Geotrupes.

1801, Fabricius (Syst. Eleuth., pp. 2-26) adds further species to
both Geotrupes and Scarabaeus, still preserving his concept of
the two genera.

1802. * Latreille (Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. ed. 1802) lists two species
under the name Geotmipes, in order, stercorarius and vernalis.

1804, Latreille (Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., 10:142-147) lists dispar,
typhoeus, mobilicomis, stercorarius, sylvaticus, and vernalis in
the genus Geotrupes. In his introduction to the genus he says:
“J’avois pose les bases de ce genre dans mon ouvrage intitule
(Precis des caracteres generiques des Insectes), ou, pour parler
plus vrais, je n’^avois fait que donner un denomination a la sec-
onde coup des scarabees d’Olivier, car ce naturaliste avait expose
tons les caracteres de ce genre avant moi. Fabricius, en adoptant
ce travail, a fait malheureusement une transposition de noms;
mes scarabees sont devenus des geotrupes, et mes geotrupes, des

*I have not personally checked this reference, but accept it on the authority of
Arrow (personal letter) ,

24

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL, XXIV, NO. 1

scarabees, Ce changement n’etant pas fonde, on me permettre

de n’y avoir pas egard.”*

There is no question of responsibility for the name Geotrupes,
as Opinion 46 of the International Code states, “If an author
clearly shows that the name he proposed is to be applied in a
generic sense . . . the name in question becomes available under
the Code . . . although he may have failed to name the species,”
While Latreille did so fail, he clearly indicated that the name was
new, and that it was to be applied in a generic sense.

We are next faced with the problem of the genotype, since
Latreille forfeited his first opportunity to state what species be-
longed in his new genus.

Opinion 46 also states, “In numerous instances authors have
proposed new genera, but have failed to mention by name any
species ...” These cases are then divided into several general
categories, of which the 5th group is clearly the one applicable to
the present case : “ ( 5) and there are instances in which an author
has described a genus, clearly giving generic characters, but . . ,
from the original publication it is not clear how many species
(none of which he mentioned by name) were included in the
genus. Each new genus therefore, contains all of the species of the
world which come in that category in the tables; ... if at the sec-
ond, third, or tenth publication one or more species are men-
tioned, those are the only species which become available as type,
and if only one were mentioned this would be the type. In other
words, in genera belonging to the fifth category, the first species
published as member or members of the genus are the only species
available as type.”

Fabricius, in 1798, was the second to use the name Geotrupes^
and under ordinary circumstances, would be considered the “first
reviewer.” However, it may be argued that his is an altogether
different genus, since his description does not coincide with that
of Latreille. Nevertheless, among the heterogeneous mixture of
species he included there is one, dispar, which fits Latreille’s de-
scription with the questionable exception that a clypeal horn
obscures the basically rhomboidal nature of the clypeus. Ignore
the horn and this character, too, checks perfectly. Indeed, Latreille

*A free translation runs: “I have proposed the basis for this genus in my work
entitled Precis des caracteres generiques des Insectes, or, to be more precise, I have
only given a name to the second group of scarabs of Olivier, since this naturalist has
pointed out all the characters of the genus before me. Fabricius, iij adopting this
work, has unhappily made a transposition of names ; my scarabs are become his
geotrupids, and my geotrupids his scarabs. This change is without foundation, per-
mitting me to entirely ignore it.”

JANUARY, 1948 ]

POTTS— GEOTRUPES

25

himself heads his 1804 list with dispar. Jekel, in his 1865(1866)
monograph of Geotrupes names dispar as the genotype of the sub-
genus Ceratophyus, a subgenus now usually accorded the status
of a genus.* Arrow, in reviewing the Fabricius list at my request
says, “ . . . the nearest to Geotrupes in the true sense is dispar,
now called Ceratophyus’^

However, let us first consider the two alternative suggestions
that can be made: (1) that Fabricius’ use of Geotrupes and Scaror
baeus, as suggested by Latreille, was a transposition, a lapsus
calami. In consequence, his names should be straightened out, and
one of his species under Scarahaeus, since they will fit Latreille’s
description, must become the genotype, and stercorarius is not
among the seven species there listed. So this, too, would require a
change. It seems to me that a lapsus calami is highly improbable.
Fabricius cites both Geotrupes and Scarahaeus in two different
places in 1798 and reuses them both, in the same sense, in 1801.
An inadvertent error should undoubtedly have been noticed when
so often repeated.

Or, (2), Fabricius published his 1798 Geotrupes without
knowledge of Latreille’s use of the name, intending it as a new
genus. In such a case the name would fall as a homonym, and he
has been anticipated in his restriction of the genus Scarahaeus.
Consequently the Geotrupes of Latreille is unaffected and the
second publication of the genus, under the Code, is in 1802, and
Latreille was within the Code in his selection of stercorarius as his
genotype in 1810. While this is a simple, and possible solution, it
also seems highly improbable even though our present use of
stercorarius as the type tacitly implies that this explanation has
been followed ever since Latreille’s 1804 and 1810 publications.
However, Fabricius did not indicate that his use of Geotrupes was
new nor did he indicate a typical species as he occasionally did
with his new genera, and as he did with other valid new genera in
the same publications. While personal opinions in such a case as
this are probably valueless, I cannot believe that Fabricius worked
in ignorance of Latreille any more than Latreille worked in ignor-
ance of Fabricius. Furthermore, the burden of proof should be to
the effect that Fabricius intended his name as new and I can find
no such proof whatever.

And finally, both these alternatives hinge upon our ability to
interpret the intent of a worker long dead, who never explained

*That dispar has been used as a genotype does not eliminate it from considera-
tion. See Article 62 of the Code, which specifically applies to this point.

26

the pan-pacific entomologist [voL. XXIV, no. 1

his intentions in this case. The only pertinent information we have,
from Latreille’s 1804 publication, must be considered as both
prejudiced and ambiguous since it presumes a lapsus calami, but
treats as though a homonym had been created.

If neither of these alternatives is acceptable, and I believe they
are not, then the citation of an acceptable species, dispar, in the
1798 publication of Geotrupes must stand. This species becomes
the genotype by monotypy, and Latreille’s 1810 selection of
stercorarius is irrelevant.

Therefore Ceratophyus must fall as a synonym of Geotrupes,
and that genus, or subgenus, of which stercorarius is the type is
left nameless.

While this maintains the subfamily Geotrupinae in its present
sense it does considerable violence to our concept of Geotrupes, a
concept based on stercorarius as the type, a concept which has now
held for almost a hundred and fifty years, a concept which is
clearly the same as that originally held by Olivier and given a
generic name by Latreille.

Since it appears impossible to maintain our century and a half
old concept of Geotrupes under the Rules, I am submitting the
matter to the International Commission, with the recommendation
that, under their plenary powers the rules be set aside in the case
of Geotrupes, and that stercorarius be declared its official type.

Should the Commission rule against this petition, then will be
ample time to propose a new name for the genus, or subgenus of
which stercorarius is the type.

NEW RECORDS OF PONERA TRIGONA var. OPACIOR

FOREL

( Hym enoptera : Formicidae )

Since this primitive ant has been recorded previously from
only two California localities, the following collections are of con-
siderable interest: found in moist soil, Sigmund Stern Grove, San
Francisco, February 25, 1946, Potts and Ting colls. (8 workers in
the author’s collection) ; Sacramento, October 16, 1941, Bachman
coll. (3 winged females, in the collection of the State Department
of Agriculture) ; Pinon Flat, San Jacinto Mountains, May 27, 1939,
Ross coll. (2 workers, in the University of California collection) .
In connection with the previous records, from Bakersfield and
Weed, it would appear that this ponerine species is widely distrib-
uted if not common within California. — Robert W. L. Potts.

JANUARY, 1948]

FURMAN— LIPONYSSUS

27

LIPONYSSUS PACIFICUS EWING, A SYNONYM OF
LIPONYSSUS SYLVIARUM (CANESTRINI AND

FANZAGO)

(Acarina: Dermanyssidae)

BY DEANE P. FURMAN
University of California

A study of series of specimens of Liponyssus sylviarum (Cn.
and Fanzago) taken from various species of birds in California,
has revealed variations within series ranging from typical to de-
cidedly atypical specimens.

Since certain of the more atypical specimens seemed to ap-
proach very closely the description of Liponyssus pad ficus
Ewing, specimens were sent for verification to Dr. E. W. Baker
at the U. S. National Museum. He stated that two of the most
atypical specimens collected from a Brewers blackbird, agreed
upon comparison with the types of Liponyssus pad ficus. Appre-
ciation is expressed to the virology section of the Hooper Founda-
tion for Medical Research for the loan of avian mites during this
study.

Comparison of pacificus with sylviarum

The anal plate of L. padficus, as illustrated by Ewing (1922),
has a truncate posterior margin. In the type series of this species
as well as in many specimens of L. sylviarum examined, the termi-
nal portion of the anal plate is abruptly folded under, and only upon
careful observation is it possible to ascertain that the plate actually
has a tapering, rather acutely rounded posterior margin.

The position of the paired anal setae of L. sylviarum varies. Us-
ually they are behind the level of the middle of the anus, but on some
they may occur at the mid level or even anterior to the mid level of
the anus.

Typically, females of L. sylviarum have a sternal plate bearing
two pairs of setae, with a third pair located just off the plate and
postero-lateral to it. This arrangement is not constant, however, for
the poster o-lateral corners of the plate may approach and in some
cases appear to include the third pair of setae. In the type series of
L. padficus the lateral branches of the sternal plate are cut off either
at or slightly before the third pair of setae and do' not extend be-
tween the coxae as illustrated by Ewing (1922). Furthermore, the
anterior pair of setae of the types may be on the edge of the plate
or slightly behind it, agreeing with the variations found in L.
sylviarum.

28

the PAN-PACIFIC entomologist [voL. XXIV, NO. 1

The peritreme extends anteriorly a variable distance in L. sylvi-
arum, ranging" from the level of the second coxae to a point anterior
to the posterior margin of the first coxae.

It appears thus that the original description of L. pacificus as
differentiated from L. sylviarum is based on a combination of vari-
able characters and artifacts in the tj^e series, and therefore it is
considered a synonym of L. sylviarum.

A number of specimens collected from a chipmunk {Eutamias
alpinus Merriam) were reported by G. Auguston (1941) as L. pacifi-
cus. These specimens definitely are different from the type series
of Liponyssus pacificus.

Fig. 1. Chelicera of Liponyssus sylviarum, {Ganestrim and Fanzago)

In connection with the current study of L. sylviarum, details of
the cheliceral structure were observed, which so far as I am aware
have not been reported previously. As shown by the accompanying
figure, the movable arm is divided for part of its length into two
processes, or phalanges. Proper orientation is necessary to observe
this structure to best advantage, but it is visible even on poorly
mounted specimens if examined carefully under an oil immersion
lens.

The fixed arm of the chelicera is slightly longer than the movable
arm and possesses a slightly flared tip which is set at a right angle
to the axis of the arm.

It is possible that the cheliceral structure of Liponyssus syl-
viarum warrants its removal from the genus Liponyssus. My ob-
servations have not revealed a similar morphology in other species
of the genus. Pending more extensive investigation, however, it is
best to retain the species in its present status.

Literature Cited

Auguston, G. F. 1941. Ectoparasite-host records from the Sierran
region of east central California. Bulletin So. Calif. Acad.
Sciences. 40 (3) :147-157.

Ewing, H. E. 1922. The dermanyssid mites of North America.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 62(2459) :l-26.

JANUARY, 1948] PRITCHARD— A NEW GALL MIDGE

29

CLINODIPLOSIS PUCCINI AE, A NEW GALL MIDGE
FEEDING ON A RUST

(Diptera: Itonididae)

BY A. EARL PRITCHARD

University of California, Berkeley

A number of species of gall midges have been assigned to the
genus Clinodiplosis Kieffer. The larvae of most of these have been
regarded as inquilines, inasmuch as they are commonly found in
association with gall midges, gall wasps, or stem-mining caterpil-
lars. Species which are currently placed in closely related genera
are principally fungus feeders or predators in the larval state. Of
the four species of Clinodiplosis known from North America, one
has been reared from the stems of Iceland poppies, while adults of
the other three species were collected from spider webs. The follow-
ing new species is of particular interest because the larvae are
found in galls which are formed by the rust, Puccinia evadens Hark.,
on chaparral broom, Baccharis pilularis DC. Studies on the biol-
ogy of this midge will be presented by Mr. John M. Harvey, of
Stanford University, in a subsequent publication. The writer is
indebted to Mr. J. W. Tilden, also of Stanford University, for the
type material.

Clinodiplosis pucciniae Pritchard, new species

A pale yellowish species with three wide, sharply defined, dark
brown mesonotal vittae. Eyes large, covering head dorsally and
laterally. Palpus four segmented, the proximal segment short, the
second and third segments each twice the length of the first, and
the fourth seganent nearly three times as long as the first. Wings
hyaline, sparsely covered with slender, curved macrochaetae ; C with
long setae proximally; R 4+5 curved, distally, reaching margin be-
hind wing tip; distal portion of M 3+4 as distinct as Cui. Claws
abruptly bent near base, the first pair only with an elongate, strongly
curved proximal tooth; empodium short and broad, extending to
bend of claws. Length, 1.8 mm.

Male. Antenna with 2 + 12 segments and a terminal nipple;
flagellar segments binodose, the second node distinctly longer than
the first and the second stem as long as second node; circumfila all

30

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIV, NO. 1

subequal in length, with about ten loops in each row, and the loops
of the third row nearly reaching the end of the segment; distal stem
of ultimate segment short, and terminal nipple elongate oval.
Hypopygium with basiclasper slender, narrowly approximate below,
with a broad angulation on inner proximal portion; disticlasper
elongate, slender; ninth tergite membranous, angulately produced;
tenth tergite triangulately divided, each lobe rounded laterally and
with two distal setae; tenth stemite elongate, extending approxi-
mately to tip of ninth tergite, slightly expanded on distal portion
and with distal end rather deeply and broadly emarginate; distal
lobes of tenth sternite each with two setae distally and one seta
medio-ventrally; tegmen elongate and slender, reaching to end of
disticlasper, tapering from near base to a narrow tip and with two
pairs of sensory microsetae on distal portion (Figure 1).

Figure 1. Male terminalia of Clinodiplosis pticciniae Pritchard,
new species, holotype, Palo Alto, California, March 24-31, 1947,
reared from Puccinia evadens by J. W. Tilden.

Female. Antenna with 2 + 12 segments and a terminal nipple;
distal stems about one-half length of enlargements; ultimate seg-
ment with very short stem ; terminal nipple elongate oval. Ovipositor
short, the terminal segment of lamellae twice as long as broad.

Holotype. Male, Palo Alto, California, March 24-31, 1947,
reared from rust on Baccharis pilularis, J. W. Tilden, in the writer’s
collection.

Paratypes. Twenty-one males, twenty-five females, Palo Alto,
California, March 24-31, 1947, reared from rust on Baccharis
pilularis, J. W. Tilden.

JANUARY, 1948]

TILDEN— AESTIVATION IN ARACHNIS

31

AESTIVATION IN LARVAE OF ARACHNIS PICT A PICT A

PACKARD

(Lepido'ptera: Arctiidae)

BY J. W, TILDEN

Stanford University, California

In the summers of 1940 and 1941, numbers of arctiid larvae
{Arachnis picta picta Packard) were found clinging to the trunks
of Eucalyptus trees in the Alum Rock Park area east of San Jose,
California. Some had taken refuge under bark, while others were
quite exposed. Observations made in September showed that some
of the larvae were pupating, after having rested on the trees for a
long time. Some of these subsequently emerged in October.

In April, 1946, several larvae of this species were taken feeding
on Lupinus at Redwood City, California. Several species of lupines
were being utilized, and no apparent preference was shown for any
particular species. These larvae were placed in jars and fed on
leaves from the plants on which they were found. After feeding
for but a short time, they refused further food and became dormant,
showing a tendency to spin a shelter as near the top of the jar as
possible. Here again is shown the impulse to climb, which was
demonstrated in the first instance, by climbing the Eucalyptus trees.

It was assumed that pupation would follow, but observations in
mid-summer showed the larvae untransformed. All remained in a
condition which may be regarded as aestivation, until late in Au-
gust. During the last week in August and in early September, all
pupated normally, and all save one emerged in October.

During the period of aestivation, no care was taken of the insects,
which were entirely without food and water. The laboratory was
kept at a nearly constant temperature. Thus it appears unlikely
that the stimulus to pupate could have been a reduction in tempera-
ture such as takes place outdoors with the onset of autumn.

The entire process suggests that the fall emergence of Arachnis
picta is derived from larvae that feed in the spring during the grow-
ing season of the food plants, and that the summer is passed as an
aestivating larva rather than as a pupa. This indicates that the life
history of this species differs markedly from those multiple brooded
species in which the larvae feed in the fall and in which pupation
follows the maturity of the larvae without any dormant period.

32

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIV, NO. 1

A NEW LOCALITY RECORD OF XENORHIPIS OSBORNI
KNULL, WITH NOTES ON HOST AND WORK

(Coleoptera: Buprestidae)

BY T. O. THATCHER

University of California

In May, 1947, some branches of dead willow {Salix sp.) from
four miles northwest of Blythe, Riverside County, California, were
brought into the laboratory of the Division of Entomology and
Parasitology at Berkeley. They were placed in a cage to attempt
rearing of beetles, the presence of which was indicated by borings
in the wood.

During August, 1947, two male beetles emerged. These were
brachelytrous, metallic blue-green and had flabellate antennae.
They were referred to Dr. E. C. Van Dyke of the California
Academy of Sciences who identified them as Xenorhipis oshorni

Knull.

This appears to be a new record, the species not having been
recorded previously from California. It also constitutes a new
host record as Knull’s original series was taken on Cat’s Claw
[Acacia constricta Benth.) in the Davis Mountains of Texas, May
24 to 27, 1935.

The general form of the specimens corresponds with that of
the paratype of X. osborni in the collection of the California
Academy of Sciences but the California specimens are smaller,
of a green color rather than blue and the basal dark area of the
elytron is more triangular, giving the white band a more oblique
appearance.

Work of Xenorhipis osborni Knull

The eggs are laid singly, and of the five oviposition points
found in the specimen observed, 2 eggs were 1 mm. apart, 1 was
7 mm. from that point and the other two were 22 mm. and 36 mm.
away. Four of the eggs were laid in the bark of an internode and
one through a crevice at the base of a twig. It could not be de-
termined whether the eggs in the open bark were laid in some
natural opening or whether the opening was made by the female
beetle.

Where the bark was thick, the larval tunnel for a short distance
was entirely in the bark, but where the bark was thin it com-

JANUARY, 1948]

BIXBY— SPHAERIDIUM

33

menced at the level of the wood, engraving the bark deeply and the
wood very lightly. The frass is loosely packed in the tunnel and
is composed of rather uniform, cylindrical pellets about 1/5 to
1/4 mm. long, half that diameter, with bluntly rounded to square
ends. The frass is red-brown in color like the inner bark, except
in that portion of the tunnel where the excavation for the pupal
chamber is made into the wood. Here it is the pale color of the
wood.

The tunnels are the typical wide, shallow, winding ones of
Buprestidae but there are no striations on the wood surface.
Three tunnels which were completed measured 52 mm., 67 mm.
and 88 mm. in length and a fourth which was not completed
measured 50 mm., all beginning with a width of approximately
1/3 mm. and enlarging gradually to 3 mm. at the point where
the pupal chamber was constructed. The pupal chamber is 2 to
2-1/2 mm. wide and 9 mm. long, slightly curved, and has, in the
one cut open, a maximum depth of 2 mm. under the wood surface.

DISTRIBUTION OF SPHAERIDIUM LUNATUM FAB.

( Coleoptera : Hydrophilidae )

On a recent collecting trip one male and two females of Sphaer-
idium lunatum Fab. (det. H. B. Leech) were taken by the author
at Big Springs in Shasta County, California, on the 26th of June,
1947. This is the first time that this species has been reported from
California.

In 1940 W. J. Brown reported (Canad. Ent. 72:65-78) that
the species occurs in Canada, the earliest record being in 1926. He
gives a key to this and two other introduced species of the genus,
Sphaeridium hipustulatum Fab. and Sphaeridium scarabaeoides. L.
Hatch in 1946 (Pan-Pac. Ent., 22:77-80) reports the species from
New York, 1923; Illinois, 1924; Colorado, 1938; Idaho, 1928;
Washington (several specimens, the earliest record being in 1926) .
In Mr. Leech’s collection at the California Academy of Sciences are
specimens from the following unrecorded localities: Forest Grove,
Ore., 14 May 1938, Gray & Schuh, mechanical trap; Belle Fourche,
S. D., 6 July 1941, N. P. Larson, Trap 2w; Jaenette, Pa., May 1926;
Columbia, Mo., 19 April 1939, W. A. Enns, in dung; Odessa trail,
Rocky Mt. Nat. Park, Col., 11,000 ft. elev., 23 July 1933, A. W.
Andrews. The collection of the California Academy of Sciences
includes two specimens labeled Barnstead, N. H., 11 Sept. 1928,
F. E. Blaisdell. — David H. Bixby, University of California.

34

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 1

THE DISTRIBUTION OF COPWOSOMA KOEHLERI

BLANCHARD

( Hymenoptera : Encyrtidae)

BY RICHARD L. DOUTT^

Division of Biological Control, University of California

Occasionally an entomophagous species becomes widely and
purposely distributed through the activities of institutions engaged
in the biological control of insect pests. While these manipulations
may tend to become routine in biological control projects, the
transferal of such faunal elements is of sufficient importance to
justify a periodic recapitulation above the departmental level and
for the benefit of entomologists at large. This paper is a sum-
mary of the distribution of Copidosoma koehleri, a polyembryonic
parasite of the potato tuber moth, Gnorimoschema operculella
(Zeller) .

Mendes (1938) found a polyembryonic encyrtid parasitizing
23.9 per cent of the potato tuber moth population in Campinas,
Brazil. He encountered it also in the localities of Botucatu, Itaqua-
quecetuba, and in Taipas (State of Sao Paulo). This parasite was
determined by Gahan as Copidosoma sp.

In 1940 Blanchard published a key to some Argentine encyrtids
including one new species of Copidosoma designated as koehleri.
Subsequently De Santis (1940) lists Copidosoma koehleri Blanch-
ard as parasitizing the potato tuber moth in Argentina. Hayward
(1942) records C. koehleri from the same host in Brazil.

On March 24, 1945, a shipment of 8 potato tuber moth larvae
parasitized by C. koehleri was sent from Santiago, Chile, to River-
side, California, by Gregorio Rosenberg, Ministerio de Agricul-
tura, Departomento de Sanidad Vegetal. The shipment was sent
by air express and consigned to Wendell F. Sellers, Imperial Para-
site Service,^ University of California, Citrus Experiment Station,
Riverside. Sellers received the shipment on March 31, 1945, and
found some adults had emerged, 78 of which were living. An ad-
ditional 25 female parasites emerged on April 3, 1945.^

The initial insectary stock rapidly increased, and some material
was transferred to the Division of Biological Control of the Uni-

^ Junior Entomologist in the Experiment Station.

^Now Imperial Bureau of Biological Control.

“The author is grateful to Wendell F. Sellers of the Imperial Bureau of Bio-
logical Control for kindly contributing the data regarding the importation of C.
koehleri from Chile.

JANUARY, 1948]

DOUTT— COPIDOSOMA

35

versity of California. This Division successfully undertook mass
culture of the parasite for liberation in the potato growing regions
of southern California. Specimens of these parasites were sent to
the U. S. National Museum where Gahan found them to be identical
with the material from Campinas, Brazil, collected by Luiz Mendes.^
During 1945 the Imperial Bureau of Biological Control distrib-
uted C. koehleri from California to Bermuda and Australia. In
December of 1945 the Division of Biological Control supplied para-
sites for a shipment to Hawaii supervised by N. L. H. Krauss of
the Territory of Hawaii, Board of Commissioners of Agriculture
and Forestry. In 1947 this Division made shipments to Italy at the
request of F. Silvestri, Portici. Thus within two years C. koehleri
has been widely distributed from its native South American habi-
tat, and attempts have been made to establish it in Australia,
Bermuda, California, Hawaii, and Italy.

Literature Cited

Blanchard, E. E. 1940. Apuntes sobre Encirtidos Argentinos,
Anal. Soc. Cient. Argentina. E.III.T., 130:106-128.

De Santis, L. 1941. Lista de himenopteros parasites y predatores
de los insectos de la republica Argentina. Bol. Soc. Brazil.
Agron., 4(1) :l-66.

Hayward, K. J. 1942. La polilla de la papa Gnorimo schema oper-
culella [Zeller] y su control. Rev. Ind. Agri. Tucuman., 32:153-
158.

Mendes, L. 0. T. 1938. Segunda contribuigao sobre a occorencia da
“Traca da Batatinha” {Gnorimoschema operculella [Zeller] no
Estado de S. Paulo. Jor. Agron., 1 (5) :415-452.

Synopsis of United States Ants

Smith, M. R. A generic and subgeneric synopsis of the United
States Ants, Based on the workers ( Hymenoptera : Formicidae).
The Amer. Midland Naturalist, Vol. 37 :3, pp. 521-647, May, 1947.

Dr. M. R. Smith is one of the leading ant specialists of this coun-
try. In the above reprint from The American Midland Naturalist,
Dr. Smith has assembled the most comprehensive description of the
ant fauna of the United States to be found in any treatise on the
subject, filling a long need of fonnicologists for this type of work.
It is written primarily for beginners, is up-to-date and the keys
readily workable.

The reprints can be purchased from Dr. John D. Mizelle, Editor
of American Midland Naturalist, University of Notre Dame, Notre
Dame, Indiana. Price $2.00.— J. E. Eckert, Univ. of Calif., Davis.

'Correspondence to the author from C. F. W. Muesebeck. Dated May 17, 1946.

36

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 1

PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

A. E. Michelbacher
V ice-President

E. L. Kessel
President

E. S. Ross

Secretary

Proceedings

One Hundred and Ninety-first Meeting

The one hundred and ninety-first meeting of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society was held at 2:30 p.m. on January 4, 1947, in
the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco. President Duncan in the chair. The following mem-
bers were present: W. W. Middlekauff, E. C. Van Dyke, R. L.
Usinger, H. F. Madsen, W. H. Hart, K. E. Frick, D. D. Jensen, E. 0.
Essig, A. E. Michelbacher, R. C. Miller, G. F. Ferris, 0. B. Cope,
H. P. Chandler, J. F. Gustafson, C. W. Grant, B. D. Culver, F. E.
Skinner, E. S. Dethlefsen, W. L. Lee, F. J. Driver, E. A. Smith, J. P.
Harville, R. A. Flock, R. W. L. Potts, G. E. Bohart, E. G. Linsley,
R. F. Smith, J. W, MacSwain, W. W. Sampson, K. S. Hagen, W. F.
Barr, H. T. Reynolds, D. J. Raski, C. D. Duncan, and E. S. Ross.
Visitors were present as follows: W. A. Russell, Mrs. W. Hart,
Mrs. F. M. Frick, R, L. Doutt, L, S. Miller, L. M. Henry, P. H. Ar-
naud, R. W. Coleman, D. Guiliani, A. W. Larson, W. H. Nutting,
R. Van den Bosch, G. Markos, R. F. Portman, J. E. Ryus, D. P. Fur-
man, and A. E, Pritchard.

The minutes of the previous meeting and the treasurer’s finan-
cial statement were read and approved.

The nominating committee proposed, and the Society elected, the
following officers for 1947: E. L. Kessel, President; A. E. Michel-
bacher, Vice-President; E. S. Ross, Secretary; R. C. Miller, Treas-
urer; and G. F. Ferris, Member-at-Large, Executive Committee.

The membership committee proposed the following for member-
ship in the Society: T. 0. Thatcher, R. L. Doutt, A. E. Pritchard,
A. W. Larson, W. H. Nutting, and W. A. Russell. They were un-
animously elected.

As chairman of the nomenclature committee, Prof. Ferris read
a petition signed by members of the Committee on Zoological Nomen-
clature of the Smithsonian Institution which requests that the
United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization
give favorable consideration to Secretary Hemming’s proposal for
adequate financial support for the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature. Prof. Ferris then moved that the Society
endorse this petition. The motion was seconded and unanimously
passed.

President Duncan appointed R. W. L. Pbtts chairman and J. W.
MacSwain and W. F. Barr members of a committee to audit the
financial accounts of the Society.

JANUARY, 1948]

PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

37

The frequency of meetings was discussed and Dr. U singer moved
that the number of meetings be increased to four Spring meetings
and two Fall meetings. The motion was carried unanimously.

In response to a call for notes and exhibits, Miss Henry spoke
on her study of the innervation of the heads of Annelida and arthro-
pods and its value in the interpretation of the segmentation of the
insect head. Her remarks were illustrated by a display of her fine
drawings,

Mr. MacSwain reported on his success in collecting Protura in
the Berkeley Hills on rotting twigs deep in the litter under bay trees
{Umbellularia californica ) .

Dr. Ross called attention to his recent discovery bf Dhiapate
wrightii in palms southwest of El Mante, Tamaulipas, Mexico. This
spectacular beetle was at one time believed to be endemic to Cali-
fornia.

Because of Dr. Kessel’s absence, President Duncan turned the
meeting over to the newly elected Vice-President, Dr. Michelbacher,
who introduced the new officers and presided during Dr. Duncan’s
retiring presidential address entitled “Insects and Human Welfare.”
After a brief discussion of the paper, the meeting adjourned. — E. S.
Ross, Secretary.

One Hundred and Ninety-second Meeting

The one hundred and ninety-second meeting of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society was held at 2:30 p.m. on February 8, 1947,
in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco. President Kessel in the chair. The follow-
ing members were present: E. C. Van Dyke, R. M Bohart, E. 0.
Essig, R. F. Smith, R. W. L. Potts, M. W. Allen, W. W. Middlekauff,

A. W. Larson, W. H. Lange, A. E. Pritchard, A. E, Michelbacher,
E. A. Steinhaus, R. L. Usinger, W. H. Lee, K. S. Hagen, R. L. Doutt,

B. B. Kessel, C. H. Atkins, J. W. MacSwain, E. G. Linsley, E. A.
Smith, J. R. Walker, F. E. Skinner, W. A. Russell, T. 0. Thatcher,
P. D. Hurd, Jr., A. J. Walz, H. T. Reynolds, Dewey J. Raski, La June
Dunn, W. H. Nutting, E. Cott, J. P. Harville, 0. B. Cope, J. W.
Tilden, H. P. Chandler, and E. S. Ross. Visitors were present as
follows: R. McQueen, J. H. Freitag, Mrs. E. A. Smith, and Mrs. M.
Mauerhan.

The membership committee proposed, and the Society elected
Mr. Manuel Marquis for membership in the Society.

A letter from the Secretary of the Pacific Division, A.A.A.S.,
inviting the Society’s participation in the June meetings of the
A.A.A.S. in San Diego was read by the Secretary. In view of the
fact that the meetings of the Pacific Slope Branch of fhe American
Association of Economic Entomologists are to be held during this
same period it was decided that the Society would not participate
as a group at the San Diego meetings.

38

the pan-pacific entomologist [voL. XXIV, NO. 1

Dr. Lange called attention to a request he had received from
Poland for duplicates of separata and books to replace a library
lost during the war. Because of the extent of such losses in several
parts of the world, the President appointed Dr. Usinger chairman
and Dr. Lange and Mr. Potts members of a committee to investigate
the ways in which the Society could assist institutions which have
lost their collections and libraries during the war.

In response to a call for notes and exhibits, Dr. Van Dyke ex-
hibited several drawers oi Phaenius (Scarabaeidae) from the Acad-
emy Collection which he had recently reorganized. Dr. Pritchard
was asked to speak on his work on the Itonididae. He stated that
preliminary investigations reveal many new or unrecorded genera
and species from California and that in view of the localized nature
of previous work, California is practically a virgin field for the
study of this family.

Dr. Kessel then called on Dr. Ray F. Smith of the University of
California to present his paper entitled “Natural Factors Influenc-
ing the Populations of C alias eury theme” Dr. Smith introduced
his subject by stating that, “alfalfa is the most important crop
grown in California today and that the original home of alfalfa is
somewhere in southwestern Asia. From this area it has spread
over most of the temperate regions of the world. This same region
is also the center of distribution of the genus Colias. Today, in
each of the areas of major production of alfalfa, there is a different
species of Colias attacking alfalfa. Such pests occur in South Africa,
Russia, France, North Africa, Argentina, Chile, and southwestern
United States.

“The alfalfa butterfly, Colias philodice eurytheme Boisduval,
was present in California prior to the introduction of alfalfa in 1854.
The large usage of alfalfa hay spread eastward from California
and with this spread the alfalfa butterfly has moved, so that, today
it is not uncommon in eastern United States.

“The alfalfa butterfly is usually effectively controlled by natural
factors of which the most significant in our warm interior valleys
appears to be a native hymenopterous parasite, Apanteles sp., and
a virus disease called wilt. It is only when these natural factors
are not effective that chemical or other artificial control measures
are warranted.

“On the basis of an ecological study of the relation of this insect
to alfalfa culture, the action of the various natural factors acting
upon the butterfly and caterpillar populations in the field can be
determined. The relation of the population trends to the cutting
cycles, the individual field, and the growth in the field has been deter-
mined. By carefully following the population trends of the pest
and its enemies as associated with these factors, one can predict
damage from the pest. These methods have been used on a practical
scale in the Dos Palos area of the San Joaquin Valley.”

Following a discussion of this paper, the meeting was adjourned.
— E. S. Ross, Secretary.

JANUARY, 1948]

PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

39

One Hundred and Ninety-third Meeting

The one hundred and ninety-third meeting of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society was held at 2:00 p.m. on March 15, 1947, in
the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of Sci-
ences, San Francisco. President Kessel in the chair. The following
members were present: E. C. Van Dyke, D. D. Jenson, J. F. Gustaf-
son, R. A. Flock, G. F. Ferris, E. A. Steinhaus, J. W. MacSwain,
R. F. Smith, E. O. Eads, R. L. Doutt, K. S. Hagen, L. R. Gillogly,
W. W. Sampson, F. J. Driver, C. D. Grant, 0. B Cope, H. E. Cott,
J. W. Tilden, W. Lee, W. A. Russell, B. B. Kessel, A. E. Pritchard,
J. P. Harville, E. A. Smith, A. C. Smith, J. R. Walker, J. J. DuBois,
B. E. White, D. J. Raski, H. P. Chandler, T. 0. Thatcher, W. H.
Nutting, R. W. L. Potts, H. H. Keifer, R. C. Miller, M. Marquis,
F. E. Skinner, E. L. Kessel and E. S. Ross. Visitors were present as
follows: J. B. Duncan, A. G. Applegarth, V. P. Rao, A. H. Storm,
F. L. Blanc, P. H. Arnaud, Mrs. J. W. Tilden, D. Giuliani, and U. N.
Lanham.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

The membership committee proposed, and the Society elected,
Mr. J. Bruce Duncan and Mr. U. N. Lanham for membership in the
Society.

Dr. Usinger, reporting for the library rehabilitation committee,
reviewed the amount of duplicate literature at present possessed by
the Society and made a plea for the donation of additional material.
The following motion made by him was seconded and passed: “I
move that the duplicate publications possessed by the Society, in-
cluding a set of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist, and donated by
individual members, be shipped at Society expense as a gift to the
Entomology Department of the College of Agriculture of the Philip-
pines at Los Banos, P. I.”

Mr. MacSwain reporting for the field trip committee, stated that
Taylor State Park, Marin County, had been selected as the place,
and April 20, the date of the annual field trip.

In repsonse to a call for notes and exhibits, Mr. MacSwain de-
scribed his technique of collecting the difficult-to-obtain male Strep-
siptera by using captive bees parasitized by females as lures.

Prof. G. F. Ferris of Stanford University was next introduced
and presented the main address, entitled: “The Mealybugs of North
America.’^

Prof. Ferris stated that for some time he had been working on
an atlas of the North American mealybugs and that the group is
large, comprising some 250 species in this area. The difficulties
involved in studying mealybugs are largely due to interpreting pre-
vious work based on faulty techniques, not to' things inherent in the
insects themselves. The importance of satisfactory slide prepara-
tions required to really see the insects was stressed. Using the
blackboard and his drawings. Prof. Ferris then reviewed in detail
the characters of the group and those used to separate species.
These characters are exceedingly intricate and involve the structure
and position of pores in the derm.

40

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIV, NO. 1

In delineating these characters, a standardized plate is highly
desirable. Because of the large numbers of pores, and their often
uniform structure, many can be indicated by special rubber stamps
with a great saving of labor.

The species do not form satisfactory generic patterns. Popula-
tions apparently representing distinct species based on biological
factors occasionally show no morphological differences.

The question of what light a study of the males would throw
on the various problems was raised. Prof. Ferris agreed that a
knowledge of the males would, of course, be of great value, but that
there was as yet insufficient correlated material upon which to base
such studies.

The meeting was adjourned following a lively discussion of Prof.
Ferris’ presentation. — E. S. Ross, Secretary.

One Hundred and Ninety-fourth Meeting

The annual field meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomological
Society was held at Taylor State Park, Marin County on April 20,
1947.

The following members were present: G. L. Smith, M. W. Allen,

E. G. Meyers, M. Marquis, R. L. Usinger, E. C. Van Dyke, J. W.
Tilden, H. P. Chandler, La June Dunn, W. L. Lee, E. F. Quinnell,

F. E. Skinner, E. L. Kessel, B. B. Kessel, W. H. Hart, T. 0. Thatcher,
W. A. Russell, A. E. Pritchard, and E. S. Ross. Visitors were pres-
ent as follows : Mrs. W. W. Allen, P. H. Arnaud, J. W. Isaac, Mrs.
M. Marquis, Mr. and Mrs. H. Marquis, Mrs. J. W. Tilden, Mrs. A. E.
Pritchard, Mr. and Mrs. F. Marsh, Mrs. T. 0. Thatcher, D. Giuliani,
W. Schultz, E. Calkins, and Mrs. E. S. Ross.

Although the season was somewhat retarded in the canyon, and
the afternoon became cold and windy, some of the collectors had fair
success. Dr. Van Dyke largely confined himself to beating and,
from oak limbs, secured Xestobium. affine Lee., and Coxelus pacificus
Horn; and from redwood, Tricholema abnormala Cr. Several
Pogonocherus crinitus Lee. were also beaten. Other noteworthy
captures were Lvdius semivittatus (Say) and furtivus (Lec.).
Platycerus oregonensis Westw., was collected with its larvae in rot-
ting oak. This is a new host record for the last species. Dr. Kessel
collected a number of Platypezidae and Therevidae as well as other
Diptera. Dr, Usinger specialized on aquatic insects in Lagunitas
Creek. Dr. Ross’ prize capture was a specimen of the rare lampyrid,
Ginglymacladus discoidea Van Dyke, The oustanding captures of
other collectors were not reported. — E. S. Ross, Secretary.

One Hundred and Ninety-fifth Meeting

The one hundred and ninety-fifth meeting of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society was held at 2:00 p.m. on November 1, 1947,
in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco. President Kessel in the chair. The fol-
lowing members were present: E. C. Van Dyke, D. D. Jensen, E. 0.
Essig, R. W. L. Potts, A. E. Pritchard, A. J. Walz, L. R. Gillogly,

JANUARY, 1948]

PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

41

W. W. Sampson, G. F. Ferris, R. E. Blackwelder, J. W. Tilden, J. R.
Walker, W. L. Lee, J. P, Harville, R. L. Usinger, A. E, Michelbacher,
A. W. Larsen, P, A. Harvey, R. C. Miller, E. G. Meyers, E. A. Smith,
E. L. Kessel, and E. S, Ross. Visitors were present as follows:
D. W. Boddy, L. A. Bascom, L. H. Henry, Mrs. J. W. Tilden, C. A.
Hanson, E. E. Seibert, D. H. Bixby, C. H. Spitzer, P. H. Arnaud, B.
Adelson, W. W. Wirth, W. Thomsen, P. Adams, Mrs. F. Atkins, Mr.
and Mrs. S. Benedict, D. Reddy, R. P. Dow^ Mrs. E. A. Smith, H. B.
Leech, A. G. Applegarth, and H. Blakemore.

The minutes of the 193rd and 194th meetings were read and
approved.

The membership committee proposed, and the Society elected,
the following for membership : P. A. Adams, R. E. Beer, D. H.
Bixby, H. Blakemore, D. W. Boddy, D. E. Bryan, L. A. Estabrook,
T. W. Fisher, C. H. Hanson, M. H. Hatch, H. B. Leech, E. E. Seibert,
C. H. Spitzer, R. Van den Bosch, and W. W. Wirth.

A committee comprising Dr. Pritchard (Chairman), Miss Henry,
and Dr. Harvey was appointed to nominate candidates for society
offices and to report at the next meeting.

Dr. Usinger, speaking for the Committee on Nomenclature, stated
that Mr. Francis Hemming, Secretary, International Commission
on Zoological Nomenclature, is planning to visit the United States
during December under the auspices of the Smithsonian Institution.
He spoke of the desirability of having Mr. Hemming extend his visit
so as to meet with West Coast workers. Dr. Usinger made the fol-
lowing motion: “I move that $25 of Society funds be allocated as a
contribution toward payment of Mr. Francis Hemming’s travel
expenses should he be able to visit San Francisco.” The motion
was seconded and passed.

In response to a call for notes and exhibits. Dr. E. C. Van Dyke
■ exhibited three drawers of Australian Buprestidae and Scara-
baeidae which he recently purchased from Mr. C. Deuquet of New
South Wales and presented to the California Academy of Sciences.
The collection comprises a nearly complete set of the groups con-
cerned. The beauty and quality of the specimens are especially note-
worthy. Mr. Spitzer added some personal remarks about Mr. Deu-
quet whom he met while stationed in Australia.

Messrs. Leech and Larson announced that they had sets of certain
periodicals available for sale.

The President then introduced Dr. R. E. Blackwelder, a visiting
member, who spoke a few words of praise for the Society and the
nature of its meetings.

Dr. D. D. Jensen of the University of California was next intro^
duced and presented the main address, entitled: “The Principles
of Insect Transmission of Plant Viruses.” His remarks are ab-
stracted as follows:

Some intriguing and as yet only partially solved biological phe-
nomena are to be found in the relationships which exist between the
insect vectors, the viruses they transmit and the host plants of the
viruses.

42

THE. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 1

Most virus spread in nature is due to insect transmission. The
large majority of virus vectors occur among the aphids and leaf-
hoppers which transmit more diseases than all other groups com-
bined. A few vectors have been reported among the Orthoptera,
Lepidoptera, Coleopteraand Thysanoptera. Recently mealybugs were
also incriminated as virus vectors. Only one arthropod species (an
eriophyid mite) other than insects is reported to transmit a plant virus.

Plant viruses are divisible into two general groups on the basis
of their insect vector relationships. They are: A) Non-persistent
viruses: B) Persistent viruses. Non-persistent viruses are char-
acterized by the following traits: 1) they usually undergo no latent
period in the vector; 2) they are not retained long by their vectors
after the insects leave a diseased plant and feed on a healthy plant;
3) a preliminary fast by the vector before feeding on an infected
plant frequently increases transmitting efficency if the feeding
time on the diseased plant is very short; 4) they are transmissible
from plant to plant by mechanical means; 5) there is usually a low
degree of specificity between the virus and its vectors.

Most of the common “mosaic” diseases, are caused by viruses of the
non-persistent type. Aphids are known vectors ofmost of these viruses.

Persistent viruses usually have the following characteristics:
1) they undergo a latent period in the vector before transmission
to a healthy plant can be accomplished; 2) they are retained by
their vectors for extended periods of time; 3) preliminary fasting
of the vector before feeding on a diseased plant does not increase
vector efficiency; 4) they are usually not transmissible from plant
to plant by mechanical means; 5) there is usually a greater degree
of specificity between virus and vector than occurs among the non-
persistent viruses.

Diseases caused by persistent viruses include curly top of sugar
beets, peach yellows, tomato spotted wilt, cotton leaf curl and many
others. The insect vectors of persistent viruses include Cicadellidae,
Delphacidae, Cercopidae, Aleyrodidae, Piesmidae, Thysanoptera,
and in exceptional cases, aphids and beetles.

Some of the facts and theories advanced to explain the char-
acteristics of persistent and non-persistent viruses were discussed.

Possible reasons were suggested for the inability of some insect
species to transmit certain viruses. The only proven barrier to
virus movement in the insect’s body occurs in the intestinal tract
of. a genetically bred race of Cicadulina mhila (Naude), the vector
of maize streak virus in Africa. If the alimentary tract of these
insects is punctured so that infective plant juice, taken in by feeding,
reaches the blood the insects become active vectors. Similar bar-
riers may explain the failure of certain vector species to acquire
virus during the late instar nymphal stages and as adults. Other
tissues such as the blood and salivary glands may contain virus
inactivators or inhibitors which prevent transmission by the insects
involved.

Following a discussion of the paper, the meeting was adjourned.
— E. S. Ross, Secretary.

JANUARY, 1948]

PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

43

One Hundred and Ninety-sixth Meeting

The one hundred and ninety-sixth meeting of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society was held at 2:00 p.m., on December 6, 1947,
in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco, Vice-President Michelbacher in the chair.
The following members were present: R. C. Miller, H. B, Leech,
E. C, Van Dyke, T. 0. Thatcher, J. W. MacSwain, R. W. L. Potts,
R. L, Usinger, F. J. Driver, E. G. Meyers, A. G. Applegarth, E. A.
Smith, K. E. Frick, J, P. Harville, J. W, Tilden, F. E, Skinner, R, E.
Blackwelder, G. F. Ferris, P. A. Harvey, P, A. Adams, C. H, Spitzer,
M, A. Stewart, L, R. Gillogly, C. D. Duncan, W. J. Hoyt, L. L,
Lewallen, L, M. Henry, A. E. Pritchard, D. P. Furman, W. W.
Wirth, C. A. Hanson, E. E. Seibert, D. Bixby, R. E. Beer, R. van
dbn Bosch, K, S. Hagen, D. D. Jensen, W. H, Nutting, and E. S.
Ross. Visitors were present as follows: Mrs. Ruth M. Blackwelder,
W. D. Murray, C. G. Hoyt, W. Thomsen, R. A. Corey, N. W. Hazel,
B. E. Rees, and P. H. Arnaud.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved
as corrected.

The membership committee proposed, and the Society elected,
for membership in the Society: V. E. Jones, B. E. Rees, 0. G. Bacon,
P. H. Arnaud, W. D. Murray, and N. W. Hazel.

The nominating committee proposed, and the Society elected the
following officers for 1948: A. E. Michelbacher, President; E. S.
Ross, Vice-President; D. D. Jensen, Secretary; and E. L. Kessel,
Member at Large, Executive Board.

Dr. Miller reported on the financial condition of the Society.
Mr. Potts, reporting for the auditing committee, stated that the
Society’s, financial accounts were found to be in good order.

Dr. Usinger announced that Mr. Francis Hemming would not be
able to visit the West Coast and that Society funds voted for his
travel expenses would, therefore, not be used.

In response to a call for notes and exhibits, Mr. MacSwain called
attention to his exhibit of living and prepared specimens of Protura
and Pauropoda. He stated that he and Mr. Lanham had found two
families with six new species of the latter in the Bay Region. The
habitat of these is on the bark of twigs in rotting litter of Umbel~
lularioi. Collecting is done by searching the twigs with a hand
lens. Drawings of the new species were also exhibited.

Mr. Arnaud passed around boxes containing forty-four species
of Syrphidae collected in one area. Ft. Lewis, Washington.

Dr. Duncan exhibited the scarab, Odontaeus ohesus Lee. collected
at San Jose. Mr. Thatcher exhibited two specimens of Xenorhipis
osbomi Knull, a buprestid new to California, collected on willow
along the Colorado River'.

Dr. Richard E. Blackwelder, Associate Curator of Insects, U. S.
National Museum, was then called upon to present his address en-
titled, “An Analysis of Specific Homonyms in Zoological Nomen-
clature.”

44

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 1

Three previously proposed methods of dealing with specific
homonyms, that of the International Rules and two which distin-
guish primary and secondary homonyms, were described and their
basic principles outlined and criticized by Dr. Blackwelder. He
stated that the justifiable features of these systems lead to a fourth
procedure. This, he outlined and suggested as a replacement for
the present rule. This new procedure is based on the distinction
between homonymy that actually exists at the present time (two
identical names in concurrent use) and homonymy that is merely
historical. He recommended that only homonyms of the first type
be replaced, pointing out that they would have to be replaced under
any of the other procedures as well. He presented arguments to
show that a new, properly proposed name should be retained in
spite of any later action if stability is to be maintained.

Dr. Blackwelder’s main address was preceded by a series of
cases involving problems in genotype designation among the Sta-
phylinidae. These cases were chosen to illustrate the contention
that the International Rules cannot always be taken at face value.
Extreme cases and exceptions were used to demonstrate certain
common errors in publishing generic names and in fixing their type
species.

Following a lively discussion, the meeting was adjourned at 4:00
p. m. — E. S. Ross, Secretary.

LIST OF MEMBERS*

NAME ADDRESS

’42 Aarons, Theodore, Room 1-A, Alameda County Court House,
Oakland, Calif.

’47 Adams, P. A., 2629 Haste St., Berkeley, Calif.

’37 Aitken, T. H. G., Rockefeller Foundation, c/o ERLAAS, Piazza
Garibaldi Caliari, Sardinia, Italy.

’44 Allen, Merlin W., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley,
Calif.

’45 Allen, Robert P., 329 W. Colorado Blvd., Monrovia, Calif.

’39 Armitage, H. M., Bur. of Ent. and Plant Quar., State Office
Bldg., Sacramento, Calif.

’47 Arnaud, P. H., 60 Woodrow Ave., Redwood City, Calif.

’47 Bacon, Oscar G., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
’35 Bailey, Stanley F., University Farm, Davis, Calif.

’40 Barnes, Martin M., Citrus Exp. Station, Riverside, Calif.

’40 Barr, W. F., Dept, of Ent., Univ. of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho.

’39 Bartges, Rex., Rt. 1, Box 1042, Los Gatos, Calif.

’42 Beer, Frank M., 1135 N. 18th, Salem, Oregon.

’47 Beer, Robert E., 1810 Euclid Ave., Berkeley 9, Calif.

’47 Bixby, D. H., 2423 Haste St., Berkeley, Calif.

’29 Blackwelder, R. E., U. S. Nat. Museum, Washington, D. C.

’47 Blakemore, Herbert, 1824 Ward St., Berkeley, Calif.

*Cli — Charter member (1901). LM — ^Life member. HM — ^Honored member.
HonM — ^Honorary member.

JANUARY, 1948]

PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

45

’47 Boddy, D. W., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
’35 Bohart, George E., USD A, Utah State College, Logan, Utah.

’35 Bohart, Richard M., University Farm, Davis, Calif.

’39 Brockman, Bernard, Hooper Foundation, U. C. Medical Center,
San Francisco, Calif.

’47 Bryan, Douglas E., 1500 Cedar St., Berkeley, Calif.

’23 Cain, Brighton C., P. 0. Box 796, Oakland, Calif.

’20 Chamberlin, J. C., Box 278, Forest Grove, Oregon.

’41 Chandler, Harry P., 1827 Addison St., Berkeley 3, Calif.

’46 Chandler, Mrs. Harry P., 1827 Addison St., Berkeley 3, Calif.
’41 Chong Wing You, Box 212, Rt. 2, Woodland, Calif.

’40 Christenson, L. D., U. S. Bur. of Ent. and Plant Quar., Wash-
ington, D. C.

’44 Cockerell, T. D. A., 908 10th St., Boulder, Colorado.

’23 Comstock, John A., Los Angeles Mus., Expoistion Park, Los
Ang’eles, Calif.

’39 Cope, Oliver B., Nat. Hist. Mus., Stanford Univ., Calif.

’41 Cott, Edwin, Rt. 1, Box 435, Martinez, Calif.

Ch Cottle, James E., 513 B St., Hayward, Calif.

’46 Culver, Dwight B., 2825 Cowper St., Palo Alto, Calif.

’39 Dahl, Richard G., 3133 Arizona St., Oakland, Calif.

’46 Davis, Edgar W., Box 218, Union Gap Rural Station, Yakima,
Wash.

’44 Deaver, A. L., Yakima Valley Spray Co., Box 513, Yakima,
Wash.

’35 De Leon, Donald, Box 156, Bexley Station, Columbus 9, Ohio.
’46 Dethlefsen, Edwin S., 1250 39th Ave., San Francisco, Calif.

’36 Dickson, R. C., Citrus Exp. Station, Riverside, Calif.

’19 Dietrich, Henry, Comstock Hall, Ithaca, New York.

’47 Doutt, R. L., 1050 San Pablo Ave., Albany 6, Calif.

’43 Drake, Carl J., Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa.

’41 Driver, Fred J., 2517 Hillegass, Berkeley, Calif.

’37 Du Bois, J. J., 205 Wayside Drive, Turlock, Calif.

’20 Duncan, Carl D., San Jose State College, San Jose, Calif.

’46 Duncan, Douglas K., P. 0. Box 412, Globe, Arizona.

’47 Duncan, G. Bruce, 2762 Rollingwood Drive, Richmond, Calif.
’46 Eads, Clark 0., 765 O’Farrell St., San Francisco, Calif.

’02 EASTWOOD, ALICE, Botany Dept., Calif. Acad. Sci., San
Francisco, Calif. (HonM., ’12).

’14. ESSIG, E. 0., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
(HM, ’48).

’47 Estabrook, Loren A., 145 So. American St., Stockton, Calif.

’46 Ferguson, W. E., 6180 Moraga Ave., Oakland, Calif.

’19 FERRIS, G. F., Nat. Hist. Mus., Stanford Univ., Calif. (HM,
’48).

’47 Fisher, T. W., 2559 Le Conte, Berkeley, Calif.

’41 Fleschner, Charles A., Citrus Exp. Station, Riverside, Calif.
’41 Flock, R. A., Citrus Exp. Station, Riverside, Calif.

’40 Frazier, Norman, Rt. 1, Box 57, Woodlake, Calif.

’25 Freeborn, S. B., 201 Giannini HaU, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley,
Calif.

46

the pan-pacific entomologist [voL. XXIV, NO. 1

’41 Frick, Kenneth E., 1012 Coolidge St., Albany, Calif.

’46 Frizzell, Harriet E., 807 45% St., Austin 22, Texas.

’47 Furman, D. P., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
’46 Centner, L, G., 22 Groveland Ave., Medford, Oregon.

’46 Gillogly, L. R., 5462 14th Ave., Sacramento, Calif.

’38 Good, N. E., U. S. Public Health Service, 605 Volunteer Bldg.,
Atlanta, Ga.

’46 Grant, C. Donald, 2504 Jackson St., San Francisco, Calif.

’32 Gressitt, J. Linsley, Lingnan Urtiv., Canton, China (LM).

’45 Guedet, Rev. Edward, Holy Cross Church, 1818 Eddy St., San
Francisco, Calif.

’46 Gustafson, Joel F., 865 Moreno St., Palo Alto, Calif.

’24 Hadden, F. C., Santa Barbara, Calif. (LM).

’46 Hagen, Ellsworth, 2647 22nd Ave., Oakland, Calif.

’39 Hagen, Kenneth S., 121 Monte ^resta Ave., Oakland, Calif.

’47 Hanson, C. H., 1631 Walnut Ave., Berkeley, Calif.

’46 Hardman, N. F. Stauffer Chemical Co., Los Altos, Calif.

’46 Hart, Winfield H., 940 Buchanan St., Albany 6, Calif.

’35 Harvey, Paul A., S. F. State Teachers’ College, San Francisco,
Calif.

’46 Harville, Joseph P., Box 708, Los Altos, Calif.

’47 Hatch, M. H., Dept, of Zoology, Univ. of Washington, Seattle,
Wash.

’47 Hazel, Norman W., 1325 Herman Ave., S-1, Richmond, Calif.
’45 Herman, Carlton M., Calif. Div. of Fish and Game, Univ. of
Calif., Berkeley, Calif.

’10 Herms, W. B., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
Ch HOWARD, L. 0., U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar., Washington,
D. C. (HonM., ’12).

’46 Hurd, Paul D., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
’47 James, Maurice T., Washington State College, Pullman, Wash.
’36 Jensen, Dilworth, D., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley,
Calif.

’39 Johnson, John W., Box 964, Balboa Island, Calif.

’44 Jones, Paul R., 237 Bonita Ave., Piedmont, Calif.

’47 Jones, Victor E., Dept, of Zoology, Idaho State College, Poca-
tello, Idaho.

’27 Keen, F. P., Giannini Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.

’25 Keifer, H. IL, 1112 Swanton Drive, Sacramento, Calif.

’40 Kelly, T. F., 613 Trona Ave., Durham, N. C.

’36 Kessel, Dr. and Mrs. E. L., 35 Elaine Ave., Mill Valley, Calif.
(LM).

’41 Lamiman, J. F., Calif. Polytechnic School, San Dimas, Calif.
’32 Lange, W. Harry, Jr., University Farm, Davis, Calif.

’47 Lanham, U. N., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
’46 Larson, A. W., 516 Albemarle Ave., El Cerrito, Calif.

’16 LEACH, E. R., 217 Hillside Ave., Piedmont, Calif. (LM).
(HM, ’48).

’47 Leech, H. B., Ent. Dept., Calif. Acad, of Sci., San Francisco,
Calif.

JANUARY, 1948]

PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

47

’46 Lee, Welton L., 1930 22nd Ave., San Francisco, Calif.

’36 Lester, Will, Box 225, Saratoga Ave., Santa Clara, Calif.

’27 Linsley, E. Gorton, 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley,
Calif.

’29 McClay, A. T., University Farm, Davis, Calif.

’41 McKenzie, H. L., Calif. Dept, of Agric., Sacramento, Calif.

’41 McKinstry, Arthur P., Federal Bldg., Modesto, Calif.

’40 MacLeod, G. F., Sunland Sulphur Co., Fresno, Calif.

’40 MacSwain, J. W., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley,
Calif.

’43 Madsen, Harold, 970 Gill Court, Albany 6, Calif.

’42 Mansfield, George S., University of Hawaii, Honolulu, T.H.

’47 Marquis, Manuel, 9750 Lawler Ave., Oakland, Calif.

’45 Martin, Charles H., Dept, of Ent., Oregon State College, Cor-
vallis, Ore.

’19 Martin, J. 0., 3101 West Ave., Austin, Texas.

’31 Mead, Albert R., Univ. of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona.

’20 Melander, A. L,, Citrus Exp. Station, Riverside, Calif.

’41 Meyers, Ernest G., 267 So. 14th, San Jose, Calif.

’33 Michelbacher, A. E., 112 Agric. Hall,, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley,
Calif. (LM).

’36 Michener, C. D., Amer. Mus. of Nat. Hist., New York, N. Y.

’46 Middlekauff, W. W., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley,
Calif.

’38 Miller, Robert C,, Calif. Acad, of Sciences, San Francisco, Calif.
(LM).

’44 Moorhead, Peter, Rt. 2, Box 246, St. Helena, Calif.

’47 Murray, W. D., 1621 W. Houston Ave., Visalia, Calif.

’23 Nast, Ernest H., 4112 24th St., San Francisco, Calif. (LM).

’20 Newcomer, E. J,, Box 1291, Yakima, Wash.

’47 Nutting, W. H., 335 Magnolia Ave., Piedmont, Calif.

’34 Parker, Frank H., 3603 N. Franklin Ave., Phoenix, Arizona.
’40 Pearce, W. M., 8143 Castro Valley Blvd.,' Hayward, Calif.

’46 Piazza, Salvador R., Rt. 3, Box 344, San Jose, Calif.

’41 Potts, R. W. L., state Agric. Bldg., Embarcadero St., San
Francisco, Calif.

’43 Prince, F. M., 14th and Lake Streets, San Francisco, Calif.

’47 Pritchard, A. E., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
’46 Quinnell, Edwin, 15767 Paseo Largavista Ave., San Lorenzo,
Calif.

’41 Raski, Dewey, 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
’45 Ray, Eugene, 2623 West Division St., Chicago, 22, Illinois.

’36 Reeves, William, Hooper Foundation, Univ. of Calif. Medical
Center, San Francisco, Calif.

’47 Rees, Bryant E., Fresno State College, Fresno, Calif.

’46 Reynolds, Harold T., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley,
Calif.

’36 Robinson, W. J., Salinas Junior College, Salinas, Calif.

’35 Ross, Edward S., Ent. Dept., Calif. Acad, of Sci., San Francisco,
Calif. (LM).

48

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIV, NO. 1

’47 Russell, W. A., 3754 Sa,cramento St., San Francisco, Calif.

’33 Salman, Kenneth A., Box 13, Ballico, Merced Co., Calif.

’38 Sampson, W. W., 156 S. 14th St., Richmond, Calif.

'31 Saylor, Lawrence W., 1042 Merced Ave., Berkeley, Calif.

’35 Scott, David B., Jr., 701 Alameda St., Altadena, Calif.

’44 Scullen, H. A., Ent. Dept., Oregon State College, Corvallis, Ore.
’47 Seibert, E. E., 1733 Virginia Ave., Berkeley, Calif.

^38 Simonds, W. E., Gridmoor, Ojai, Calif.

'46 Skinner, Frank E., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley,
Calif.

’35 Smith, Arthur, 454 K St., Los Banos, Calif.

■35 Smith, Edgar, 454 K St., Los Banos, Calif.

’42 Smith, Gordon F., Kern Mosquito Abatement District, Bakers-
field, Calif.

’41 Smith, Ray F., 112 Agric. Hall., Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
’46 Snyder, Karl S., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
’47 Spitzer, C. H., 226 Brookside Drive, San Anselmo-, Calif.

’38 Stabler, Nathan, 2412 Lakeview Ave., Baltimore, Md.

’44 Steinhaus, E. A., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley,
Calif.

’27 Steinweden, John B., Bur. of Nursery Service, State Office Bldg.,
Sacramento, Calif.

’35 Stewart, M. A., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
’46 Stojanovich, Chester J., Nat. Hist. Mus., Stanford Univ., Calif.
’46 Stone, M. W., P. 0. Box 1330, Ventura, Calif.'

’47 Thatcher, T. 0., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
’39 Tilden, J. W., 10 Eagle Hill Terrace, Redwood City, Calif.

’36 Timberlake, P. H., Citrus Exp. Station, Riverside, Calif.

’33 Ting, Peter C., Bur. of Ent., State Office Bldg., Sacramento,
Calif.

’35 Upholt, W. M., Carter Memorial Lab., P. 0. Box 547, Savannah,
Ga. (LM).

’27 Usinger, Robert L., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley,
Calif.

’47 Van den Bosch, Robert, 1625 Oxford St., Berkeley, Calif.

Ch VAN DYKE, E. C., Ent. Dept. Calif. Acad, of Sci., San Fran-
cisco, Calif. (HM ’39).

’32 Walker, Bert C., 600 Ocean Ave., San Francisco, Calif.

’42 Walker, John R., 800 Bush St., San Francisco, Calif.

’25 Walther, Eric, Aboretum, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
Calif.

’41 Walz, A. J., 2713 Ellsworth St., Berkeley, Calif.

’46 Weitz, Loyal A., 1504 South Latawah, Spokane, Wash.

’46 Welsh, Hartwell H., 5444 Sacramento Ave., Richmond, Calif.
’39 White, Burdette E., 703 23rd St., Merced, Calif.

’46 Wind, Robert, Rt. 1, Box 43, Livermore,. Calif.

’47 Wirth, W. W., 112 Agric. Hall, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
’44 Zanette, D. A., P. 0. Box 679, Palo Alto, Calif.

’30 Zimmerman, E. C., B. P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, T. H. (LM).

1

FOR YOUR AGRICULTURAL NEEDS

P E N C O*

AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS

PENCO* BHC (Benzene Hexachloride] Technical — unusually high Gamma Isomer
content of 36% for the insecticide manufacturer.

D-12 Dust Base — has exceptionally high Gamma Isomer content of 12%.
For use hy dusl manufacturers in the formulation of finished agricultural
insecticides.

W-12 Wettable Base — 12% Gamma Isomer. For use in water suspension
sprays. Contains superior wetting and depositing agents.

PENCO DDT TECHNICAL — fine granulated powder of uniform high quality. Set-
ting point 89° C. minimum.

PENCO DB-50 — micron -sized dry powdered dust base containing 50% DDT
Technical. Extremely dustable and free-flowing. Can be used with any
non-alkaline diluent recommended by recognized diluent manufacturers.

PENCO WB-50 — micron-sized powder containing 50% DDT and special wet-
ting agents. Mixes easily with soft or hard water for use as water suspen-
sion spray. Adheres to plant foliage, maintaining residual insecticidal effects.

PENCO CATTLE SPRAY— dry, wettable micron-sized powder containing 50%
DDT, plus suitable quantities of spreading and sticking agents for wet-
ting out hair of animals. Recommended for stock and barn sprays, live-
stock dips.

PENCO EMULSION CONCENTRATE — specially developed concentrate for use as
water emulsion spray where minimum visible residue is desired. Forms
very stable emulsion, contains 3 lb. DDT per gallon, 34% by weight.

PENCO SOLVENT CONCENTRATE — 32.6% DDT concentrate primarily intended
for manufacture of fly sprays. Forms a 5% DDT solution when mixed 1
to 7 with kerosene of proper specific gravity. Leaves almost invisible residue.

PENCO CALCIUM ARSENATE — for economical, effective control of the cotton
boll weevil, cotton leaf worm, cotton boll worm. Sulphur and Paris Green
mixtures also available.

PENCO 2,4-D WEED KILLERS — sensational new selective weed killers giving eco-
nomical control of many broadleaf annual weeds without harming com-
mon grasses, and cereal crops. Does not permanently sterilize soil.

PENITE 6 WEED KILLER — high-test, concentrated sodium arsenite weed-killing
solution for controlling grasses and broadleaf annual weeds. Soil sterilant.

PENPHOS (Parathion) — Pennsalt’s newest organic phosphate insecticide now in
experimental stages. Shows promise for control of various mites, spiders
and aphids. Availability dates to be announced soon.

PENPHENE*— Chlorinated camphene insecticides in concentrations of 20%
and 40%.

KRYOCIDE* — the proven insecticide for control of many chewing insects which
attack orchard and garden crops. The Natural Greenland Cryolite.

*Reg. U. S. Pat. Off.

For further information, write to Agricultural Chemicals Division

PENNSYLVANIA SALT MANUFACTURING COMPANY of WASHINGTON

Los Angeles Tacoma Portland, Ore.

11

This familiar shield
symbolizes a matchless
(ombination of values:

maintains in the field a trained staff of consultants . . . these OR T Hi
Fieldmen keep abreast of new products and new methods, mak
definite recommendations, help plan pest control programs.

( 5rth5)

has 8 manufacturing plants and dust mills from coast to coast . . . plu
106 strategically-located warehouses and hundreds of well-stocke<
distributors. Result: ORTHO offers a product service unsurpassec
for convenience, availability and speed.

has behind it nearly half -a- century of field experience and scientifii
“know-how.” Hence, ORTHO products are pre-tested, practice
products: effective and economical to use in terms of labor, tim(
and cost. And broadly compatible, one with another.

offers a full range of both general and specialized products — anc
provides the advantages of a year-round control program.

continues to forge ahead in research ... is a leader in the develop
ment and distribution of new pest control products to serve you better

Watch for our announcement of a great new ORTHO insecticide^

CALIFORNIA SPRAY- CHEMICAL CORP.

Richmond • Fresno • Lindsay • Anaheim • Pomona • San Jose • Sacramentc
Stockton • Modesto • Watsonville • Whittier • Portland • Yakima • Wenatchee

Ill

Rohm ^ Haas

RHOTHANE

offers these three outstanding
advantages . . .

Che—

Most effective control of corn earworms

Extensive tests on Rhothane, the Rohm & Haas analog of DDT,
convincingly proved that this insecticide concentrate is effective
against all insects controlled by DDT. More recently, it has been
demonstrated that in some instances Rhothane is definitely
superior- in insecticidal action. For example, Experiment Station
tests in New Jersey showed that Rhothane gave substantially
better control of corn earworms than any other insecticide tested,
including DDT at the same concentration.

tuc—

Highest yields from tomato acreages

Comparative studies of the effectiveness of various insecticides
in controlling pests attacking tomatoes were conducted as part
of a research program carried out last summer in California.
The highest yields were obtained with a 5% Rhothane treat-
ment . . . approximately 24.74 tons per acre. This compared with
a yield of 21.96 tons with 3% DDT and 21.06 tons with 5% DDT.

three!

Greater safety when used on
cauliflower, cabbage

Another advantage of Rhothane over DDT is to be found in its
substantially lower toxicity to warm-blooded animals. This feature
is particularly important when used for the control of pests on
cauliflower, cabbages and other leafy vegetables.

ilMl

ROHM &IHAAS COMPANY

WASHINGTON mUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.

iiiiiWIiMlllliliKi

mm

<1

/

11

N

I

V.

^hemicalI^

SINCE

1885

FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION

Insecticides

Sulphurs

Fungicides

Parasiticides

Stauffer Knapsack Duster

A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS

COLLOIDAL Z-1

SPREADER AND DEPOSIT BUILDER

FOR MAXIMUM INSECTICIDAL AND
FUNGICIDAL EFFICIENCY

Colloidal Products Corporation

Proven Spreaders and Deposit Builders Since 1920

2598 Taylor Sk San Francisco 11, Calif.

PACIFIC DISCOUCRV

An illustrated magazine of natural sciences
published by the California Academy of Sciences
San Francisco, California

Dr. Robert C. Miller, Managing Editor; Don Greame Kelley,
Editor and Art Editor; Associate Editors, Dr. Wilbert M. Chap-
man, Director, School of Fisheries, University of Washington;
Dr. John L. Kask, Curator of Aquatic Biology at the Academy;
Dr. A. Starker Leopold, Assistant Professor of Zoology at the
University of California, Berkeley; Dr. Robert T. Orr, Curator
of Birds and Mammals at the Academy; Dr. Edward S. Ross,
Curator of Insects at the Academy; and Dr. Ira L. Wiggins,
Professor of Botany, Stanford University.

"Pacific Discovery” is a bi-monthly magazine, the first issue
dated January-February, 1948. The first issue includes 'Hum-
mingbirds of the Mist”, by William Beebe; "What Do We Have
in Jackson Hole?” by Olas J. Murie; "Evening Skies in Winter”,
by Earle G. Linsley; 'Bats: Navigators of the Night”, by Robert
T. Orr; and "The Threat to Our Western Ranges”, by A. Starker
Leopold. Dr. Miller contributes an article on "The Mystery of
the Disappearing Sardine.”

Members of the California Academy of Sciences may receive
the magazine without additional charge, and non-members are
invited to subscribe for the magazine, at the rate of ^3.00 a year.

TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION

Incorporated

LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA

(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)

BLACK LEAF 40
BLACK LEAF 155

BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE

and

For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying

NICO FUME PRODUCTS
BENZO FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS

AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS
ARE "KIND" TO BENEFICIAL INSECTS.

PACIFIC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO 7. CALIFORNIA

Vol. XXIV

April, 1948

No. 2

THE

PAN -Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

in co-operation with

The California Academy of Sciences

CONTENTS

ESSIG, BIOGRAPHY OF SOL FELTY LIGHT 49

LIGHT AND WEESNER, BIOLOGY OF ARIZONA TERMITES 54

MacSWAIN and LANHAM, new GENERA AND SPECIES OF

PAUROPODA FROM CALIFORNIA 69

BODDY, CULICIDAE OF WASHINGTON 85

HOBBS. CLASSIFICATION OF TORYMUS 95

ROSS, EMBIOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA 97

San Francisco, California
1948

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

EDITORIAL BOARD

E. C. Van Dyke E. G. Linsley, R. L. Usingeb E. S. Ross

Associate Editor Editors Assistant Editor

R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising

Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomjf, morphology, dife history, and distribution.

Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be ad-
dressed to the editors, 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
California. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of
address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be
addressed to the treasurer, R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco 18, California

Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable to ‘‘Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FOURTH SERIES
VOLUME XXIV

Contributions Toward a Knowledge of the Insect Fauna of Lower California
1. Introductory Account, by A. E. Michelbacher and £. S. Ro.ss. Pp. 1-20, pis. 1-3.

Fehruary, 1942 - - - - $0.25

2. Coleoptera: Cerambycidae, by E. Gorton Linsley. Pp. 21-96, pis. 4-5. Feb., 1942.... .75

3. Coleoptera: Buprestidae, by Edwin C. Van Dyke. Pp. 97-132, pis. 6-7. Mar., 1942 .35

4. Neuroptera: Myrmeleonidae, by Nathan Banks. Pp. 133-152, pi. 8. March, 1942 20

5. Symphyla, by A. E. Michelbacher. Pp. 153-160, pi. 9. March, 1942_ 15

6. Diptera: Culicidae, by Thomas H. G. Ailken. Pp. 161-170. June, 1942 20

7. Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae, by Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr. Pp. 171-288, pis. 10, 11 1.50

Order from CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, SAN FRANCISCO 18, CALIFORNIA

Higher Deposits
Increased Retention
with

CP-5

Dust Sticker

A Dry Powder for Incorporation
with Dusts by Dust Manufacturers

COLLOIDAL
PRODUCTS CORP.

SOIL and GRAIN

FUMIGANTS

♦

INSECTICIDES

♦

WEED KILLING
PREPARATIONS

GREAT WESTERN DIVISION

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY

Seattle SAN FRANCISCO Los Angeles
Seal Beach • California

2598 Taylor St. - San Francisco 1 1

Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the postoffice at San
Francisco, California, under Act of August 24, 1912.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist

Vol. XXIV, No. 2

April, 1948

SOL FELTY LIGHT
1886-1947

BY E. O. ESSIG

University of California,, Berkeley

Sol Felty Light was born in Elm Mills, Kansas, May 5, 1886.
His father was a Presbyterian minister, and his maternal grand-
father, J. W. McDill, was United States Senator from Iowa, a
member of the U. S. Interstate Commerce Commission and U. S.
District Judge. Thus his whole life was motivated by great ability,
high ideals, strict honesty and real responsibility that helped to
make him the great teacher and investigator that he was. Little
information is available concerning his boyhood. His career began
at his graduation with an A.B. from Park College, Parkville, Mis-
souri, in 1908. Following graduation he taught English in the
Government Schools in the Philippines from 1908 to 1909; was a
teacher in the Manila High School, 1910-1911; and joined the
staff of the University of the Philippines as an instructor in 1912.
During 1912, also, he made an expedition to Puerto Galero, Island
of Mindoro, to study the fauna there. He obtained his M.S. at
the University of the Philippines in 1913. During the year 1914-
1915 he took a leave of absence to become the Procter Fellow in
Zoology at Princeton University for which he received another
M. S. degree in 1915. Returning to the University of the Philip-
pines he became successively. Assistant Professor (1916-1919),
Associate Professor (1919-1920), Professor and Chairman of the
Department of Zoology (1910-1922). He resigned in 1922 to be*
come Professor and Chairman of the newly founded University of
Amoy, China, where he remained until 1924.

In 1920, he accompanied an expedition into the interior of
Hainan Island and in 1924 he was a delegate to the Pan-Pacific
Food Conservation Conference in Honolulu.

During these years in the Orient he published on zoological sub-
jects including termites. He came to the University of California
in 1924 to do graduate work for a Ph.D. and began, under Dr.
C. A. Kofoid, to explore the flagellates of termites and to study
the termite fauna of western United States. In the spring of 1925

50

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

he was appointed Associate in Zoology at the University of Cali-
fornia and later in the same year a University Fellow; a Lecturer
in Zoology in the fall of that year; a James M. Goewey Fellow in
the spring of 1926; Asst. Professor of Zoology in 1926-27. He re-
ceived his Ph.D. in 1926. His thesis was on termite flagellates. He
was Associate Professor 1927-1929, and Professor of Zoology from
1929 until his untimely death by accidental drowning while swim-
ming in Clear Lake, near Clear Lake Resort, Calif., June 21, 1947.

On January 1, 1925, he married Mary Nexbitt Holdcroft (A.B.,
Park College) at Redwood City, California. She is at present
residing in Alameda, California.

Dr. Light was a remarkable teacher and leader of students as
well as an unusually conscientious cooperator. He was always
interested in entomology and for many years served as an Ofl&cer
of Instruction and Advisor of the Division of Entomology and
Parasitology. He also served on many of the committees in charge
of the qualifying examinations and theses of graduate students
in this Division. His thorough understanding and keen interest in
research and in teaching problems made him a valuable addition
to the entomological program in the College of Agriculture.

He was also interested in many outside activities and during his
residence in Berkeley he became an important member, officer, and
councillor in the First Congregational Church.

He began publication in 1913 and in all, prepared 70 papers.

In entomology his chief interest was termites, in which group
he made notable contributions in the systematics and biology of
these remarkable social insects. His discoveries on parthenogene-
sis and caste determination are especially important.

He was a member of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science ; Entomological Society of America ; American As-
sociation of Economic Entomologists; Cooper Ornithological Club;
Western Society of Naturalists; American Eugenics Society; Amer-
ican Society of Zoologists; American Society of Parasitologists;
Society of Experimental Biology and Medicine; La Societe Lin-
neenne de Lyon ; China Society of Science and Arts ; Royal Asiatic
Society (North China Branch) ; Sigma Xi, Phi Sigma.

Dr. Light’s collection of termites was disposed of as follows: a
large portion was presented to Dr. A. E. Emerson, University of
Chicago, in 1939; and approximately, 1,000 specimens, repre-
senting many species including paratypes, were presented to the

April, 1948]

ESSIG— LIGHT BIOGRAPHY

51

Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, San
F rancisco, during the same year. He also determined and described
species in the collections of the Academy.

The writer is indebted to Dr. Richard M. Eakin, Chairman of
the Department of Zoology, University of California, and to Miss
Frances Weesner, technician in the Department of Zoology for
much of the information contained herein.

A complete bibliography of the published works of Dr. Light
will appear in zoological and other scientific papers. His contri-
butions to entomology are as follows:

Entomological Bibliography

1921. Notes on Philippine termites. I. Philip. J. Sci., 18:243-257.
1921. Notes on Philippine termites. II. Philip. J. Sci., 19:23-33,
pis. 1-6, 3 figs, in text.

1921, 1922. Termites or “Anay” and modem method of combating

them. The Ranger (Manila), Dec. 1921 and Jan. 1922.

1922. The termite problem. Philip. Journ. Educ. Jan. & Feb. 1922.
1924. The termites (white ants) of China with descriptions of six

new species. China J. Sci. Arts, 2:50-60, 140-42, 253-65, 354.

1926. On Heplonympha natator gen. nov., sp. nov. A non-xylo-
phagous hypermastigote, from, the termite, Kalotermes
sim.plicicornis Banks, characterized by biradial ssnnmetry
and a highly developed pellicle. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zook, 29:
123-139, 28 figs, in text.

1926. On Metadevoscovina dehilis gen. nov., sp. nov. A xylopha-
gous polymastigote from the termite, Kalotermes hubbardi
Banks. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zook, 29:141-157, pk 10, 3 figs.

1927. Kofoidia, a new flagellate from a California termite. Univ.
Calif. Publ. Zook, 29:467-492, pis. 23, 24, 8 figs, in text.

1927. Are the protozoan faunas of termites specific? Proc. Soc.

Exp. Biol. Med. 25:95-96. (With M. F. Sanford.)

1927. A new and more exact method of expressing important spe-
cific characters of termites. Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent. 4:75-88,
2 figs, in text.

1927. The spirals within the termite gut for class use. Science, 66 :
656-657. (With T. D. Beckwith.)

1928. Experimental transfaunation of termites. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Zook, 31:269-274, 2 figs, in text. (With M. F. Sanford.)

1929. Natural and artificial production of so-called “mitotic flares’^
in the intestinal flagellates of Termopsis angusticolUs. Univ.
Calif. Publ. Zook, 31:433-440. (With B. J. Andrew.)

1929. Termites and termite damage. Univ. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta.,
Circ. 314:28, 24 figs, in text.

52

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

1929. Present status of our knowledge of the termites of China,
Lingnan Science Jour., 7:581-600,

1929. New termite records for Lower California. Pan-Pacific Ent.,
6:67-72.

1929. Two new species of Coptoiermes Wasmann (Isoptera). Proc.
Roy. Soc. Victoria, 62 (pt. 1, N.S.) : 62-70, 15 figs, in text.
(With A. C. Davis.)

1929. Notes on Philippine termites. III. Philip. Journ. Sci., 40:421-
452, pi. 1-9, 8 figs, in text.

1930. Fossil termite pellets from the Seminole Pleistocene. Univ.
Calif. Publ. Bui. Dept. Geol. Sci. 19:75-80, pis. 8, 9.

1930. Termites collected by T. T. Craig on Socorro Island. Pan-
Pacific Ent., 6:178-180.

1930. Notes on Philippine termites. IV. Philip. Joum. Sci. 42:13-
58, pis. 1-7, 1 fig. in text.

1930. The California species of the genus Amitermes Silvestri
(Isoptera), Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 5:173-214, pis. 10-15,
31 figs, in text.

1930. The Mexican species of Amitermes Silvestri (Isoptera).

Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 5:215-232, pis. 16-18.

1930. A practical key to the species of termites found in California.

Mthly. Bull. Calif. Dept. Agric., 19:454-455.

1930. How to combat the damp-wood termite. The Architect and
Eng. (San Francisco) 102:79-83, 6 figs, in text. (With S. P.
Koch and E. E. Bo we.)

1930. Termites and termite damage with preliminary recommenda-
tions for prevention and control. Calif. Agr. Exp, Sta. Circ,
318:1-62, 49 figs, in text. (With M. Randall and F, G. White.)

1931. The termites of Nevada. Pan-Pacific Ent., 8:5-9.

1932. Contribution toward a revision of the American species of
Amitermes Silvestri. Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 5:355-414, pis.
9-10, 19 figs, in text.

1932. Termites of the Marquesas Islands. Bishop Mus., Bui. 98
(Pac. Ent. Survey Publ. 1, art, 6) : 78-86, pis. 1-3, 25 figs.
1932. Kalotermes (Glyptotermes) juddi, a new species of termite
from the Marquesas Islands. Bishop Mus., Bull. 98 (Pac. Ent.
Survey Publ, 1, art. 18) :169, 170.

1932. Key to the Marquesan species of termites with records of host
plants and distribution. Bishop Mus. Bull. 98 (Pac, Ent. Sur-
vey Publ. 1, art. 19) :171-176.

1932. Termites from the Society Islands. Bishop Mus. Bull. 113
(Pac. Ent. Survey Publ. 6, art. 1) :3-5, pi. 1, 1 fig. in text.

1933. Termites of western Mexico. Univ, Calif. Publ. Ent. 6:79-
164, pis. 7-11, 33 figs, in text.

1934. Termites and termite control. Univ, Calif. Press, xxvii +
795 pp., 182 fig. (Kofoid, Light, et al.)

1934. A collection of termites from Arizona. Pan-Pacific Ent. 10:
159, 160.

April, 1948]

ESSIG— LIGHT BIOGRAPHY

53

1935. The Templeton Crocker expedition of the California Acad-
emy of Sciences, 1932. No. 20. The termites. Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci. 21 (4th series) :238-258, pis. 9-10, 10 figs, in text.

1936. A tropical termite in California. Pan-Pacific Ent., 12:125-126.
1936. The nasute termites of the Philippines. Phihp. Journ. Sci.,

60:461-520. 26 figs, in text. (With F. J. Wilson.)

1936. Termites of Southeastern Polynesia. Occas. Papers Bishop
Mus., 12:3-12, 1 fig. in text.

1937. A collection of termites from Ceylon and Java. Pan-Pacific
Ent., 13:15-24.

1937. Contributions to the biology and taxonomy of Kalotermes
(Paraneotermes) simpticioornis Banks (Isoptera). Univ.
Calif. Publ. Ent., 6:423-464, pis. 15-17.

1937. The efficacy of extracts from the bodies of functioning sup-
plementary reproductives of termites in inhibiting or retard-
ing neotenic sexual development in isolated nymphs. (With
O. Hartman and 0. H. Emerson.) Abstract of paper. Suppl.
Anat. Record, 1937, p. 122.

1938. Parthenogenesis in termites. Abstract of paper. Suppl. Anat.
Record, 1928, p. 102.

1940. Conditions affecting rate and extent of neoteinic sexual de-
velopment in termites. Abstract of paper. Suppl. Anat. Rec-
ord, 1940: 99, 100.

1940. Parthenogenesis in the primitive termites of the genus Zo-
otermopsis. Abstract of paper. Suppl. Anat. Record, 1940,
p. 100 (With A. A. McAuley.)

1942, 1943. The determination of the castes of social insects. Quart.

Rev. Biol. 17:312-326; and v. 18, no. 1.

1944. Parthenogenesis in termites of the genus Zodtermopsis. Univ.
Calif. Publ. Zool. 43:405-412.

1944. Experimental studies on ectohormonal control of the develop-
ment of supplementary reproductives in the termite genua
Zodtermopsis (formerly Termopsis) . Univ. Calif. Publ. ZooL
43:413-454, 12 figs, in text. 2 editions, 1944, 1947.

1947. Methods of Culturing termites. Science, 106:131 (With F.
W eesner. )

1947. Development of castes in higher termites. Science, 106:244-
245 (With F. Weesner).

1948. Biology of Arizona Termites with emphasis on swarming.
Pan-Pac. Ent., 24:54-68. (With F. Weesner.)

Papers on work not yet published. Organized under publication
headings planned by Dr. Light:

The life cycle of a higher termite, Gnathamitermes perplexus.
The Incipient Colony of Tenuirostritermes tenuirostris.

Culture groups of higher termites.

Further studies on Zodtermopsis, (Supp. reprod. ; soldier prod.)
Further studies on Reticiditermes. (Life cycle; incipient colony;
soldier production.)

54

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

BIOLOGY OF ARIZONA TERMITES WITH EMPHASIS

ON SWARMING

BY S. F. LIGHT AND FRANCES M. WEESNER
University of California, Berkeley

The biology of most of the species of termites occurring in the
United States is very imperfectly known. Records as to time and
manner of swarming are few and incomplete or of local signifi-
cance. Much of the information available is found in Snyder’s
account (1920 a) of the biology of the Neartic termites. For the
few economically important western species relatively complete
accounts are found in Kofoid, Light, et al (1934) .

The present studies were made during the spring and summer of
1946 while conducting laboratory studies of the higher termites in
Arizona (Light and Weesner, 1947 a, b). Headquarters was near
the upper altitudinal limit of the range of these termites at the 5000
ft. level in Miller Canyon, on the eastern slope of the Huachuca
Mountains, Cochise County. This is in the lowermost oak zone
(encinal) where it meets an extension of the great plains grasslands
in the San Pedro valley.

While at this location and during field trips to other localities
observations were made on the biology of the following species,
with emphasis on the three species of Termitidae :

Family Kalotermitidae

Zootermopsis laticeps (Banks) 1906.

Paraneotermes simplicicornis (Banks) 1920.

Kalotermes huhhardi Banks 1920.

Kalotermes minor Hagen 1858, Banks 1920.

Family Rhinotermitidae

Reticulitermes tibialis Banks 1920.

Heterotermes hoferi (Banks) 1920.

Family Termitidae

Gnathamitermes perplexus (Banks) 1920.

Amitermes wheeleri (Desneux) 1905.

Tenuirostritermes tenuirostris (Desneux) 1904.

April, 1948]

LIGHT AND WEESNER— TERMITES

55

Unless otherwise stated the records given below are for the zone
from 4500 to 5000 feet near Miller Canyon, Huachuca Mountains,
Cochise County, Arizona, summer of 1946. Reports of present sta-
tus of cultured incipient colonies and groups are for March, 1947.

ZooTERMOPSis LATICEPS (Banks)

Termopsis laticeps Banks 1906, 1920.

Zootermopsis laticeps (Banks), Emerson 1933, Sumner 1933.

Winged adults are reported by Snyder (1920) to have been
taken at Garcie and Palmerlee, Arizona, in June and July, and in
the Santa Rita and Santa Catalina Mts., Arizona, in July. Snyder
says “this termite swarms in June or July.”

No colony of this rare species was encountered by us but alates
were taken by the junior author at the lantern and at lighted win-
dows on two successive nights. They appeared singly and at inter-
vals from 1 A.M. to 4 A.M. on July 4, a warm night but without rain.
Six alates were taken at intervals at the lantern the next night from
11 P.M. to 12:45 A.M., again a warm night with no rain. These
alates are slow, strong fliers.

Attempts to rear incipient colonies of Z. laticeps were unsuccess-
ful although its two coastal congeners lend themselves readily to
culture.

Paraneotermes simplicicornis (Banks), Light 1934

Kalotermes simplicicornis Banks, 1920, p. 32, Snyder 1926, Light
1926 a, 1927.

Cryptotermes infumatus Banks, 1930, p. 38.

Neotermes simplicicornis Banks, Light 1929 a, b,; 1930.

Kalotermes {Neotermes) simplicicornis Banks, Cupp 1930, Light
1931.

Kalotermes (?) simplidcomis Banks, Light 1933.

Paraneotermes simplicicornis Banks, Light 1934 a.

Kalotermes (Paraneotermes) simplicicornis Banks, Light 1937.

There are no published records of natural swarming. Light
(1937) reports finding alates in colonies in the Coachella Valley,
San Bernardino County, California, in October and November and
describes their flight from the opened workings. There had been
no rain in that locality for more than a year which probably ac-
counted for their presence in the colony so late. Both their colora-
tion and behavior indicate that they are day fliers.

56

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIV, NO. 2

A large colony, taken by us at Fairbanks, Cochise County, Ari-
zona, on May 2, contained many brachypterous nymphs but no
alates. An alate appeared early in June in cultures set from this
group. On June 27 alates were found to be numerous in two of the
groups and presumably they were present in field colonies at least
by that time.

A large colony which was opened by the junior author at 9:30
A.M., July 19, at Coldwater near Phoenix, emitted a swarm of alates
which flew off rapidly. There had been a heavy rain the night
before and it seems probable these would have swarmed later that
day.

Primary pairs did not flourish in culture. Several have persisted
for more than eight months, and eggs have been recorded from time
to time. Two of them contain eggs at present and one contains a
medium sized nymph. Young were recorded in three other colonies
about 100 days after setting. No pair developed a normal incipient
colony.

Groups of nymphs of this species did not prove to be good sub-
jects for laboratory culture. Most groups were closed out at the
end of ten weeks at which time the population surviving was low,
ranging from 30% to 55%. One to three supplementaries per
group were recorded five weeks after setting and eggs were seen
in some groups two weeks later. No young were reported in groups
of this series in which the groups consisted of 17 nymphs each.
One larger group of 60 nymphs and 10 soldiers, set May 2, is
flourishing. It was set in a three-ounce j ar with wood blocks cov-
ered with loose moistened soil of origin. Supplementaries were first
seen in this group June 27 and eggs on July 18. At present visibil-
ity is not good but numerous young nymphs of several instars are
to be seen and probably there are eggs.

Kalotermes hubbardi Banks 1920

Snyder (1920) records alates taken flying in Sabino Canyon,
Pima County, Arizona, from June 20 to July 28, 1918, and again
June 30 to August 28, 1919, at lights. He also reports them at
Tucson and Redington, Arizona, in July. Presumably this very
light-colored species is always typically a night flyer.

They emerged in numbers, during the late evening of July 14
from heavily infested dead cottonwood stubs collected at St. David,

April, 1948 ]

LIGHT AND WEESNER— TERMITES

57

Cochise County, Arizona, on April 30 and kept on the porch of the
laboratory.

The junior author observed alates in colonies in giant cactus
near Phoenix on July 19. There had been a heavy rain the night
before and they were found in flight at 8:30 p.m. that night near
Mesa. The swarming alates were very numerous, collecting about
lights.

Incipient colonies were cultured with indifferent success. Of six
persisting, four contain nymphs but only about two per colony.

Groups of nymphs of this species were cultivated with marked
success and are doing very well both in the original cultures and
after transfer to new culture jars. Our results indicate that it is
much the most favorable species of Kalotermes for laboratory
experiments.

Supplementaries were produced in laboratory groups, the first
after 23 days. However, with one doubtful exception no eggs have
been recorded.

Kalotermes minor Hagen 1858, Banks 1920

Calotermes marginipennis Latreille, Hagen 1858, p. 47, “Variet.
Minor,” (“ Calif ornien” ) .

Calotermes marginipennis Latr. Hagen, 1860 p. 100, “Var. Minor”
in text; (“Aus Calif onien” . . . von San Diego”).

Calotermes marginipennis ! Hagen 1861, p. 2, “Var.” (“San Fran-
cisco and San Diego, California” .

? Calotermes castaneus Bermeister, Hagen 1858, p. 38 (“Kalifor-
nien (San Francisco) ”) .

? Calotermes castaneus !, Hagen 1861, p. (“San Francisco, Cali-
fornia (Chamisso)”).

Kalotermes minor Hagen, Banks 1920, Snyder 1926, Light 1926 b,
1929 a, 1930 a, 1933, 1934 a, Hendee 1933.

Snyder reports flights in July in Arizona and that the alates
were taken at lights frequently with K. hubbardi, in Sabino Canyon,
Arizona. Harvey’s extensive records (Kofoid, Light et al, 1934)
show the species to be a day flyer in southern California as its dark
color would indicate it to be normally. Brilliant sunshine and
temperatures from 80° to 100° F. were found by Harvey to be
conditions requisite for flight. Swarms were recorded for southern
California from late September to early November, chiefly in the
middle of the day from 11:30 A.M. to 3 P.M. A careful study might

58

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

show the night fliers in Arizona to be late stragglers from heavier
daylight swarming.

We found this termite to be common in the walnuts and syca-
mores of the canyons and washes of southeastern Arizona. Alates
were found in colonies in sycamores on July 5 but we observed no
flights.

Primary pairs taken from colonies responded poorly to culture.
No pair developed a normal incipient colony. All but one of the
persisting pairs produced eggs at some time but only a few young
were known to have been produced and only in two groups.

Reticulitermes tibialis Banks, 1920

ReticuMtermes humilis Banks 1920 (ex parte).

R. humilis Banks, Light 1933, 1934 b, Snyder 1926, 1934 (in Kofoid,
Light et al) .

R. humilis Banks, Light 1933.

Nec R. humilis Banks var. Hoferi Banks 1920 (see Heterotermes
hoferi (Banks) ).

Nee R. humilis Banks 1920 from Tucson and fig. 38, (see Hetero-
termes hoferi).

R. tibialis Banks 1920, Snyder 1920 a. Light 1929 a, 1930 a, 1931,
1933, Pickens 1934 (in Kofoid, Light et al), Snyder 1934 (in
Kofoid, Light et al).

Emerson (personal communication) considers R. humilis Banks
to be a synonym of R. tibialis Banks whose very great range, Cali-
fornia to Illinois, makes it seem probable that it will prove to be a
Rassenkreis of which R. humilis may represent one subspecies.

This termite, abundant in fence posts, oak stubs, etc., in south-
eastern Arizona was little studied by us. No flights were observed
by us nor were alates found in the colonies opened. Our attention
was largely directed toward the higher termites and we might well
have missed a flight. The only colony at all fully collected was
taken early in March. It contained many large brachypterous
nymphs at about the stage of those found in colonies of Termitidae
at the same date and which in these colonies developed into alates
in late May. In California alates of R. tibialis emerge with the
rains as do those of R. hesperus. There the rains come in the fall.
Spring, summer and fall flights of R. tibialis have been reported by
Snyder (1920), that for Arizona in July, and Snyder (1920) re-
ports that R. humilis {=R. tibialis of Arizona), “swarms during
the last of June or July,” his reports being from Arizona.

April, 1948]

LIGHT AND WEESNER— TERMITES

59

A large series of groups from one colony proved this species to
be an even better laboratory animal than its congener R. hesperus.
Of the 56 groups set only two died out after 5 months. From 1 to
3 brachypterous supplementaries were produced after 35 days in
each of 18 groups each of which contained 4 brachypterous
nymphs. A single supplementary was present in one group of
apterous individuals after 63 days. At the end of 5 months they
were present in only half of the apterous groups. The supplemen-
taries which were produced in them were apterous, presumably
from late pre- worker apterous nymphs. The possibility remains
that workers of this species may become supplementaries; workers
and late apterous nymphs are hardly distinguishable. Pickens
(1932) found the same delayed production of apterous supple-
mentaries in groups of apterous individuals.

Eggs and young were produced much earlier and in greater
numbers in the groups containing brachypterous supplementaries
than in those groups composed entirely of apterous individuals.

Heterotermes hoferi (Banks) 1920, Snyder 1926

Reticulitermes humilis Banks var. Hoferi Banks 1920, Snyder 1920.
Reticvlite')'mes hoferi Snyder 1926 p. 392.

R. humilis Banks 1920 (ex parte, Tucson and Lower records; fig.
38,1).

R. aureus Snyder 1920 b.

Leucotermes aureus Snyder 1926, Light 1929 b.

Heterotermes aureus Snyder, Light 1930 a, 1933, 1934, Pickens and
Light 1934 (in Kofoid, Light et al).

There seems no doubt that the soldiers allocated by Banks (1920,
p. 53) to '^‘Reticulitermes humilis Banks var. Hoferi new variety”
are the soldiers of the only species of Heterotermes occurring in the
United States. The specific name hoferi Banks, February 15, 1920,
has precedence over Snyder’s name Reticulitermes aureus Febru-
ary 18, 1920, given to the alates of the same species as Snyder
himself points out (1926, p. 392).

This species, not present near headquarters, was collected by the

\

junior author at Apache Junction and near Mesa, Maricopa County,
Arizona, on July 19 and 20. No alates were present in the 10
colonies observed at Apache Junction, including a very large colony
collected for use in setting up laboratory groups. This large colony

60

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

did not include brachypterous nymphs nor were they recorded for
the other colonies. It seems probable, therefore, that the flight had
already oecurred in this loeality. Alates were seen, however, in two
colonies out of 8 south of Mesa on July 20, which was the day after
the first heavy rain of the season.

Light (1932) reported alates of Heterotermes aureus taken with
Amitermes perplexus {“Amitermes magnoculus” Light) at Calex-
ieo, California, between 7 and 8 p.m. September 11, 1930, a very
dry year, following a hard rain from 4:15 to 5 p.m. Again in 1931
the two were taken together at the same place in the evening of
August 4 following a gentle rain.

Numerous eggs were produced in each of three ineipient colonies
set and young developed. The persisting colony was transferred to
a new eulture vial on the 9th of January. It eontains three young
in a late instar and one egg.

The large colony collected in a smokewood tree near Apache
Junction was used to set 100 groups of apterous individuals sup-
posedly largely workers. Various culture methods were used.
Smokewood chips or sawdust was used for food in sixty of the
hundred since it was the wood of origin. This proved unfortunate
since in all of these cultures a scum appeared on the agar surface
aceompanied by a foul odor ; the termites died rapidly and a heavy
fungus growth oeeurred. The forty groups cultured in the stand-
ard sawdust (Light and Weesner, 1947 a) flourished. Of these ten
have been kept, a few in the same eultures, others transferred to
new cultures, and are doing well.

At no time have supplementary reproductives, eggs or brachy-
pterous nymphs been seen in any of these groups although they
were set up eight months ago.

Gnathamitermes perplexus (Banks)

Termes tubiformans Buckley, Desneux 1905; nec Termes tvJbifor-
mans Buckley 1863.

Amitermes p&rplexus Banks 1920.

A. confusus Banks 1920, Light 1934 a.

A. anzonensis Banks, Light 1930 a, 1931.

Amitermes {Gnathamitermes) perplexus Banks, Light 1932, 1834
a, b.

A. (G.) acutus Light 1932, 1934 a.

A, {G.) acrognathus Light 1932, 1934 a.

April, 1948]

LIGHT AND WEESNER — TERMITES

61

A. {G.) fusciis Light 1932, 1934 a.

A. {G.) infumatus Light 1932, 1933, 1934 a.

A. (G.) confiisus Banks, Light 1932, 1934 a.

A. {G.) magnocvlus Light 1932, 1934 a.

Light (1932) described several of the varieties of this wide
ranging species as separate but closely related species. However,
continued study of growing collections made it increasingly prob-
able that these are varieties rather than species. The senior author
now agrees with Emerson (in litt.) that but two species of Gnathami-
termes are known from the United States, Gnathamitermes tubi-
formans (Buckley) and G. per plexus (Banks).

A. arizonensis Banks 1920 included soldiers of this species but
was based on alates of A. wheeleri (Desneux) as shown by Light
(1932) , leaving A. perplexus Banks 1920 as the name for the com-
mon desert termite of southern California, Arizona, New Mexico,
Texas and northern Mexico (Light 1933) . Two additional species,
G. grandis Light (1930 b) and G. nigriceps (Light 1930 b) occur
in Mexico and have not been reported from the United States.

Large brachypterous nymphs later to molt into the summer’s
alates were present from our arrival in early March. Eggs were
first recorded on April 25, callows (from the apterous nymphs of
the previous year) on April 5, soldier nymphs and callow soldiers
(from the previous year’s brood) on May 15, young on May 1
(first instars only), young brachypterous nymphs on June 20.

Numerous alates were present in at least one colony on June 1
and they were found in colonies until the middle of July. On June
6 they were seen in 8 out of 10 colonies opened and were probably
present in most of the colonies at that date.

Numerous records (Snyder 1920, Light 1932, pp. 397, 407)
show G. perplexus to have been taken in flight in late June or July,
usually in the evening after rain. However, one record had them
flying at 9:15 in the morning, another from 2 to 4 p.m. during a
steady rain.

Five flights were recorded in the vicinity of headquarters and
another at Phoenix as follows:

(1) June 16, a few taken on windshields and others seen in
flight in light of headlights after dark, about 8 p.m. during a light
shower after a fairly heavy short afternoon rain.

62

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

(2) July 2, emerging from crack in concrete bottom of old
swimming pool at 3:30 p.m. during light rain (mostly killed and
carried off by ants) .

(3) One seen in flight somewhat later that afternoon on High-
way 92 during a light rain.

( 4) July 6, seen emerging from two holes in front of laboratory
between 5:15 and 5:40 p.m. Workers and soldiers active at the
emergence holes. Ground wet from shower at 4:45 p.m., probably
very light rain at time of emergence. From numbers seen in flight
there were evidently several other colonies swarming nearby, all
within the live oak zone. Weak-looking, but actually effective fly-
ers. Flying with wind toward the southeast. Some seen to alight
and take off again. No dealation or pairing seen. Numbers small,
emergences at intervals, flight long and desultory. Seems very im-
probable that pairing eventuated.

(5) July 12, heavy flight at 2:30 p.m. during slight showers
following heavy rain at 2 p.m. Many were seen in flight as we
drove down to Highway 92. Some were still flying along highway
but most were already dealated on the ground. Numerous pairs
seen, also singles. Some pairs were taken immediately under rock
surfaces, some in shallow depressions under rocks where they had
started to work in earth, and some in tunnels under rocks where
they had burrowed an inch or more into soil. In numerous in-
stances more than one pair were under the same rock and in several
instances two pairs were burrowing in a common passage. This
was probably the main flight in that area. No other flights were
recorded there.

(6) July 19, Phoenix, about 100 seen in flight when sun broke
through overhanging clouds at 6:30 A.M. Ground soaked and
water standing in pools from an extremely heavy night rain, the
first rain of the season in that vicinity.

The colonies of Gnathamitermes were to be found in earth
under stones as was true of Amitermes and Tenuirostritermes.
They evidently foraged widely through the soil, however, since
they were found in a high percentage of the cowchips as was
Amitermes but not Tenuirostritermes.

Many experiments were set up from Gnathamitermes colonies
with a view to finding a satisfactory method of culturing groups

April, 1948]

LIGHT AND WEESNEEr-TEBMITES

63

of the workers and apterous nymphs plus, in some instances,
brachypterous nymphs. In general these attempts were not es-
pecially successful although many groups persisted up to more
than two months and in the first such series more than three months.
These experiments will be more fully reported elsewhere.

Brachypterous nymphs became pigmented supplementary re-
productives in a number of laboratory groups. Both supplemen-
taries and brachypterous nymphs were much more hardy than the
workers and apterous nymphs and persisted long after the entire
apterous population was dead.

In only one instance were eggs seen in these groups headed by
experimentally produced supplementaries.

More than 400 incipient primary colonies were set up and some
seemed to proceed normally. No soldiers nor workers developed,
all individuals remaining in the late apterous nymphal stage.
Detailed results will appear elsewhere.

Amitermes wheeleri (Desneux), Light 1932
Termes wheeleri Desneux 1905.

Amitermes arizonensis Banks 1920 (alates ex parte?).

A. calif ornicus Banks 1920 (soldiers), Snyder 1926, Light 1930 a,
b, c, 1931.

?A. pa/rvipanctiLS Light 1932.

?A. spadix Light 1932.

A. (A.) wheeleri (Desneux) Light 1932 a, b.

Nec Amitermes wheeleri Desneux, Banks 1920 “Brownsville and
San Antonio” (=A. minimus Light 1932) .

Nec A. wheeleri Desneux, Snyder 1926, (=A. minimus).

Nec A. wheeleri Desneux, Light 1930 a, b, c, 1931 (=A. minimus).

This widespread and variable species is found living under a
wide range of climatic conditions. Records of its biology are few
and unreliable because of its checkered systematic history. Alates
were taken by us in colonies on several occasions in flights. The
alates taken on all occasions agreed as to color, size and general
appearance. There is no question that these are the alates of A.
wheeleri of this region. They differ in the generally darker color
from the previously described alates of A. wheeleri (Light 1932).
In life they gave the impression of being smoky black with gray-
black wings. Fixed specimens show a brown color not noticeable
in life. These were taken from a colony of June 1 the day when

64

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

alates were first recorded. It seems probable that they had not
acquired full pigmentation. The head is a dark smoky brown, the
pronotum slightly lighter, legs and outer antennae are smoky,
postclypeus pale smoky, anteclypeus and labium pale yellow.

Most of the alates taken were used to set up incipient colonies.
Only six alates from one colony were saved for study. Measure-
ments of these show them to agree very well with the alates of A.
wheeleri from Texas described by Light in 1932 and with A. parvi-
punctus Light (1932) and A. spadix Light (1932). They show
considerable variation as to size and shape of the fontanel. It seems
probable as indicated in the synonymy that A. parvipunctus and
A. spadix are synonyms of A. wheeleri. The variation in markings
of the head and pronotum and in the size and shape of the fontanel
may not be significant and can only be evaluated by studies of
large series. They may prove to be of subspecific value if, as seems
probable, this wide-ranging species proves to consist of several '
subspecies. It ranges from the California desert eastward to Browns-
ville, Texas, and from Las Vegas, Nevada, southward at least as
far as the city of Colima, Colima, Mexico {A. calif ornicus. Light
1930).

A. pallidas differs in coloration and size from all the alates here
assigned to A. wheeleri and must be considered to represent a
different species.

Since A. wheeleri was smaller and less abundant than G. per-
plexus, the latter was studied more carefully and used more ex-
tensively in culture and experiments hence the records for Ami-
termes wheeleri are casual.. Actually A. wheeleri proved much the
better laboratory animal so far as group cultures were concerned
whereas the incipient colonies of G. perplexus were much more
successful in the laboratory than those of A. wheeleri.

The constitution of the colonies in March was the same as for
G. perplexus. The large brachypterous nymphs which were to molt
into alates in May or early June, were present presumably from the
first but were first recorded on March 15. No supplementaries were
found in colonies but brachypterous nymphs in experimental groups
developed into dark brown supplementaries as they did in the two
other species of Termitidae. The first was recorded 46 days after
segregation of the group. Worker-like apterous nymphs were pres-
ent in considerable numbers from our arrival in March, as in G.

April, 1948]

LIGHT AND WEESNER^TERMITES

65

perplexus, and could be distinguished from the workers but with
more difficulty than in Gnathamitermes.

On June 1 alates of all three species were brought in from
colonies. This was the first record of alates in a colony of A.
wheeleri. Only a few were present in one colony and brachypterous
nymphs were abundant whereas in G. perplexus at that time there
were few brachypterous nymphs and alates predominated and in
T enuirostritermes there were many alates and no brachypterous
nymphs.

Three flights were observed by the senior author all in mid July
and all under similar conditions. They all occurred in late after-
noon, from 5:30 to 7:15 p.m., when the sun broke through the
clouds on days when earlier rains had wet the ground. The flight
was general over the areas observed but was brief and terminated
sharply when the sun went under a cloud or fell behind the moun-
tains. The alates flew with the wind. They appeared feeble but
were actually strong fliers. It was difficult to keep up with them by
running. Some traveled at least several hundred yards. Several
were seen to light and take off again. No dealated individuals or
pairs were seen and it was difficult to conceive of many pairs to-
gether unless the flights are heavier as they may well have been at
some swarming missed by us.

The first recorded flight was at 7 :07 p.m. on July 12, when there
was a heavy rain storm at 2 : 30 p.m. during which G. perplexus made
its first recorded flight. The flight was general but was seen for only
about 20 minutes, during which alates in flight while scattered were
in sight in every direction. Some issued from holes very near those
from which had issued the alates of the July 6 flight of G. perplexus.

On July 14 alates were first seen at 6 :45 p.m. with a brisk wind
blowing. The maximum flight began when the wind fell about
7 :07. At one spot, supposedly a single colony, 16 holes of issue
were counted and it was estimated that there were about 30 such
holes. Each aperture was minute. As a rule only one alate issued
at a time. The large number of holes may provide some safety
from ants which were attacking them very actively.

The last flight on July 18, was observed to last only about 10
minutes, beginning everywhere within the range of vision a few
minutes after the sun emerged and terminating at once when the
sun fell behind the mountains. It had rained heavily the day before,

66

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

and there had been a slow shower earlier that afternoon. The
temperature was low.

Amitermes wheeleri would seem on the basis of this slight evi-
dence to differ from G. perplexus in swarming habits in that A.
wheeleri is not dependent upon rain at the moment of flight but
1) is a diurnal flyer as its dark color would indicate but flies in
the late afternoon or early evening, 2) is dependent upon moisture
from recent rains, 3) flies during a brief period on any given day
(because near the time of the setting of the sun), 4) is able to fly
on relatively cold days but 5 ) is dependent upon the brief warming
action of the sun.

Tenuirostritermes tenuirostris (Desneux)

Termes tenuirostris Desneux 1904.

Constrictotermes tenuirostris Desneux, Banks 1920.

Nasutitermes {Tenuirostritermes) tenuirostris Desneux, Light 1934

in Kofoid, Light et al.

Nasutitermes {Tenuirostritermes) cinereus (Buckley) Light 1934 b.

Emerson, who will shortly publish a revision of Tenuirostri-
termes, has identified the Arizona species as the type species of
the genus (personal communication) . The biology of this species
will be more fully reported later by the junior author.

Snyder (1920) reports that this species swarms at night. Most
of his records are from the mountains of Arizona and all are for
July except for one on June 25, 1899, in the Huachuca Mountains.
Nothing is said as to temperature or relations to rainfall which ac-
cording to the observations of the junior author are of limiting
importance. Her abservations are summarized below.

Alates were first seen in a colony on May 27. They were present
in small numbers as late as August 7 in 3 out of 7 colonies in the
lower pastures where rainfall was lighter.

Although only two swarmings are known to have taken place
the conditions necessary for flight seem clear from the conditions
known to have occurred during those two flights and those obtain-
ing on the very many occasions when rains furnished the requisite
moisture but no flight occurred. The essential conditions seem to
be 1) maturity of the alates, presumably attained by the latter part
of June, 2) a warm night rain, presumably a long soaking rain or
a lighter rain following a previous wetting.

Observations in the field at all times of the day but especially at
night on occasions from July 3 to August 1, during rains, after

April, 1948]

LIGHT AND WEESNER— TERMITES

67

rains, and when no rains had occurred, using the gasoline lantern
at nights, were entirely without results except on the nights of July
10 and 21. These were nights of warm rains, 72° F. on July 10,
whereas the other night rains were cold.

On July 10 the flight was heavy and presumably general. Alates
were first seen flying to lighted windows situated 300 yards above
the nearest colonies. They were seen to dealate and pair. Flight
was observed to last from 10 p.m. to 10:45 P.M., during fairly heavy
rain which began at 9:30. No flight was observed at the lantern
during a similar rain the preceding night but this was the first rain
for some time and the ground was dry.

After the rain stopped at 11 p.m. many wings were found on the
ground where the colonies were located but no further flight was
observed. The number of alates in colonies was considerably re-
duced after this date especially in the higher levels where rain fall
was the greatest.

On July 21 it rained from 9 to 10 P.M. but no flight occurred.
It rained again about 2 a.m. and then the flight presumably occur-
red since numerous wings were found in the lower pasture the
next morning.

References

Banks, Nathan. 1906. Two New Termites. Ent. News, 17:336-337.
1920. A revision of the Nearctic Termites. U. S. Nat. Mus.
Bull. 108:1-86.

Buckley, S. B. 1863 (1862). Description of two new species of
termites from Texas. Proc. Entom. Soc. Phila., 1:212-213.
Cupp, Easter F. 1930. Spirotrichonympha polygyra from Neoter-
mes simplicicorns Banks. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 33:351-378.
Desneux, J. C. 1904. A propos de la Phylogenie des Termitides.
Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., 48:278-289.

1905. Varieties temitologioues, Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. 49:336*360.
Emerson, A. E. 1933. A revision of fossil and recent Termopsinae
(Isoptera). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entom., 6:165-195.

Hagen, H. 1858. Monographie der Termiten. Linn. Ent. 12:1-342.

1860. Nachtrag zur Monographie der Termiten. Linn. Ent.
14:100-128.

1861. Synopsis of the described Neuroptera of North America.
Smith. Misc. Coll. 4:1-368.

Hendee, Esther C. 1933. The association of the termites Kalo-
termes minor, Reticulitermes hesperus, and Zootermopsis
angusticollis with fungi. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 39:111-134.
Kofoid, C. A. S. F. Light et al. 1934. Termites and Termite Con-
trol. Univ. Calif. Press.

68

the PAN-PACIFIC entomologist [vOL. XXIV, NO. 2

Light, S, F, 1926 a. On Hoplonympha natator Gen Nov., Sp. Nov.
Univ, Calif. Publ. Zool., 29:123-139.

1926 b. On Metadevescovina debilis Gen. Nov., Sp. Nov. Ibid, 29:
141-157.

1927. Kofoidia, a new flagellate, from a California termite.

Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 29:467-492.

1929 a. New termite records from Lower California. Pan-Pac.
Entom. 6:178-180.

1929 b. Termites and termite damage. Univ. Calif. Agr. Exp.
Stn. Circ. 314.

1930a. A practical key to the species of termites found in Cali-
fornia. Dept. Agr. Calif. Monthly Bull., 19:454, 455.

1930 b. The Mexican species of Am^terw^es Silvestri (Isoptera).
Univ. Calif. Publ. Entom. 5:215-232.

1930 c. The California species of the genus Amitermes Silvestri
(Isoptera). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entom. 5:215-232.

1931. The termites of Nevada. Pan-Pac. Ent. 8:5-9.

1932. Contribution toward a revision of the American species
of Amitermes Silvestri. Univ. Calif. Pub. Entom. 17 :355-417.

1933. Termites of Western Mexico. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entom.
6:70-164.

1934 a. In Kofoid, Light et al. Termites and Termite ControL
Univ. Calif. Press.

1934 b. A collection of termites from Arizona. Pan-Pac. Entom.
10:159.

1937. Contribution to the biology and taxonomy of Kalotermes
(Paraneotermes) simpticicomisl Banks (Isopflera). Univ.
Calif. Publ. Entom. 6:423-464.

Light, S. F., Merle Randall and F. G. White. 1930. Termites and
termite damage. Univ. Calif. Agr. Exp. Stn. Circ. 318:1-64.
Light, S. F. and Frances M. Weesner. 1947 a. Methods for cul-
turing termites. Science, 106:131.

1947 b. The development of castes in higher termites. Ibid., 106 :
244-245.

Pickens, A. L. 1932. Observations on the genus Reticulitermes.
Pan-Pac. Entom. 8:178-180.

Snyder, Thomas E. 1920 a. Notes on biology and geographic dis-
tribution. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 180 :87-211.

1920 b. Two new termites from Arizona. Proc. Entom. Soc.,
Wash. 22:38-40.

1926. Notes on termites from Arizona. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool.
28:389-397.

Sumner, Ethel Craig. 1933. The species of the termite genus
Zootermopsis Emerson (=Termopsis Hagen). Univ. Calif.
Publ. Entom. 6:197-230.

April, 1948] macswain and lanham— pauropoda

69

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF PAUROPODA FROM

CALIFORNIA

BY J. W. MacSWAIN and U. N. LANHAM

University of California, Berkeley

The six new species of pauropods described herein are placed in
two families, Brachypauropodidae and Eurypauropodidae, which
have not previously been recorded from western North America.
Each family is represented by a single species in the eastern United
States.

On the basis of differences in rate of locomotion, Latzel (1883,
1884) divided the pauropods into “Pauropoda agilia” and “Pauro-
poda tardigrada,” the former including the family Pauropodidae
and the latter the families Brachypauropodidae and Eurypauropo-
didae. This distinction has not been retained as the primary divi-
sion in modern classifications (e. g. Bagnall, 1935), but provides
a convenient field character to distinguish the active, centipede-like
Pauropodidae from the very slow-moving Brachypauropodidae.
The pillbug-like Eurypauropodidae are moderately slow-moving
forms. The Pauropodidae is the dominant family of the class from
the standpoint of number of species, since it contains 90 percent
(115 species and subspecies) of the described species. Of the 28
species of pauropods previously known from North America, 26
belonged to this family. The Brachypauropodidae contains five
species, the Eurypauropodidae 12 species in the world fauna. The
three remaining families, none of which has been recorded from
North America, contain a total of nine species.

The definition of the class Pauropoda must be extended to in-
clude forms with only eight pairs of legs in the adult stage, since
the three new genera described here are all believed to possess this
characteristic. Pauropods have previously been characterized as
possessing nine, or rarely ten pairs of legs.

Specimens were collected in the field by searching twigs or
fallen logs, especially where leaf mold had accumulated, with the
aid of a hand lens. It was found that Berlese-funnel extraction of
litter gathered indiscriminately did not give good results in col-
lecting the “Pauropoda tardigrada.” Exceptionally favorable bits

70

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXIV, NO. 2

of wood, which often harbored colonies of scores of individuals,
were brought into the laboratory for further examination under a
binocular microscope, since adults of some species are quite small,
not exceeding 0.6 mm. in length. A thousand or more individuals
of the families Brachypauropodidae and Eurypauropodidae were
collected in four days of field work by these methods. Three locali-
ties in the San Francisco Bay area furnished most of the speci-
mens: a small canyon in the Black Hills (about 1000 feet eleva-
tion), on the south slopes of Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa County,
about two miles above the south entrance checking station of the
Mt. Diablo State Park; Woolsey Canyon, a short distance north of
the campus of the University of California, Berkeley; and numer-
ous small canyons between Fairfax and Alpine Lake (three miles
west of Fairfax) in Marin County. A single specimen of Gravieri-
pus was collected from under redwoods in the Redwood Regional
Park, near Oakland.

A good introduction to the literature may be found in the work
of Starling (1943), in which is presented a bibliographic list of
the species of Pauropoda of the world. More recent publications
of general interest are furnished by Starling (1944) and by Tiegs
(1947).

All material studied was cleared in KOH, stained lightly with
acid fuchsin in acetic acid, washed in absolute alcohol, then trans-
ferred to clove oil and mounted on microscope slides in balsam.

The following descriptions are based mainly on the holotypes,
but the nature of the material has made it necessary to describe
certain details from other male specimens in the type series. All
measurements are made from specimens mounted on slides, which
are somewhat expanded.

Paratypes of all the species have been deposited in the collec-
tions of the United States National Museum and the British Mu-
seum (Natural History).

Plate I : Fig. 1, Zygopauropus hesperius, dorsal view, holotype
male x 140; la, ventral view, anal plate x 620; Fig. 2, Aletopamropus
lentus, dorsal view, holotype male x 140; 2a, ventral view, anal
plate x 620; Fig. 3, Deltopauropus luteus, dorsal view, holot 3 q)e
male x 140; 3a, ventral view, anal plate x 620; 36, lateral view,
male organ x 550; Fig. 4, Deltopauropus magnus, dorsal view, holo-
type malex 105; 4a, ventral view, anal plate x 620; 4 6, lateral view,
male organ x 550 ; 4c, dorsal head seta x 620.

April, 1948] Macs wain and lanham— pauropoda

71

72

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

Family Brachypauropodidae Kenyon

As originally defined, this family was characterized by having
the head, legs, and pygidium free, and the tergal plates of all seg-
ments subdivided. The family was assumed to have the usual 9
pairs of legs. The definition is extended here to include forms
which have the tergal plates of segment 5 entire, and forms with
only 8 pairs of legs in the adult stage.

Zygopauropus MacSwain and Lanham, new genus

Body form narrowly ovate; fresh specimens with loose, mealy,
white substance on setae of dorsum and on trichobothria ; slow-
moving forms.

Head. Ocular areas appearing as lateral lobes; a single seta
present between antennal insertions; anterior two-thirds of head
covered with sclerotized plate bearing anterior group of 6 and poste-
rior group of 10 setae; 3 slender lateral bristles behind each ocular
area ; row of 8 slender hairs on anterior margin of ventral surface
of head.

Antennae. Scape with segment 2 conspicuously shorter than rest
of segments; stylus latior slightly shorter than stylus angustior,
both subequal in width.

Trunk. Five segments present; terga with entire or subdivided
sclerotized plates. Segment 1 with a single tergal plate bearing 4
pairs of setae; segments 2, 3 and 4 each with tergal plates divided
longitudinally and transversely into 4 parts, each part bearing
a pair of setae; segment 5 with tergal plate divided longitu-
dinally into two parts, each part bearing 5 setae. Segments 2, 3
and 4 with a pair of lateral setae on each side, corresponding setae
on segment 5 represented by a single seta inserted on lateral margin
of tergal plates. Setae bristle-llke or slightly hastiform, strongly
bent posteriorly near base. Four pairs of trichobothria present;
those of segment 4 (third pair) strongly clavate, with club bearing
apically a loosely plumose filament which is subequal to stalk of
trichobothrium in length; those of segments 2, 3 and 5 filamentous,
loosely plumose apically.

Legs. Eight pairs of legs present, all 5-segmented; coxa and
trochanter each with a single annulated seta, tarsus with 3 setae;
claw slender, pulvillus with a single bristle.

Type: Zygopauropus hesperius MacSwain and Lanham.

Zygopauropus hesperius MacSwain and Lanham, new species

Male. Color white; length 0.54 mm., width 0.17 mm.

Antennae. Stalk of globulus approximately one-third length of
stylus latior, widened apically, posterior flagellum, about two-thirds

April, 1948]

MacSWAIN and lanham— pauropoda

73

length of anterior flagellum; stylus angustior widest near middle,
its flagellum about one-fourth longer than anterior flagellum of
stylus latior.

Trunk. Tergal plate of segment 1 with 2 longitudinal rows of
irregular tuberosities, the last of each row appearing as large scales
pro jecting beyond posterior margin of plate, tips of scales more or
less jagged; tergal plates of segments 2-4 each with a similar row
of tuberosities and posteriorly projecting scales; plates of segment
5 with tuberosities not so well developed and not extending beyond
posterior margin. Tergal plates with ground sculpture of small,
closely spaced, rounded tubercules. Lateral platelets usually sub-
divided into small sclerotized areas surrounding insertions of lateral
setae, but occasionally platelets are entire. Trichobothrium of seg-
ment 2 inserted slightly before anterior lateral seta, trichobothria
of segments 2 and 3 inserted lateral to and somewhat posterior to
anterior lateral setae, trichobothrium of segment 5 inserted a con-
siderable distance behind lateral seta. Penes constricted near mid-
dle, base broadened, apical portion subovoid, with subapical bristle.

Pygidium. Anal plate with basal portion expanded, stoutly cla-
vate in outline, distal portions consisting of short, very strongly
capitate hairs; sternum with posterior setae (b^) moderately taper-
ing, about 4 times as long as styli, anterior setae (6^) slender, ap-
proximately equal in length to styli; styli rod-shaped, subequal to
anal plate in length, tips rounded; tergum with row of 4 anterior,
moderately strong setae {d, d^ of Remy, 1936), lateral setae (a^)
half again as long as the thick, slightly sinuous intermediate setae
(a^) , submedian setae (a^) very slender, slightly longer than styli.

Female: Similar to male. Length 0.56 mm., width 0.20 mm.

Holotype, adult male (No. 5897, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : South
slopes of Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa County, California, 12 No-
vember 1947, under fallen oak branches (MacSwain and Lanham) .
Allotype, adult female (No. 5898, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : same
data as holotype. Paratypes: 1 adult male, 3 adult females, same
data as holotype; 2 adult males, Fairfax, Marin County, California,
24 November 1947 (MacSwain and Lanham) . Additional material
includes 4 immature specimens with same data as holotype; one
has 6 pairs of legs, two have 5, one has 3 pairs of legs.

Aletopauropus MacSwain and Lanham, new genus

Body form narrowly ovate; fresh specimens with loose, mealy,
white substance on setae of dorsum and on trichobothria; slow-
moving forms.

74

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

Head. Ocular areas appearing as distinct lateral lobes; single
seta present between antennal insertions; anterior two'- thirds of
head covered with sclerotized plate bearing anterior group of 6 and
posterior group of 10 setae; 1 pair of slender lateral bristles behind
each ocular area; row of 8 slender hairs on anterior margin of
ventral surface of head.

Antennae. Scape with segment 2 conspicuously shorter than rest;
stylus latior subequal in length and width to stylus angustior.

Trunk. Five segments present; terga with entire or subdivided
sclerotized plates. Segment 1 with tergal plate entire, with 4 pairs
of setae; segments 2 and 3 with tergal plates divided into 4 parts,
each part with 1 pair of setae; segment 4 with tergal plate divided
longitudinally into two parts, each part with two pairs of setae;
segment 5 with tergal plate entire, with 4 pairs of setae, the pos-
terior row of setae inserted on posterior margin of plate. Segments
2-4 with 1 pair of lateral setae on each side; segment 5 with 1 lateral
seta, which is distant from tergal plate. Setae bristle-shaped or
slightly hastiform, abruptly bent posteriorly near base. Four pairs
of trichobothria present; those of segment 4 (third pair) strongly
clavate, with club bearing apically a plumose filament which is sub-
equal to stalk of trichobothrium in length; those of segments 2, 3,
and 5 filamentous, loosely plumose apically, subequal in length.

Legs. Eight pairs of legs present, all 5-segmented; coxa and tro-
chanter each with a single annulated seta, tarsus with 3 setae ; claw
slender, pulvillus with a single bristle.

Type: Aletopauropus lentus MacSwain and Lanham.

Aletopauropus lentus MacSwain and Lanham, new species

Male: Color white; length 0.56 mm., width 0.18 mm.

Antennae. Stylus latior approximately half again as wide at tip
as at base, tip asymmetrically rounded, posterior flagellum some-
what more than half as long as anterior flagellum, stalk of globulus
approximately one-half length of stylus, widened apically; stylus
angustior widest at distal one-third, its flagellum one-third again
as long as anterior flagellum of stylus latior.

Trunk. Segment 1 with tergal plate sub-oval in outline, produced
laterally into a small lobe. Tergal plates of segments 2 and 3 each
with a median row of tuberosities, the last of each row forming a
conspicuous, usually entire tooth on the posterior margin of each
plate; tergal plate of segment 1 with 2 such rows and 2 teeth on
posterior margin; plate of segment 5 with tuberosities very weakly
developed, no teeth on posterior margin. Ground sculpture of tergal
plates consisting of small, closely spaced, rounded tubercles. Tricho-
bothrium of segment 2 arising alongside anterior lateral seta, of
segment 3 between lateral setae, of segment 4 alongside posterior
lateral seta. Penes constricted near middle, base broadened, apical
portion subovoid in outline, with subapical bristle.

April, 1948]

MacSWAIN and lanham— pauropoda

75

Pygidium. Anal plate with basal portion expanded, ovate in out-
line, distal portions consisting- of short, very strongly capitate hairs ;
sternum with posterior setae (b^) slender, approximately 4 times
as long- as styli, anterior setae (6^) very slender, short, and incon-
spicuous; styli rod-shaped, subequal to anal plate in length, tips
rounded; tergum with row of 4 slender anterior bristles {d, d^ of
Remy, 1936), lateral setae (a^) slender, half again as long as the
stout, slightly hastiform intermediate setae (a^), submedian setae
(a^) slender.

Female: Similar to male; length 0.60 mm., width 0.20 mm.

Holotype, adult male (No. 5899, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Wool-
SEY Canyon, Berkeley, Alameda County, California, 21 No-
vember 1947 (MacSwain) . Allotype, adult female (No. 5900,
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : same data as holotype. Paratypes: 3 adult
females, same locality as holotype, 26 November 1947 (Mac-
Swain) ; 1 adult male, 3 adult females, same data as holotype.
Other material includes 3 immature specimens; two have 6 pairs
of legs, one has 5 pairs ; all with same data as holotype.

Deltopauropus MacSwain and Lanham, new genus

Body form oblong-ovate; fresh specimens without white, mealy,
substance on dorsum of trunk, but adult females with a conspicu-
ous transverse white band of compact mealy substance on poste-
rior margin of head; slow-moving species.

Head. Ocular, areas appearing as distinct lateral lobes; a single
seta present between antennal insertions; anterior two-thirds of
head covered with sclerotized plate bearing anterior group of 6 and
posterior group of 10 setae, anterior setae mounted on large tuber-
cles; 2 slender lateral bristles behind each ocular area; row of 8
slender hairs on lower anterior margin of head.

Antennae. Scape with segment 2 conspicuously shorter than
rest; stylus latior distinctly shorter than stylus angustior.

Trunk. Five segments; terga with entire or subdivided sclero-
tized plates. Segment 1 with tergal plate entire, bearing 4 pairs of
setae ; segments 2-4 with plates narrowly divided longitudinally and
transversely into 4 parts, each part bearing one pair of setae; seg-
ment 5 with plate entire, bearing 4 pairs of setae. Setae highly
modified, consisting of flattened triangular, subtriangular, or almost
circular scales having surface ornamented with conspicuous net-
work of raised lines; anterior row of setae of dorsal plate of seg-
ment 1, and all lateral trunk setae inverted, with bases of triangles
anterior; setae attached at their anterior ends, except for anterior
row of plate on segment 1. Segment 1 without lateral setae; seg-

76

the PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

ment 2 with 1 lateral seta of modified type, and 1 biramous bristle;
segments 3 and 4 with a pair of lateral setae on each side; segment
5 with a single lateral seta. Four pairs of trichrobothria present;
those of segment 4 (third pair) strongly clavate, with club bear-
ing apically a plumose filament about equal to stalk of trichoboth-
rium in length, total length somewhat less than that of other tricho-
bothria; those of segments 2, 3, and 5 filamentous, loosely plumose
apically, all subequal in length.

Legs. Eight pairs of legs present, all 5-segmented; coxa and tro-
chanter each with an annulated seta, tarsus with 3 setae; claw
slender, pulvilli apparently each with a single bristle.

Type: Deltopauropus luteus MacSwain and Lanham.

Deltopauropus luteus MacSwain and Lanham, new species

Male: Color yellowish-white; length 0.56 mm., width 0.24 mm.

Antennae. Stylus latior slightly wider than stylus angustior at
tip, tip obtusely conical, approximately one-third again as wide as
base; stalk of globulus approximately as long as diameter of globu-
lus; stylus angustior widest near tip, its fiagellum approximately
one-fourth longer than anterior fiagellum of stylus latior.

Trunk. Tergal plate of segment 1 suboval in outline. Tergal
plates without ground sculpture, except for indistinct median row
of translucent platelets. Lateral platelets (those which bear lateral
setae) of segments 2-5 entire. Modified setae of tergal plates trian-
gular to subtriangular. First pair of trichobothria inserted along-
side anterior lateral setae of segment 2, second pair between lateral
setae of segment 3, third pair alongside posterior lateral setae of
segment 4, fourth pair a considerable distance behind lateral setae
of segment 5. Penes slightly constricted near middle, base not much
widened, apical portion subconical, bristle slightly subapical.

Pygidium. Anal plate with basal portion expanded, trilobed,
distal portions consisting of short, very strongly capitate hairs;
sternum with posterior setae (b^) slender, about half again as long
as process of anal plate; styli short, appearing as tubercles bearing
short apical bristles; tergum with anterior pair of slender setae
(d^) and with 1 anterior lateral seta (d) of modified scale-type, on
each side, lateral seta (a^) slender, slightly longer than the modi-
fied, scale-type intermediate setae (a®).

Female : Similar to male; length 0.50 mm., width 0.26 mm.

Holotype, adult male (No. 5893, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : south
slopes of Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa County, California, 12
November 1947, under fallen oak branches (MacSwain and Lan-
ham) . Allotype, adult female (No. 5894, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) :
same data as holotype. Paratypes: 19 adult males, 64 adult
females, same data as holotype; 3 adult females, Fairfax, Marin

April, 1948] macswain and lanham— pauropoda

77

County, California, 24 November 1947 (MacSwain and Lanham) .
Additional material includes immature stages, with same data as
holotype, classified as follows: 11 with 6 pairs of legs, 10 with 5
pairs, 3 with 3 pairs of legs. Also, there are many individuals, both
adult and immature, preserved in alcohol, from the Mt. Diablo and
Fairfax localities.

Deltopauropus magnus MacSwain and Lanham, new species

Male: Color yello wish- white ; length 0.75 mm., width 0.34 mm.
Very similar to D. lutetis, diifering as follows: size larger, about
one- third longer, and relatively wider, more robust; modified setkae
of dorsum relatively larger, most setae departing more from tri-
angular shape, being more rounded, or even subquadrate; anterior
margin of tergal plate of segment 1 and of segment 5 more convex ;
penes constricted near base, apical portion twice as long as wide,
distal half conical.

Female: Similar to male; length 0.76 mm., width 0.32 mm.

Holotype, adult male (No. 5895, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : WooL-
SEY Canyon, Berkeley, Alameda County, California, 21 No-
vember 1947 (MacSwain). Allotype, adult female (No. 5896,
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : same data as holotype. Paratypes: 4 adult
males, 3 adult females, same data as holotype; 11 adult males, 8
adult females, same locality as holotype, 26 November 1947 (Mac-
Swain) . Additional material includes 22 immature specimens, all
from Woolsey Canyon, 26 November 1947 (MacSwain) ; these are
classified as follows: 9 specimens with 6 pairs of legs, 12 with 5
pairs, 1 with 3 pairs.

The three genera just described are compared with each other
and with Brachypauropus Latzel in the following key.

Key to the genera of the Brachypauropodidae

OF THE WORLD.

1. Segment 5 (which bears third pair of trichobothria) with 4

tergal plates. Apparently always with 9 pairs of legs and 5 pairs
of trichobothria in adult stage Brachypauropus

-. Segment 5 with 1 or 2 tergal plates. Eight pairs of legs and 4
pairs of trichobothria in adult stage 2

2. Segment 5 with 2 tergal plates; lateral setae of segment 5 incor-
porated into lateral margins of tergal plates Zyffopauropus

-. Segment 5 with 1 tergal plate; lateral setae of segment 5 not
incorporated into lateral margin of tergal plate, but lying some
distance from it 3

78

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

3. Setae of dorsum highly modified to form, triangular or subtri-
angular scales with sculptured surface; tergum of segment 4
(which bears third, or modified, pair of trichoibothria) with 4
plates Deltopauropus

Setae of dorsum bristle-shaped, or at most slightly hastiform^
tergum of segment 4 with 2 plates Aletopauropus

The genera Zygopauropus, Aletopauropus, and Deltopauropus
possess characters in common which sharply separate them from
Br achy paur opus, the only genus previously known in the family.
These differences may be summarized as follows : only 5 trunk seg-
ments, 8 pairs of legs, 4 pairs of trichobothria; segment 5 with a
single lateral seta; pygidium with an additional row of 4 anterior
setae. However, this entire set of characters has been found in the
last larval (16-legged) instar of Br achy paur opus tuherosus Remy
(1936:319). The possibility that all the specimens of the family
Brachypauropodidae obtained for this study were immature must
be considered. However, this possibility seems very remote in view
of such considerations as the relatively large numbers of individ-
uals obtained, the fact that all earlier instars were represented, that
the male genitalia were well developed, and that normal 18-legged
adult individuals of another family, the Eurypauropodidae, were
collected at the same times and places. Unfortunately, the possession
of male genitalia is no certain indication of maturity, since Hansen
(1902:336) has stated that “In immature males with eight pairs
of legs I have found the organs smaller and less developed than in
the adults; in one species, Paur. spinifer, of which I only possess
an immature male, the organs are as large as in adult males of
several other species, nevertheless they are scarcely arrived to full
development.” In Deltopauropus the case for regarding the fourth
stage (16-legged forms) as adults seems to be established with a
high degree of certainty. First, several hundred individuals were
examined without finding one with nine pairs of legs. Secondly,
each large colony was divisible into smaller groups composed of
two or more fully pigmented 16-legged individuals and several 6,
10, and 12-legged unpigmented individuals, suggesting family
groups. Finally, the 16-legged individuals differed from all pre-
ceding stages in that they possessed either well developed male
genitalia or a band of white powdery substance on the posterior
border of the head ; these two categories are assumed to be adult
males and females, respectively.

April, 1948] macswain and lanham— pauropoda

79

The number of legs present in the adult stage of some Old World
species may be open to question. The specimens upon which the
description of the type species of the genus Brachypauropus was
based, B. hamiger Latzel (1884), had only eight pairs of legs,
which together with the fact that no male genitalia were observed
on any specimens, led Latzel to believe that his specimens were
immature. However, B. tuber osus Remy (1936) was described as
having nine pairs of legs.

The last larval instar of B. tuberosus differs from the supposed
adult stage of the three New World genera in the fact that the
tergal plate of segment 5 is subdivided longitudinally and trans-
versely into four parts, whereas it is entire or is divided longitu-
dinally into two parts in the New World genera. Therefore, even
if the genera described here are based on immature specimens, they
are adequately distinct from Brachypauropus.

On the basis of the foregoing observations and the present in-
complete knowledge of the family Brachypauropodidae the authors
prefer to include the genera Deltopauropus, Zygopauropus, and
Aletopauropus in this family rather than to consider them a sep-
arate group. It would appear that these three genera have evolved
their common characters through the development of precocious
sexual maturity in the fourth instar and consequent loss of the
fifth. Variability in number of instars is not unknown in the class,
since certain species of Pauropodidae which have ten pairs of legs
also have one more than the normal number of instars.

Family Eurypauropodidae Ryder

This family is characterized by having the tergal plates broadly
expanded, concealing the head, legs, and pygidium.

Eurypauropus caUfomicus MacSwain and Lanham, new species

Male: Color dark chestnut brown. Length 1.20 mm., width 0.65
mm.

Head. Four setae present between antennal insertions.

Antennae. Scape 4-segmented, segment 2 shortest, segment 4
longest. Stylus latior slightly longer than last two segments of
scape taken together, only slightly widened apically, anterior mar-
gin longer than posterior margin; stalk of globulus approximately
one-half length of stylus, longer than unsegmented portion of either
flagellum.; stylus angustior conspicuously shorter than stylus latior,
unsegmented portion of its flagellum approximately one-third length
of stylus; stalk of secondary gobulus, on segment 3 of scape, ap-
proximately one-fourth length of nearest seta, inserted adjacent to
seta.

80

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ vOL. XXIV, NO. 2

Trunk. Terga with large, setose, evenly spaced tubercles on back-
ground of more numerous, much smaller, non-setose tubercles, con-
nected by indistinct lines; large tubercles forming serrate margins
of terga, those of dorsum oval in outline, and with seta short, hardly
twice length of longest diameter of tubercles ; all setae bristle-shaped;
large tubercles lacking on anterior one-third of terga 2-5, each
tergum with 4 small clusters of non-setose tubercles of intermediate
size. Tergum 1 distinctly narrower than 2, biconvex in outline, an-
terior margin more strongly curved, so that line joining ends of
posterior margin lies two-thirds to three-fourths distance from an-
terior to posterior margin; tergum 2 with anteriorly projecting
tooth just mesad of each anterior corner, near insertion of tricho'-
bothrium; lateral margin with approximately 20 setose tubercles;
terga 3-5 with U-shaped lateral notches near insertions of tricho-
bothria, which are slightly deeper than wide, those of tergum 6
shallower and wider; tergum. 6 with posterior margin slightly con-
cave, concave portion with 8 weakly setose tubercles. Trichoboth-
rium of segment 4 distinctly but not strongly clavate, apparently
glabrous, somewhat shorter than others ; trichobothria of segments
2 and 3 filamentous, apical portions very fine and plumose, those of
segments 5 and 6 filamentous, glabrous, all except those of fourth
segment subequal in length.

Leffs. First and ninth pairs of legs 5-segmented, all others 6-
segmented, the metatarsal suture being quite distinct; claw with
two auxiliary bristles ; trochanter with a single biramous hair, tibia
and tarsus each with a short, simple seta on distal margin, meta-
tarsus with two simple setae near apex, 5-segmented legs having
tarsus with 3 setae.

Pygidium. Anal plate with basal portions separate, expanded,
distal portions cuneate, tips widest, broadly rounded, lateral corners
with a small process; sternum with posterior setae (6^) slender,
half again as long as anal plate, lateral setae ( 6® ) subequal toi pos-
terior setae, anterior setae (6®) slender, short, inconspicuous; styli
cylindrical, approxirnktely one-half as long as u®, clavate; tergum
with submedian setae (a^) spirally crooked, slender, longer than a®,
intermediate setae (a®) moderately stout, approximately one-half
length of lateral setae (a^).

Female: Similar to male; length 1.44 mm., width 0.62 mm.

Holotype, adult male (No. 5891, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : WooL-
SEY Canyon, Berkeley, Alameda County, California; 21 No-
vember 1947 (MacSwain). Allotype, adult female (No. 5892,
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : same data as holotype. Paratypes: 2 adult

Plate II: Fig. 1, Eurypauropus calif ornicus, dorsal view, para-
type male x 50; la, antenna x 350; 16, ventral view, pygidium x 350;
Fig. 2. Gravieripus armatus, dorsal view, holotype male x 50; 2a.,
antenna x 350; 26, ventral view, pygidium x 350.

April, 1948]

macswain and lanham— pauropoda

81

I 2

t

82

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

males, 4 adult females, same data as holotype; 3 adult males, 7
adult females, same locality as holotype, 26 November 1947 (Mac-
Swain) ; 8 adult males, 9 adult females, Fairfax, Marin County,
California, 24 November 1947 (MacSwain and Lanham) . Addi-
tional material includes 4 immature specimens with same data as
allotype (with 5 terga and 6 or 8 pairs of legs) , and many individ-
uals, both adult and immature, preserved in alcohol, from Fairfax
and Berkeley.

Individuals of this species were never observed to roll up tightly
into a ball when disturbed.

Following the classification of Remy (1937), this species is to
be assigned to the genus Eurypauropus, since the pulvillus bears
two bristles. The three European species, E. consohrinus Remy, E.
hastatus Attens, and E. ornatus Latzel, differ by having leaf-shaped
or flattened setae on the tergum, especially at the lateral margins;
all tergal setae in E. californicus are bristle-shaped. E. spinosus
Ryder, recorded from several localities in the eastern United States,
lacks the strong tooth near the insertion of the trichobothrium on
the second segment. E. okinoshimensis Esaki, of doubtful position,
also lacks this tooth, and differs further in the outline of the sixth
tergum, and in the fact that all legs are 5-segmented.

Gravieripus armatus MacSwain and Lanham, new species

Male: Color pinkish brown. Length 1.46 mm,., width 0.66 mm.

Head. Four setae present between antennal insertions.

Antennae. Scape 4-segmented, segment 2 shortest. Stylus latior
about as long as last 2 segments of scape taken together, slightly
widened apically, anterior margin distinctly longer than posterior,
stalk of globulus approximately one-half length of stylus; stylus
angustior subequal to latoir, unsegmented portion of its flagellum
about one- third length of stylus; stalk of secondary globulus, on
segment 3 of scape, approximately one-half length of nearest seta,
inserted some distance from seta.

Trunk. Terga ornamented with larger, setose tubercles on back-
ground of much smaller, more numerous non-setose tubercles ; terga
1 and 5 with median areas clear of large setose tubercles, tergum 2
with 2 small lateral circular areas and terga 3 and 4 each with 4
lateral circular areas also free of large tubercles; tubercles and
setae giving lateral margins of terga serrate outline; setae long,
slender, bristle-shaped. Tergum 1 biconvex in outline, so that a
transverse line joining widest points would lie three-fifths to two-
thirds of distance from anterior to posterior margin; tergum 2 with
strong, anteriorly projecting tooth just mesad of anterior comers,

April, 1948]

Macswain and lanham— pauropoda

83

near insertion of trichobothrium; terg’a 3-6 each with a U-shaped
lateral notch at insertions of trichobothria, which in terga 3-5 is
usually slightly deeper than wide ; tergum 5 with median hump ap-
proximately three-fourths distance towards posterior margin; ter-
gum 6 less than half width of 5, projecting only slightly beyond 5,
posterior margin strongly concave anteriorly, strong lateral notches
lying close to concavity, two long setae just outside notches. Tricho-
bothrium of segment 4 shorter and thicker than others, apparently
glabrous throughout, apical third darkened by reason of inclusions,
perhaps very slightly swollen; remaining trichobothria filamentous,
those of segments 2 and 3 with apical third distinctly plumose;
tricho bo thria of segments 2, 3 and 6 sub equal, of segment 5 slightly
longer than others.

Legs. All legs 5- segmented, (although tarsus occasionally has
faint external creasing at the same point where metatarsal division
occurs in those genera having 6-join ted letgs) : claw single, with two
auxilliary bristles; trochanter with a single, two-branched hair,
tibia with one and tarsus with three simple setae. Penes asymmet-
rical, conical, longer than wide, tips rounded, each with slender
subapical seta. '

Pygidiuw.. Anal plate with basal portions distally separate,
united near base, expanded, distal portions oblong-elliptical, widest
near apices; sternum with posterior setae (6^) slender, approxi-
m-ately twice as long as median process of anal plate, lateral setae
(6^) slightly longer than anterior setae (6^). Styli cylindrical,
about two- thirds length of tergum with submedian (a') spirally
crooked, intermediate (a^) and lateral (a^) setae all slender, bristle-
shaped, longer than a® shorter than a^.

Female: Similar to male; length 1.4 mm., width 0.64 mm.

Holotype, adult male (No. 5889, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : can-
yon on south slope of Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa County, Cali-
fornia, 12 November 1947, under fallen oak branches (MacSwain
and Lanham). Allotype, adult female (No. 5890, Calif. Acad. Sci.,
Ent.) : same data as holotype. Paratypes: 4 adult males, 1 adult
female, same data as holotype; 2 adult males, same locality, from
litter under Toyon bush {Photinia arhuti folia Lindl.) , 4 November
1947 (MacSwain) . Additional material includes 13 immature spe-
cimens, with same data as holotype, and 1 immature specimen from
litter under redwood trees. Redwood Regional Park, near Oakland,
Alameda County, California, 2 November 1947 (Lanham). The
immature specimens may be classified in respect to number of
terga and pairs of legs as follows: 7 specimens with 5 terga, 8 pairs
of legs; 3 specimens with 5 terga, 6 pairs; 2 specimens with 4 terga,
5 pairs; 3 specimens with 3 terga, 3 pairs of legs.

84

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

When disturbed, individuals of this species moved away, and
were never observed to roll up tightly into a ball.

Following the classification of Remy (1937), this species falls
in the genus Gravieripus, by reason of the 5-segmented legs and
the antennal characters. Gravieripus previously contained only the
single species, G. latzeli (Cook), of Europe, which is the Eury-
pauropus spinosus Ryder of Latzel (1884:34). G. armatus differs
from latzeli, as figured by Remy (1937), in lacking leaf -shaped
setae on the margin of tergum 4, in the non-clavate trichobothrium
of segment 4, and in the expanded basal portion of the processes
of the anal plate (linear in latzeli) . Remy mentions no teeth near
the anterior corners of tergum 2, a conspicuous feature of armatus.
The Japanese Eurypauropus okinoshimensis Esaki (1934), of un-
certain position in Remy’s classification, but having all legs 5-seg-
mented, also lacks the teeth of tergum 2, and has tergum 6 much
larger than in armatus, and of different outline. The combination
of characters such as teeth of tergum 2, the bristle-like setae on the
terga (none strongly hastate or leaf -like) also separates armatus
from the previously described species of Eurypauropus, as defined
by Remy.

Literature cited

Bagnall, R. S. 1935. An extended classification of the Pauropoda
to include two new families. Ann. Mag*. Nat. Hist., (10)16:619-
629.

Esaki, T. 1934. Two new forms of the Pauropoda from Japan.

Annot. Zool. Japonenses, 14:339-345.

Latzel, R. 1883. Die Pauropoden Oesterreichs : Ordnung Pauro-
poda Lubbock. Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 3:123-128.

1884. Die Myriopoden der osterreichisch-ungarischen Monarchie.
2te Halfte. Die Symphylen, Pauropoden und Diplopoden. Vi-
enna. 1-414.

Remy, P;. 1936. Beitrag zur Fauna der Myriapoden Deutschlands,
mit Beschreibung neuer Arten. Zool. Anz., 116:310-320.

1937. Les Eurypauropodinae du Museum National d’Histoire
Naturelle. BuU. Mus. Nat. Hist. Natur. Paris, 9:252-257.
Starling, J. H. 1943. Pauropoda from the Duke Forest. Proc. Ent.
Soc. Washington, 45:183-200.

1944. Ecological studies of the Pauropoda of the Duke Forest.
Ecol. Monographs, 14:291-310.

Tiegs, 0. W. 1947. The development and affinities of the Pauro-
poda, based on a study of Pauropus silvaticus. Part 1. Quart.
Jour. Micros. Sci., 88:165-267.

April, 1948] boddy— culicidae of Washington

85

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE CULICIDAE OF

WASHINGTON

BY DENNIS W. BODDY
University of Washington
Seattle, Washington

The present paper is an annotated list of 31 species of Culicidae
known from Washington. Of these, 24 species have been collected
by the author mostly during the past two years and mostly within
a 50-mile radius of Seattle. Localities and dates are given and
generalizations on the biology of the different species are made
from field notes taken by the author. Localities and dates of other
authors are given, but their remarks on habits have been omitted
except in a few indicated cases.

The mosquitoes in Washington are not of great importance
as vectors of disease. However, encephalitis is endemic in the
Yakima Valley and Culex tarsalis Coq. has been demonstrated as
the chief vector of this disease. C. pipiens L. and Culiseta inorata
(Will.) are considered vectors of possible importance when found
in sufficient numbers (11). Anopheles freeborni Ait. is the only
vector of malaria in the state, but this disease has been infrequent
during recent years (10). Mosquitoes also present a serious pest
problem in many areas. Aedes lateralis Meig. and A. vexans
(Meig.) are extremely bothersome near rivers following flooded
conditions. Culex pipiens L. is a serious pest in residential areas
of Seattle and Tacoma where control measures are found neces-
sary. The mosquitoes of mountainous areas cause great annoy-
ance to vacationists. Such mosquitoes as Aedes nearcticus Dyar
attack viciously during the day along the higher mountain trails.
Other recreational areas are spoiled by the number of mosquitoes
present. Stage (18) reports A. ahoriginis Dyar and A. fitchii (F.
and Y.) as being troublesome around summer homes on Bain-
bridge Island. A. cinereus (Meig.) and A. varipalpus (Coq.) are
also important in this respect in restricted areas. The author
found A. dorsalis (Meig.) extremely annoying at Soap Lake and
Dry Falls, and they are probably as bad in other areas where they
occur. Most of the mosquitoes found in the state are probably
occasionally annoying, but are usually limited in their range and
numbers.

86

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

In identification of material, keys by Matheson (13) and Gjullin
(9) were found helpful. However, in a few cases certain character-
istics, not included in these keys, were found useful. In the larvae
of Culiseta inornata (Will.) the tuft on the posterior margin of
the plate was found to be double and quite heavy while in the
larvae of C. incidens (Thom.), which is very similar, this hair
is occasionally triple, shorter, and noticeably less robust. In the
adults the white tarsal bands of C. incidens (Thom.) are frequently
indistinct, but the adults of this species are easily distinguished
from C. impatiens (Walk.), which it closely resembles, by the
much heavier wing spots.

Matheson (13) considers Aedes aloponotum Dyar as being in-
distinct from A. excrucians (Walk.). However, certain character-
istics present on larvae and adults collected during this period
seem to warrant leaving this mosquito as a valid species. The
larvae closely follow the descriptions of A. flavescens (Miill.),
differing from excrucians in having double lateral hairs on the
first to sixth segments, the lower head hairs usually double, but
occasionally triple, and the upper head hairs triple and occa-
sionally in fours. One to two terminal pecten teeth are more
widely separated than the others and are nearly thornlike in
appearance. The body is densely covered with small spicules.
The adults closely resemble Dyar’s (1) type description. The
male genitalia differ from the description of excrucians in having
a small bifurcation at the tip of the claw of the clasper and having
what appears to be a sub-basal lobe. The apical lobe is longer than
it is in excrucians.

Aedes aboriginis Dyar has been omitted from the key to larvae
by Matheson (13) . The larvae of aboriginis key out to the couplet
containing pullatus, pionips, and canadensis in this key. Pullatus
has long, pointed anal gills and occurs in the high mountains;
aboriginis has shorter gills, little longer than the anal segment, and
is found in the low coastal regions. Pionips and canadensis have
not been recorded from the state, but aboriginis differs from these
in not having slipper shaped comb scales and with more or less
equal spines on these scales.

Aedes lateralis Meig. has been omitted from the key to adult
Aedes by Gjullin (9) , but can be found in Matheson’s key.

Localities are listed by counties with dates for each collection
following the specific locality. Larval collections are noted by (L)

April, 1948] boddy— culicidae of Washington

87

and adult collections by (A) after the date of collection. Numbers
following some of the localities correspond to references in the
bibliography. Records from mosquitoes in the possession of M. K.
Mondala are indicated by his name.

The preparation of this paper has been carried out under the
general supervision of Dr. M. H. Hatch of the University of Wash-
ington, whose guidance and help in preparation of the manuscript
is greatly appreciated. The author also wishes to acknowledge
the help of Dr. F. F. Fergusen, and Mr. J. J. Davis, of the Uni-
versity of Washington, and Mr. M. K. Mondala of the Washington
State Department of Health for the use of material.

Annotated List of Species

1. Eucorethra underwoodi Underwood. Probably breeds
throughout the year, frequently in deep, cold pools. GRAYS HARBOR
CO.: Hoquiam 5-27-17 (6) ; king co.: Paradise Lake 3-31-46 (L).
Seattle 2-8-47 (L) ; mason co.: Lake Cushman 6-21-17 (6) ; Sno-
homish CO.: Chase Lake 5-8-46 (L) ; thurston co.: Olympia
3-31-94 (6). LARVAL ASSOCIATIONS: CuUseta uiorsitans (Theo.).

2. Mochlonyx cinctipes (Coquillett) . Fairly common, at least in
western Washington. Larvae found in situations similar to Chao-
hoTus nyblaei Zett. king CO.: Echo Lake 3-19-47 (L), 4-8-46 (L),
Seattle, 2-1-47 (L), 2-8-47 (L), 2-16-47 (L) , 3-1-47 (L), 3-19-47
(L), 4-18-46 (L), Tukwila 5-5-46 (L) ; snohomish co.: Alder-
wood Manor 3-1-47 (L). larval associations: Chaoborus ny-
blaei Zett., Aedes aloponotum Dyar., A. aboriginis Dyar., A.
cinereus (Meig.).

3. Chaoborus nyblaei Zetterstedt. Very common, breeding chiefly
in deep pools, marshes, and lake edges. Probably breeds through-
out the year. Larvae feed extensively on Copepods. king CO.:
Echo Lake 3-19-47 (L), 4-8-46 (L), Seattle 1-11-47 (L), 2-16-47
(L), 3-19-47 (L), 4-18-46 (L), Tukwila 5-5-46 (L) ; kitsap co.:
Bremerton (6); mason co.: Hoodsport 5-6-24 (6); snohomish
CO.: Edmonds 3-22-47 (L). larval associations: Mochlonyx
cinctipes (Coq.), Aedes aloponotum Dyar, A. aboriginis Dyar,
A. cinereus (Meig.).

4. Anopheles punctipennis Say. Found to be fairly common in
the southwestern area. Larvae collected generally in open, perma-

88

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

nent, grassy-edged ponds. GRAYS HARBOR CO. : Malonne 7-5-47 (L) ,
Oakville 7-5-47 (L) ; king go.: Carnation 6-12-47 (A), Kenny-
dale 6-15-46 (L) ; pierce go.: Ashford 8-5-06 (4), Tacoma 6-22-
47 (L) ; THURSTON CO.: McKenna 7-5-47 (L), Rochester 7-5-47
(L) ; WHATCOM CO.: Custer 3-29-47 (A). Gjullin and Yates (10)
give the following additional counties : CHELAN, CLALLAM, CLARKE,
COLUMBIA, COWLITZ, GARFIELD, KITITAS, LEWIS, MASON, OKAN-
OGAN, SPOKANE, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN, YAKIMA. LARVAL AS-
SOCIATIONS: Culex apicalis Say, C. tar satis Coq., C. pipiens L.

5. Anopheles freeborni Aitken. One collection taken from a
permanent, open, grassy pond, kititas co.: Ellensburg 8-11-46
(L) . Gjullin and Yates (10) give the following additional
counties: ASOTIN, BENTON, CLALLAM, CLARKE, COLUMBIA, COWLITZ,
OKANOGAN, SKAMANIA, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHAT-
COM, WHITMAN, YAKIMA. LARVAL ASSOCIATIONS: Culex tarsalis
Coq.

6. Anopheles occidentalis Dyar and Knab. Rare, stevens
CO.: Valley (10); whatcom co. : Lake Whatcom 5-31-17 (L)
(1)^

7. Aedes nigromaculis (Ludlow), yakima co.: Yakima Val-
ley (A) (14).

8. Aedes FiTCHii (Felt and Young) . Larvae generally collected
from grassy, open habitats. CLALLAM co.: Port Angeles 4-20-46
(L) ; grant CO.: Dry Falls 5-11-4*6 (L) ; island co.: Deer Lagoon,
Whidbey Is. 3-28-47; king co.: Bothel 4-22-46 (L), Seattle 4-15-
46 (L), 4-19-46 (L), 4-27-46 (L) ; kititas co.: Cle Elum 3-25-47
(L) ; KITSAP CO.: Bainbridge Is. Late May to June 22, 1932 (15) ;
mason co. : Hoodsport (L) (5) , Lake Cushman 6-7-17 (4) . LARVAL
ASSOCIATIONS: Aedes aloponotum Dyar, A. increpitus Dyar, A.
aboriginis Dyar, A. cinereus (Meig.) .

9. Aedes aloponotum Dyar. Larvae found in a flooded, semi-
open pond and nearby marshy areas. Adults captured while at-
tacking in early evening, king CO.: Seattle 3-19-47 (L), 4-15-46
(L), 4-19-47 (L), 4-27-46 (L), 5-4-46 (L), 6-12-46 (A), 7-31-47
(A) ; mason co.: Hoodsport 7-6-20, 7-7-20 (A) (2), Lake Cush-
man 6-28-17 (A) (1), 7-3-20, 7-4-20, 7-5-20 (A) (2); pierce
co.: Ashford 8-1-06 (A) (2); skagit co.: Mt. Vernon 3-28-47

^This should be considered a doubtful record because Dyar lost the larvae before
confirmation of his field identification.

April, 1948]

RODDY— CULIGIDAE OF WASHINGTON

89

(L) ; WHATCOM CO.: Custer 4-20-47 (L). larval associations:
Aedes fichii (F & Y), A. aboriginis Dyar, A. cinereus (Meig.),
Mochlonyx cinctipes (Coq.), Chaohorus nyblaei Zett.

10. Aedes increpitus Dyar. Larvae collected from flooded
meadows and grassy marshes. Quite common. Larvae appear very
early in spring. Adults caught while biting in wooded areas during
the day. grant co. : Park Lake 5-11-46 (A); island co.: Deer
Lagoon, Whidbey Is., 3-28-47 (L) ; Lincoln co. : Creston 6-1-44
(Mondala) ; mason co.: Lake Cushman 6-27-17 (A) (1); Sno-
homish CO.: Edmonds 2-16-47 (L), 3-1-47 (L), 3-8-47 (L),
3-16-47 (L), 3-22-47 (L) ; spokane co.: Spokane 7-12-17 (4);
STEVENS CO.: Chewalah 6-10-44 (Mondala), Kettle Falls 6-10-44
(Mondala); yakima co.: Yakima Valley (A) (14). larval as-
sociations: Aedes fitchii (F&Y), A. aboriginis Dyar.

11. Aedes campestris Dyar & Knab. One collection of larvae
taken in the grassy edges of a semi-permanent lake. Adults cap-
tured while biting in bright sunlight. GRANT CO.: Lower Coulee
5-3-47 (L), Dry Falls 5-4-47 (A).

12. Aedes dorsalis Meigen. Larvae found in grassy, tempo-
rary pools. One collection taken from slightly alkaline water.
Adults caught while biting in the evening. GRANT CO.: Soap Lake
5-3-47 (L), 5-11-46 (A, L) ; king co.: West Seattle 8-11-06 (4),
Seattle 6-30-17 (A) (1); okanogan co.: Oroville 6-6-19 (4);
PIERCE CO.: Tacoma 6-30-46 (L) ; whatcom co.: Bellingham

5- 31-17 (A) (1) ; YAKIMA CO.: Morse Creek 7-19-47 (A), Moxee
8-14-44 (Mondala), Naches 8-14-41 (Mondala). larval associa-
tions: Culex tarsalis Coq., C. pipiens L., Culiseta inornata (Will.) .

13. Aedes aboriginis Dyar. Common, but apparently restric-
ted to western Washington. Larvae usually found in edges of
open marshes and deep-sided, grassy-edged, temporary pools.
Probably the earliest appearing larvae in the spring. Adults found
attacking in wooded areas during the day and early evening.
GRAYS harbor CO.: Hoquiam 5-27-04 (A) (1) ; island co.: Deer
Lagoon, Whidbey Is. 3-28-47 (L) ; king co.: Bothel 3-1-47 (L),
Newcastle 3-24-47 (L), Seattle 2-15-47 (L), 2-16-47 (L), 3-1-47
(L), 3-19-47 (L), 5-5-46 (A); KITSAP co.: Bainbridge Is. April,
1932 (16), Bremerton, last of April, 1924 (L) (5), Kingston

6- 2-46 (A); mason co.: Lake Cushman 6-26-17, 6-27-17 6-28-17
(5) ; PIERCE CO.: Ashford 8-1-06 (A) (5), Longmire 5-10-47 (L),
6-17-17 (L) (5), Yelm 6-1-46 (A); skagit co.: Conner 3-28-47

90

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

(L), Mt. Vernon 3-28-47 (L) ; snohomish co.: Alderwood Manor
3-1-47 (L), Chase Lake 3-1-47 (L), Edmonds 2-16-47 (L), 3-1-47
(L), 3-8-47 (L), 3-16-47 (L), 3-22-47 (L), 4-19-47 (L), 6-9-46
(L) ; WHATCOM CO.: Glacier 6-3-17 (A), Mt. Baker (foot) (5).
LARVAL ASSOCIATIONS: Mochloiiyx cinctipes (Coq.), Chaohorus
nyblaei Zett., Aedes fitchii (F&Y), A. aloponotum Dyar, A. in-
crepitus Dyar, Culiseta impatiens Dyar.

14. Aedes communis (De Geer), pierce co. : Mt. Rainier, In-
dian Henry’s 6-13-17 (L) (1) , Mt. Rainier 8-3-06 (A) (1).

15. Aedes hexodontus Dyar. Apparently restricted to high
mountainous regions. Larvae collected from a grassy pool at the
foot of a snow bank, pierce CO.: Chinook Pass 8-10-46 (L). lar-
val ASSOCIATIONS: Aedes nearcticus Dyar, A. pullatus (Coq.).

16. Aedes idahoensis (Theobald), okanogan co.: Okanogan
(4).

17. Aedes lateralis Meigen. Very common breeder in the
flood- waters of the larger rivers (3). This mosquito has been
studied extensively and reported in several papers (20) . COWLITZ
CO.: 6-13-33 (A) (17), Longview 7-20-44 (Mondala) ; king co.:
Lake Tapps 7-14-34 (Mondala); pacific co.: Oysterville 6-21-18
(4); SKAMANIA CO.: 6-16-33 (A) (17); whatcom co.: Sumas
7-15-20 (1); YAKIMA CO.: Yakima Valley (A) (14).

18. Aedes nearcticus Dyar. Larvae collected from a grassy
pool at the foot of a snow bank. Adults fierce biters, found attack-
ing in the open and at late afternoon. Apparently restricted to high
mountainous regions, pierce CO.: Chinook Pass 8-10-46 (A, L),
Mt. Rainier (13). larval associations: Aedes hexodontus Dyar,
A. pullatus (Coq.).

19. Aedes pullatus (Coquillett) . Larvae collected from a
grassy pool at the foot of a snow bank and in a deep, sunken valve-
box filled with snow-water. Apparently restricted to high altitudes.
PIERCE CO.: Chinook Pass 7-20-47 (L), 8-10-46 (L) ; Olympic
National Forest (no county given), 4-19-43 (L) (16). LARVAL
associations: Aedes hexodontus Dyar, A. nearcticus Dyar.

20. Aedes ventrovittis Dyar. “Occurs locally at high altitudes
north into Washington” (7) .

21. Aedes varipalpus (Coquillett). Stage (18) reports find-
ing larvae in an oak stump filled with rain water and Dyar (1)

April, 1948]

RODDY— CULICIDAE OF WASHINGTON

91

found them in a similar situation. Females were collected while
biting in the evening. Males were caught while swarming around
humans along a heavily wooded road during mid-afternoon, king
CO.: Kent 6-20-07 (4), Seattle 5-30-46 (A), 7-31-06 (4); KITSAP
CO.: Kingston 6-2-46 (A) ; lewis co.: Randall 4-12-38 (L) (18) ;
MASON CO.: Lake Cushman 7-4-20 (4); pierce co. : Longmire
Springs 6-11-17 (L) (1), Yelm 6-1-46 (A) ; yakima co.: Ameri-
can River 8-1-46 (A) .

22. Aedes vexans (Meigen) . Very common breeder in the
flood- waters of the larger rivers (3). This mosquito has been
studied extensively and reported in several papers (20) . YAKIMA
CO.: Moxee 8-9-41 (Mondala), Naches 4-14-44 (Mondala) , Sunny-
side 9-10-41 (Mondala), Yakima 5-24-41 (Mondala); whatcom
CO.: Sumas 7-15-20 (A) (3). Common along the lower Columbia
River (18) .

23. Aedes cinereus (Meigen). Larvae common in spring and
early summer, found generally in shaded, deep-sided ponds with
either grassy or naked edges. Adults captured while biting during
the day, but in shaded areas, king co.: Camp Mason 5-30-46 (A),
Echo Lake 3-19-47 (L) , Newport 6-15-46 (L) , North Bend 5-30-46
(A), Seattle 4-19-47 (L), 4-27-46 (L), 5-4-46 (L), 5-20-46 (L),
Tukwila 5-5-46 (L) ; mason co.: Hoodsport (L) (5), Lake Cush-
man 6-26-17 (1) ; PIERCE co. : Mt. Rainier 8-3-06 (4) ; whatcom
CO.: Glacier 6-13-17 (L) (1); yakima co. : Yakima Valley (A)
(14). LARVAL ASSOCIATIONS: Mochlonyx cinctipes (Coq.), Chao-
horus nyblaei Zett., Aedes fitchii (F&Y), A. aloponotum Dyar,
Culex apicalis Adams, C. tarsalis Coq., C. pipiens L.

24. Culex apicalis Adams. Never abundant. Larvae found gen-
erally in the grassy, deeper edges of permanent ponds, marshes,
and lakes. One collection of larvae taken from a Sphagnum bog.
GRAYS HARBOR CO.: Malonne 7-5-47 (L) ; king co.: Newport 6-15-
46 (L), Snoqualmie Pass 8-11-46 (L) ; snohomish co. : Chase
Lake 6-9-46 (L), Silver Lake 6-5-46 (L) ; whatcom co.: Glacier
6-2-17 (L) (1), Sumas 6-2-17 (A) (1) ; yakima co.: Naches River
8-11-46 (L). LARVAL ASSOCIATIONS: Anopheles punctipennis Say,
Aedes cinereus (Meig.), Culex tarsalis Coq., Culiseta incidens
(Thom.) .

25. Culex tarsalis Coquillett. Larvae collected from areas
similar to Culex pipiens L. Collections also made from alkaline

92

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

water. Very common throughout the state. GRANT CO. : Alkali Lake

5- 11-46 (L), Coulee City 5-11-46 (L), Soap Lake 5-11-46 (L) ;
GRAYS HARBOR CO.: Hoquiam 5-27-17 (A) (1), Malonne 7-5-47
(L), Oakville 7-5-47 (L) ; king co.: Bothel 4-26-47 (L), 4-27-46
(L), 5-5-46 (L), Kennydale 6-15-46 (L), Renton 5-5-46 (L),
Seattle 1-5-47 (A), 5-20-46 (L), 5-30-46 (L), 6-22-17 (A) (1) ;
KiTiTAS CO.: Ellensburg 8-11-46 (L) ; lewis co. : Centralia 5-28-17
(A) (1); OKANOGAN CO.: Okanogan 6-13-44 (Mondala) ; pierce
CO.: Ashford 6-10-17 (A) (1), Tacoma 6-22-47 (L), Sunrise, Mt.
Rainier 8-10-46 (L) ; walla walla co. : Touchet 5-2-42 (Mon-
dala) ; WHATCOM CO.: Bellingham 5-31-17 (A) (1) ; yakima co.:
Yakima 8-12-41 (Mondala). larval associations: Anopheles
punctipennis Say, A. freehorni Ait., Aedes dorsalis (Meig.), A.
cinereus (Meig.), Culex pipiens L., Culiseta inornata (Will.),
C. incidens (Thom.).

26. Culex pipiens Linnaeus. Larvae collected from permanent
ponds, marshes, and lake edges, frequently being in areas that dry
up later in the summer. Present both in foul and fresh water.
Very common pest in western Washington. CLALLAM CO.: Sequim
8-10-44 (Mondala); grays harbor co.: Aberdeen (12); KING
CO.: Redmond 4-26-47 (L), Seattle 1-5-47 (A), 1-22-47 (A),
4-7-46 (A), 5-20-47 (L), 6-4-47 (L), 6-23-47 (L) ; pierce co.:
Tacoma 6-22-47 (L), 6-30-46 (L) ; snohomish co.: Edmonds

6- 9-46 (L), 7-14-46 (L) ; yakima co.: Yakima 8-11-41 and 8-18-
41 (Mondala). LARVAL ASSOCIATIONS: Anopheles punctipennis
Say, Aedes dorsalis (Meig.), A. cinereus (Meig.), Culex tarsalis
Coq., Culiseta inornata (Will.), C. incidens (Thom.).

27. Culiseta morsitans (Theobald). One collection made
from a Sphagnum bog. SNOHOMISH CO.: Chase Lake 5-8-46 (L) ;
yakima co.: Yakima Valley (A) (1). larval associations:
Eucorethra underwoodi LFnd.

28. Culiseta inornata ( Williston) . Common species. Larvae
found in a variety of habitats including alkaline, foul, and fresh
water, but usually in open areas. CLALLAM CO.: Sequim 6-27-44
(A) (Mondala) ; grant co.: Soap Lake 5-11-46 (L) ; okanogan
CO.: Okanogan 6-27-44 (Mondala); pierce co.: Tacoma 6-30-46
(L) ; SNOHOMISH CO.: Edmonds 6-9-46 (L), 6-15-46 (L), 7-14-46
(L) ; yakima CO.: Yakima Valley (A) (14). larval associa-
tions: Aedes dorsalis (Meig.), Culex tarsalis Coq., C. pipiens L.,
Culiseta incidens (Thom.).

April, 1948]

RODDY— CULICIDAE OF WASHINGTON

93

29. CuLiSETA IMPATIENS (Walker) . Larvae taken from deep-
sided marsh pools, and a woodland pool in a dry creek bed.
Adults collected off clothing during the day; none biting. KING
CO.: Camp Mason 6-1-46 (A) ; mason co.: Lake Cushman 6-26-17
(L) (1); PIERCE CO.: Longmire Springs 6-11-17 (A) (1); SKA-
GIT CO.: north of Darington 6-29-47 (L) ; snohomish co.: Ed-
monds 6-9-46 (L) ; whatcom co.: Glacier 6-3-17 (A).

30. CuLiSETA INCIDENS (Thomson). Larvae collected from a
variety of habitats; Sphagnum bog, meadow, pond, and foul
water. Adults were collected while biting. GRANT CO.: Dry Falls
Lake 5-4-47 (L) ; grays harbor co.: Hoquiam 5-27-15 (A) (1) ;
KING CO.: Enumclaw 6-27-44 (Mondala), Greenwater 6-17-44
(Mondala), Paradise Lake 3-31-46 (A), Redmond 4-26-47 (L),
Seattle 6-22-17 (A) (1); lewis co.: Centralia 5-28-17 (A) (1);
PIERCE CO.: Ashford 6-10-17 (A) (1), Tacoma 6-30-46 (L) ; sno-
homish CO.: Chase Lake 6-9-46 (L), Edmonds 7-14-46 (L) ;
YAKIMA CO.: Yakima Valley (A) (14). larval associations:
Culex apicalis Adams, C. tarsalis Coq., C. pipiens L., Culiseta inor-
nata (Will.).

31. Mansonia perturbans (Walker), king co.: Seattle 7-8-
37 (A) (M. H. Hatch collection) ; yakima co.: Yakima Valley
7-31-41 (L) (8).

References

1. Dyar, H. G. 1917. The mosquitoes of the Pacific Northwest
(Diptera, Culicidae). Ins. Ins. Men. 5(7-9) :97-102.

2. Dyar, H. G. 1920. The American Aedes of the Stimulans
group (Diptera, Culicidae). Ins. Ins. Men. 8(7-9) :106-120.

3. Dyar, H. G. 1920. Note on the distribution of the flood-
water mosquitoes of the West (Diptera, Culicidae). Ins. Ins.
Men. 8(10-12) :198-199.

4. Dyar, H. G. 1922. The mosquitoes of the United States.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 62(1) : 1-119.

5. Dyar, H. G. 1924. Note on Aedes aloponotum and other
species of its region (Diptera, Culicidae). Ins. Ins. Men.
12(10-12) :176-179.

6. Dyar, H. G. and R. C. Shannon. 1924. American Chaobo-
rinae (Diptera, Culicidae). Ins. Ins. Men. 12(10-12) :201-
216.

94

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

7. Freeborn, S. B. and B. Brookman. 1943. Identification
guide to the mosquitoes of the Pacific Coast states. Fed. Sec.
Agen. U.S.P.H.S., Mai. Cont. in War Areas. Pp. 23; illus.

8. Gjullin, C. M. 1941. [Mosquitoes of Washington.] Ins.
Pest Sur. Bull. 21(7) :555.

9. Gjullin, C. M. 1946. A key to the Aedes females of America
north of Mexico (Diptera, Culicidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
48(9) :215-236. Illus.

10. Gjullin, C. M. and W. W. Yates. 1945. Anopheles and
malaria in the northwestern states. Mosq. News. 5(4) :97-

^ 102. Illus.

11. Hammon, W. McD., W. C. Reeves, S. R. Benner, and B.
Brookman. 1945. Human Encephalitis in the Yakima Val-
ley, Washington, 1942. Jour. Am. Med. Ass. 128:1133-1139.

12. Hatch, M. H. 1938. A bibliographical catalogue of the in-
jurious arachnids and insects of Washington. Univ of Wash.
Pub. in Biol. 1(4) :163-224.

13. Matheson, R. 1944. Handbook of the mosquitoes of North
America. 2nd ed. Ithaca, N. Y. : Comstock. Pp. viii+314.

14. Reeves, W. C. and W. McD. Hammon. 1943. Feeding habits
of the proven and possible mosquito vectors of Western
Equine and St. Louis Encephalitis in the Yakima Valley,
Washington. Am. Jour. Trop. Med. 24(2) :131-134.

15. Stage, H. H. 1932. [Mosquitoes of Washington.] Ins. Pest
Sur. Bull. 12(6) :291.

16. Stage, H. H. 1933. [Mosquitoes of Oregon and Washing-
ton.] Ins. Pest. Sur. Bull 13(3) :93.

17. Stage, H. H. 1933. [Mosquitoes of Oregon and Washing-
ton.] Ins. Pest. Sur. Bull 13(5) :183.

18. Stage, H. H. 1935. Mosquito control provides work relief
projects near recreation centers. Jour. Econ. Ent. 28(6) :
842-846.

19. Stage, H. H. 1938. [Mosquitoes of Washington.] Ins. Pest
Sur. Bull 18(3) :134.

20. Stage, H. H. 1943. Relation of the Bonneville Dam to mos-
quito control along the Columbia River. Proc. 13th Ann.
Meet. N. J. Mos. Ext. Ass., March 10, 1943:197-202.

April, 1948]

HOBBS— TORYMUS

95

ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF TORYMUS

( Torymidae : Chalcidoidea)

BY KENNETH R. HOBBS*

Oregon State College, Corvallis

A search has been made for some diagnostic character by which
the species of Torymus could be separated with greater certainty.

In the past, such characters as the shape and size of the stigmal
knob, the length of the stigmal vein, presence or absence of the
crossfurrow on the scutellum, or the differential length of the seg-
ments of the antennae, have been used in separating species of the
genus Torymus. Although these are valuable characters, they are
sufficiently variable to make determinations difficult. When these
taxonomic characters are used in combination with the male and
female genitalia, determinations are simpler.

The shape of the ovipositor saw is sufficiently stable in Torymus
and varies greatly enough between species that it can be used as a
dependable character. This structure has been used before by
Phillips and Emery** in the determination of members of the
genus Harmolita (Chalcidoidea). These authors illustrated the
dorsal view of the ovipositor to show different teeth arrangements.
They found that in Harmolita there is little difference in the ovi-
positors of the different species as seen in profile; the main dif-
ference is in the dorsal view and consists in size, shape, and
arrangement of denticles.

Both the dorsal' and lateral views of the ovipositor can be used
for determination in the genus Torymus. Since the saws vary in
size, shape, and number of teeth, the lateral view is preferable.
The lateral view can be seen in silhouette cleaHy, whereas in the
dorsal view, it is difficult to bring the entire tooth structure into
focus. Inasmuch as the ovipositor is higher than wide, the prepa-
ration of a dorsal mount is laborious without first removing the
two ventral valvulae.

The ovipositor saws of thirty specimens of the same species
were stable in the number, arrangement, and size of teeth. Several
saws each of ten different species were compared and the charac-
ters were found stable for each species. Drawings of the ovipositors
of six species are shown in the figures.

* Publication costs paid by the author.

♦♦Phillips, W. J., and W. T. Emery, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 55:433-471, pis.
39-48, 1919.

96

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIV, NO. 2

Fig. 1. Ovipositor tip of Torymus giganticum, lateral view; Fig.
2. T. perplexum, lateral view; Fig. 3. T. bedegnaris, lateral view;
Fig. 4. T. chrysochlora, lateral view; Fig. 5. T. tubicola, lateral view;
Fig. 6. T. calif ornicum, lateral view; Fig. 7. dorso-lateral view;
Fig. 8. dorsal view. All x 125.

These drawings were made by projecting the image of the ovi-
positors with the use of an ordinary microscope tilted horizontally
with the eye-piece placed 28 inches from the drawing paper for all
illustrations except the three views of Torymus calif ornicum. For
these drawings the eye-piece was placed at 26 inches.

April, 1948]

ROSS— EMBIOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA

97

THE EMBIOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA

BY EDWARD S. ROSS^

California Academy of Sciences
San Francisco, California

Aside from a few records of immature specimens, the only
previously known embiopteron from New Guinea was Oligotoma
albertisi Navas, described in 1930. Recently, the writer had an
opportunity to collect specimens of this order in three widely sepa-
rated areas along the northeast coast of this island. The fact that
seven new species were obtained in limited coastal environments,
and that four of these were found in one region, indicates that New
Guinea must be rich in species awaiting discovery.

Specimens were obtained by first locating their silken tunnels
spun on the bark of coconut palms and forest trees. The usual
location of these tunnels is along the contact point of arboreal vines,
in bark crevices, under bark flakes or lichens, among roots of epi-
phytic plants, and on the under surfaces of branches and logs.
Habitats along the sea shore seem to be preferred by certain species
to those a few yards or more inland. Some species may produce a
conspicuous matting of tunnels occupied by a large number of in-
dividuals, others only inconspicuous, individual colonies. Tunnels
produced by spiders or moths may closely resemble, and be con-
fused with Embioptera activity. Because of the great amount of
cover and the profusion of potential habitats in tropical forests, a
search in the expected places for colonies may not yield results
except after prolonged patience.

Mature males, obtained by carefully dissecting the tunnels, may
be killed and preserved in 70% alcohol in the field. However, all
immature specimens obtained and females should be transferred
alive to large, cotton-plugged test tubes partially filled with crum-
bled bark or other habitat material. The Embioptera will quickly
spin new tunnels in captivity and the tubes can serve as cultures
from which an indefinite number of mature males, indispensable
for systematic study, may be obtained. The cultures need only be
kept moderately moist and enlarged as the populations increase.
The bark, lichens, and moss serve as food.

^Publication costs paid by the California Academy of Sciences.

98

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

The nine known New Guinea species are members of the genus
Oligotoma wherein they are a part of the large group of species
related to borne'ensis Hagen ( = vosseleri Krauss) . The male
genitalic characters in this group are relatively uniform but valu-
able supporting specific distinctions may be found in mandibular
and head structure, size, and in coloration. Color characters of
post-teneral individuals, underestimated by Davis (1940), deserve
fuller consideration. They are very useful in at least the prelimi-
nary separation of species, but should not become the sole charac-
terization of new species.

General Explanation of Figures

The drawings are based on camera lucida outlines of specimens
treated in KOH and mounted in balsam. Most setae, indications of
pattern, and relative degree of sclerotization have been omitted.
Membranous areas are represented by stippling. In the figures of
the head the mandibles are often shown spread apart; the palpi,
flagellar antennal segments and facets of the eyes have been omitted.
No attempt has been made to adopt a uniform scale. Explanation
of symbols : 9 = ninth abdominal tergite, 10 L = left hemitergite
and 10 R = right hemitergite of tenth abdominal segment. 10 LP
= process of 10 L; 10 RPi and 10 RP 2 = processes of 10 R.
HP = process of hypandrium, LPPT = left paraproct, LCi ==
basal segment of left cercus, LCB = left cercus-basipodite.

Key to Species of New Guinea Embioptera
Mature Males

1. Mandibles without inner-basal excisions; eyes very large, sep-

arated by interspace less than one-half an eye-width wide; left
paraproct (LPPT) not sclerotized; basal segment of left cercus
nearly cylindrical, not thickened distad; size small (body length
6.5 mm.) (fig. 8) oculata

-. Mandibles with distinct inner-basal excision; eyes moderate to
small sized, interspace at least three-fourths an eye- width wide ;
left paraproct sclerotized; basal segment of left cercus notice-
ably to strongly swollen distad; size small to large (body length
8 to 12 mm.) 2

2. Left mandible with the two distal teeth fused; process of left
hemitergite of tenth abdominal tergite (10 LP) with a minute

but distinct spine on outer margin near apex. (fig. 7)

nnandibulata

-. Left mandible with three distinct, separate, acutely pointed dis-
tal teeth; left tergal process (10 LP) without subapical spine....3

April, 1948]

ROSS— EMBIOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA

99

3. Mandibles with bases very broad, inner basal margins sharply,

obtusely angulate, outer dorsal margins strongly, acutely ele-
vated (fig. 1) bomeensis

Mandibles not exceptionally broad basally, inner basal margins
broadly rounded, outer dorsal margins not strongly elevated... .4

4. Head color contrastingly darker than remainder of body, or at

least the pro thorax , 5

Head and body nearly unicolorous, pro thorax not lighter than
pterothorax : 7

5. Body and legs pale yellowish orange in color throughout in strik-

ing contrast to dark brown wings and blackish brown head.. a wren
Body and legs mostly light to dark brown, wings not darker than
body 6

6. Prothorax pale yellow in strong contrast to^ the dark brown legs,
pterothorax, and abdomen; wings as dark as pterothorax, hya-
line stripes very narrow and sharply defined; eyes relatively
small, separated by an interspace more than two eye-widths

wide; size large (length 11.0 mm.) maritiina^

Prothorax light brown, not noticeably lighter in color than that
of legs, pterothorax, and abdomen; wings and pterothorax nearly
unicolorous, hyaline stripes broad and poorly defined; eyes larga.,
interspace one eye- width wide; size small (8 mm.) hollandia-

7. Eyes large, inflated, interspace less than one eye-width wide;

head narrow (fig. 2) davisi

Eyes rather small; interspace nearly two eye- widths wide; head
broad (fig. 3) brunnea

Mature Females^

1. Coxae and trochanters of middle and hind legs whitish, strongly

contrasted by the dark femora and thorax ..2

Legs unicolorous 3

2. Tibiae and tarsi of middle and hind legs whitish; strongly con-
trasted by the dark brown femora oculata

Tibiae, except for short basal whitish area, as darkly colored as
femora; tarsi golden brown mandibulata

3. Head distinctly darker than prothorax 4

-. Head and prothorax unicolorous 5

4. Size larger, 9 to 11 mm. Liki and Wakde Islands aurea

-. Size smaller, 7 to 9 mm. Humboldt Bay hollandia

5. Head, prothorax, and legs, medium to golden-brown; thorax and

abdomen dark brown. maritima

-. Unicolorous dark brown throughout^ davisi

I

^Albertisi Navas would apparently key out to maritima but at least differs in the
nature of the apex of the left paraproct which is sharply hooked in the latter and
obtusely tapered and scarcely curved outward in albertisi.

®The females of albertisi Navas and bomeensis Hagen are unknown.

■•Females of brunnea will probably key out here but available specimens are
teneral and therefore not included.

100

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

PROCESSES
OF TERMINALIA

MANDIBLES

Figure 1. Oliffotoma bomeensis Hagen. Salient characters of ma-
ture male based on specimen from Ta Han, Hainan. Explanation
of symbols on page 98.

(1) Oligotoma borneensis Hagen

A bibliography, redescription, and figures of this common spe-
cies have been published recently by the writer (1943) and these
need not be repeated here. The species is known from South China,
the Philippines, through Indonesia, and the Malay Peninsula where

April, 1948]

ROSS— EMBIOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA

101

males are frequently collected at light, often together with those of
Oligotoma humbertiana (Saussure) . Because its range is appar-
ently confined to populated coastal areas, it seems evident that the
species has been spread by man in the course of ancient and mod-
ern commerce. It may be separated from all other known New
Guinea species by its peculiar mandibular characters as figured.

New Guinea record: Six males from Sekroe, N. W. New Guinea,
acq. 1898 (N. Schadler) (Leiden Museum Collection).

I wish to thank Dr. H. C. Blbte of the Rijksmuseum van Natu-
urlijke Historie for the privilege of studying these specimens.

Pi^re 2. Oligotoma davisi, new species. Salient characters of holo-
type male. Explanation of symbols on page 98.

(2) Oligotoma davisi Ross, new species

Male. General Color: body, legs, and wings uniform medium
brown throughout; head slightly darker. Dimensions: relatively
large, body length 8.5 mm.; forewing length 6.3 mm., breadth 1.75
ram.

Head with form as illustrated. Cranium, narrow; area behind
eyes dark brown, becoming yellowish brown between eyes, thence
dark brown in clypeal region^; ventrally dark brown except for

•This bicolorous condition only visible in KOH-cleared specimens.

102

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV. NO. 2

lig'hter ring' around margins of occipital foramen; occipital fora-
men rounded anteriorly; width of gular bridge equal to submentum
length. Eyes very large, inflated, facets very large. Antennae with
basal segment dark chocolate- brown, other segments tan, number
incomplete. Labrum light brown; miandibles golden yellow except
for reddish amber inner-apical margins; palpi dark brown; sub-
mentum light golden brown, much lighter than posterior cranial
color, outline as flgured.

Thorax without specific structural features, medium brown
throughout, pleurites darker. Legs with all segments unicolorous
medium brown, the forelegs somewhat darker. Wings without spe-
cific venational features, medium brown throughout but appearing
relatively light because of broad unpigmented intervenal stripes
which are wider than one- third the distance between veins and have
very weak, suffused margins.

Abdomen paler than thorax; terminalia with structure and color
almost identical to that of hrunnea more fully described below.

Female (in alcohol) rather unicolorous blackish brown through-
out. Length 11.0 mm.

Head with cranium, blackish, chocolate-brown dorsally with two
faint suffused pale brown areas between eyes, no evidence of basal
pattern; ventrally paler around occipital foramen and gular' bridge.
Antennae with basal segment as dark as cranium, second segment
light brown, remaining segments pale straw-yellow; becoming paler
distad; number incomplete (16 present). Labrum colored as cra-
nium; other mouthparts, except mandibles and submentum, dark
brown; submentum blackish brown.

Thorax blackish brown dorsally, somewhat lighter ventrally;
membranous areas between pronotum. and mesonotal acrotergite
and between mesonotum, and metanotal acrotergite white. Legs
with all segments dark brown, tarsi paler; membranous area be-
tween femur and tibia of all legs whitish.

Abdomen with tergites blackish brown, pleurites and sternites
(except terminal) medium brown, membranous areas and posterior
margins of tergites rufous light brown; terminal tergites darker,
paragenital sternites dark brown without characteristic pattern.
Cerci blackish brown.

Holotype male, (No. 5850, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) , on slide, and
allotype female, (No. 5851, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.), in alcohol,
collected by the writer at Toem, Maffin Bay, Dutch New Guinea
July 20, 1944.

Paralypes: fifteen males (14 on slides, one in alcohol) and eight
females on slides and in alcohol from the type locality but collected,
or matured in cultures, on various dates from June 20 to September
20, 1944. Deposited in the U. S. National Museum, Museum of

April, 1948] Ross— embioptera of new guinea

103

Comparative Zoology, Harvard, British Museum (Natural His-
tory) , and in the writer’s collection.

Biology: Silken colonies were found on the trunks of shaded
forest trees. A favored situation is along the contact point of large
vines growing on the tree. This is the most abundant of the forest
species at Maffin Bay.

Relationships: Males of davisi, and its close relative, brunnea,
described below, may be superficially distinguished from the other
known New Guinea Embioptera by their rather uniform color in
both sexes, the other species having a paler prothorax, darker
wings or bicolorous legs. The male of davisi may be separated
from that of brunnea by its smaller, narrower cranium with very
large eyes and its darker color. This species is named in honor of
the late Australian embiopterist, Consett Davis, who lost his life in
a wartime plane crash in New Guinea.

(3) Oligotoma brunnea Ross, new species

Mole. General color: body, legs and wings rather uniform medium
brown throughout; head somewhat yeUowish-brown. Dimensions:
relatively large; body length 10.7 mm.; forewing length 7.0 mm.,
breadth 1.8 mm.

Head with form as illustrated. Cranium yellowish-brown becom-
ing darker at sides; width of gular bridge equal to length of sub-
mentum. Eyes relatively small and widely spaced, facets prominent.
Antennae with basal segment dark chocolate-brown in strong con-
trast to lighter cranial color; other segments at first medium brown
but gradually becoming pale tan distad; only fourteen segments
present, remainder broken off. Labrum medium brown; mandibles
golden yellow, inner margins reddish amber; palpi dark brown;
submentum dark golden brown, much darker than cranium, outline
as figured.

Thorax without specific structural features, medium brown
throughout, pleurites somewhat darker. Legs with all segments
medium brown. Wings without specific venational features, medium
brown throughout; unpigmented intervenal stripes rather broad,
width averaging one-fourth the distance between veins, margins
rather suffused.

Abdomen similar in color to thorax, terminalia with structure as
figured. Left hemitergite (10 L) of tenth segment medium brown
with dark brown inner and outer margins, process (10 LP) golden
brown; right hemitergite (10 R) pale brown, processes dark choco-
late-brown basally becoming lighter distad, extreme apex of 10 RPi
golden-yellow. Ninth sternite pale brown; base of process (HP)

104

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

Figure 3. Oligotoma brunnea, new species. Salient characters of
holotype miala Explanation of symbols on page 98.

transversely rugulose, darker, apex of pr ocess with prominent setae ;
left par aproct (LPPT) light brown, setose, sclerotized apex formed
as an obtuse hook with an irregular base, color golden brown; left
cercus-basipodite (LCB) very dark chocolate-brown, fused to base
of left cercus ; basal segment of left cercus medium brown with dark
inner margin, terminal segment and segments of right cercus light
brown.

Female : The only associated female is teneral and therefore un-
fit for description. Its characters should be very similar to those of
davisi but its color may pro ve to be lighter.

Holotype: male, (No. 5854, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.), on slide,
collected by the writer at Gusika, 15 miles north of Finschhafen,
N. E. New Guinea, April, 1944.

April, 1948]

ROSS— EMBIOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA

105

Paratypes: three topotypic males deposited in the U. S. National
Museum and in the writer’s collection.

Biology: Collected in silken tunnels spun on the exposed under
surface of a large fallen tree near a forest creek. Embioptera were
rarely found in the forest area at Gusika but were abundant ( mari-
tima) on the bark of trees growing on the coral cliffs along the
ocean shore.

Relationships : Discussed under davisi. Further collecting may
reveal that the two species, brunnea and davisi, belong to a race
complex. F or the present they are regarded as species because of
the marked, consistent differences in head form and color.

(4) Oligotoma albertisi Navas

Oligotoma albertisi Navas, 1930, Broteria, Serie Zoologica, 26;
20, fig. 2; Davis, 1940, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 65; 375, figs.
38-42.

Holotype: Male, deposited in Genoa Museum, Italy.

Type data: Katau, New Guinea, 1875 (L. M. Albertis) .

Davis’ recent redescription and illustrations of the type of this
species are insufficient in the light of present knowledge to place
this species with certainty. It is probably distinct from those de-
scribed at this time but appears to be most similar to maritima by
virtue of its head and eye form, and the pale prothorax. It differs,
however, in having the left paraproct (LPPT) blunt and unhooked
and in the longer left tergal process (10 LP) .

It i-s unfortunate that the nature of the mandibles and details of
color were not made known by Davis. His suggestion that albertisi
might prove to be a subspecies of borne'ensis does not seem to be
well founded.

(5) Oligotoma maritima Ross, new species

Male. General color: Head dark chocolate-brown, much darker
than remainder of body; pterothorax, legs, and abdomen medium
brown; wings dark brown; prothorax yellowish, contrastingly
lighter than any other portion of specimen. Dimensions : large; body
length 10.4 mm.; forewing length 7.0 mm., breadth 1.9 mm.

Head with form, as illustrated. Cranium, dark chocolate-brown,
somewhat lighter between eyes dorsally and ventrally around inner
margins of eyes, dark around margins of occipital foramen; gular
bridge width a little more than half of submentum-length. Eyes
rather small, widely spaced, with small facets. Antennae with basal
three segments as dark as cranium, remaining segments becoming

106

the PAN-PACIFIC entomologist [vOL. XXIV, NO. 2

increasingly lighter brown distad, finally straw-yellow; twenty-two
segments present in both antennae (probably complete). Labrum
dark brown; mandibles with structure as figured, golden-brown with
apical teeth and inner margins reddish-brown; palpi dark brown;
submentum with outline as figured, largely dark, chocolate-brown
with lateral margins blending to golden-brown.

Thorax without specific structural features; pro thorax with
dorsum and sides pale straw-yellow, prostemum light brown ; ptero-
thorax with scutae medium brown anteriorly and posteriorly, pale
medially, pleural sclerites dark brown, stemites medium brown.
Legs with all segments medium brown, prothoracic legs somewhat
darker. Wings without specific venational features ; uniformly dark
brown with very narrow unpigmented intervenal stripes, these aver-
aging only one-sixth the distance between veins in width, margins
regular and sharply defined.

Abdomen medium brown throughout. Terminalia with structure
as figured; tenth tergite dark brown, right hemitergite (10 R) pale;
left process (10 LP) dark brown medially, tan along margins and
at apex; processes of right hemitergite dark brown, 10 RPi somewhat
golden-brown at extreme apex; ninth sternite medium brown, proc-
ess (HP) tan; left paraproct (LPPT) medium brown, sclerotic
hook golden-brown; left cercus-basipodite (LCB) dark brown, ap-
parently fused to base of left cercus; cerci medium brown, basal
segment of left cercus slightly darker with dark brown inner margin.

Female (in alcohol) rather unicolorous medium brown through-
out; thorax and head lighter, the abdomen darker. Length 14.0 mm.

Head with cranium amber-brown with lighter, characteristic em-
biopteroid basal pattern visible ; ventrally paler amber-brown. An-
tennae with basal segment dark brown, second and third segments
light brown, remainder light yellowish brown ; 22 segments present.
Labrum pale amber-brown; other mouthparts amber brown, stipes
of maxilla and membranes light yellowish brown ; submentum dark
brown. ,

Thorax with pronotum dark amber-brown, other segments dark,
mottled chocolate-brown; ventrally pale. Legs with femora and
tibiae dark brown, other segments pale brown mottled with dark
brown; membrane between femur and tibia pale.

Abdomen with tergites dark brown; becoming darker caudad;
pleurites and stemites mottled yellowish brown; eighth sternite pale
medially, dark brown at sides ; ninth sternite with a pale basal and
terminal triangular area, sides dark brown. Cerci dark brown
mottled with small pale areas.

Holotype male (No. 5852, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and female
(No. 5853, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) on slides collected by the writer
at Gusika, 15 miles north of Finschhafen, N. E. New Guinea,
April 16, 1944.

April, 1948] Ross — embioptera of new guinea

107

Figure 4. Oligotoma maritima, new species. Salient characters of

holotype miale. Explanation of symbols on page 98.

Paratypes: Twelve males (eleven on slides, one in alcohol) and
a series of females on slides and in alcohol, all collected at the type
locality during April and early May, 1944. Deposited in the U. S.
National Museum, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard,
British Museum (Natural History), and in the writer’s collection.

Biology: This species was found exclusively on the bark of dense
low scrubby trees growing on coral sea cliffs. A few yards inland
populations of the species disappeared. The colonies were found
in the heavy shade on the outside smooth surface of the bark as well
as in bark crevices. Often the colonies were very extensive and
formed dense mats of silk that could be peeled off of the bark.

Relationships : Discussed under aurea.

108

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

(6) OHgotoma hollandia Ross, new species

Male. General color: head blackish-brown contrastingly darker
than remainder of body, body, legs, and wings rather uniformly light
brown, abdominal terminalia dark brown. Dimensions : small, body
length 6.6 mm., forewing length 4.7 man,., breadth 1.3 mm.

Head with form as illustrated. Cranium blackish-brown through-
out except along margins of occipital foramen where it is pale
brown; foramen acutely triangulate in outline; gular bridge width
one-third shorter than submentum length. Eyes large with promi-
nent facets. Antennae with basal segment dark brown, second seg-
ment medium brown, remainder pale brown becoming somewhat
darker distad, seventeen segments present in both antennae (prob-
ably incomplete) . Labrum medium brown; mandibles with structure
as figured, distal half golden-brown, basal half dark brown; palpi
medium brown; submentum blackish-brown, outline as figured.

Thorax without specific structural features, light brown with
pleurites and anterior promontory of scutae of pterothorax darker
brown. Legs with all segments rather uniform light brown. Wings
without specific venational features; light brown; unpigmented in-
tervenal stripes averaging in width one-third the distance between
veins, margins irregular.

Abdomen light brown with unpigmented medial area on tergites.
Terminalia with structure as figured; tenth tergite dark brown;
left process golden-yellow, right processes dark brown except ex-
treme apex of 10 RPi which is golden yellow; ninth sternite (H)
medium brown; left paraproct (LiPPT) sclerotic, dark brown; left
cercus-basipodite (LCB) dark brown, apparently fused to left
cercus; cerci uniformly pigmented medium brown.

Female (in alcohol) : body sclerites light brown with pale tan
membranes, head dark brown, legs unicolorous. Length 8.0 man.

Head with cranium dark chocolate-brown with two lighter suf-
fused areas extending from eyes to middle third ; ventrally medium
brown, gula and margins of occiptal foramen tan. Antenna with
basal segment medium brown, others becoming lighter and tan dis-
tad. Mouthparts except mandibles hght brown; submentum con-
colorous with venter of cranium.

Thoracic tergites light brown, pleura, sternum and legs pale tan.

Abdomen with tergites light brown at base but becoming medium
brown caudad; sternites except parajgenitals practically unpig-
mented pale tan; eighth sternite uniformly medium brown, ninth
sternite slightly darker, cerci medium brown.

Holotype male (No. 5855, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and allotype
female (No. 5856, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) on slides collected by
the writer at PiE Beach, Humboldt Bay (near Hollandia),
Dutch New Guinea, May 23, 1944.

Paratypes: Eight males (seven on slides, one in alcohol) and a
series of females on slides and in alcohol, all collected with the

April, 1948]

ROSS— EMBIOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA

109

holotype and allotype. Deposited in the U. S, National Museum,
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, the British Museum
(Natural History), and in the writer’s collection.

Figure 5. Oligotoma hollandia, new species. Salient characters of
holotype male. Explanation of symbols on page 98.

Biology: The above specimens were collected during a brief stop
on a very small rocky island connected with the mainland at low
tide. The vegetation was native garden and secondary j ungle scrub
and the specimens were collected in the numerous colonies spun in
bark crevices of coconut palms and breadfruit tree trunks. Females
of a second and larger species were collected on the same island but
no associated males were obtained. Its color indicates that it is
mandihulata.

Relationships: Discussed under aurea.

110

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

( 7 ) Oligotoma aurea Ross, new species

Male. General color: strikingly bicolorous. Head and wings
blackish-brown and brown respectively in strong contrast to the
body and legs whicJi are pale golden-yellow. Dimensions: body
length 8.6 mm., forewing length 5.7 mm., breadth 1.6 mm.

Head with form as illustrated. Cranium blackish-brown through-
out except for a pale border around occipital foramen; foramen
acutely triangulate in outline; width of gular bridge ono-third
shorter than submentum length. Eyes relatively small with small
facets. Antennae with basal segment dark brown, second medium
brown, segments III to X golden-yellow; remainder medium brown,
becoming darker distally; number incomplete. Lab rum dark brown;
mandibles dark yellowish-amber with inner margins of apical half
reddish-amber, basal margins dark brown; palpi medium brown;
submentum same color as cranium but with lateral margins becom-
ing pale brown, outline as figured.

Thorax without specific structural features; pale golden-yellow
throughout, pleurites and anterior promitory of scutae of ptero-
thorax slightly darker. Lqgs with all segments pale golden-yellow;
terminal tarsal segments becoming tan. Wings without specific
venational features; dark brown; unpigmented intervenal stripes
very narrow, about one-tenth the distance between veins in width.

Abdomen pale golden-yellow except at apex. Terminalia with
structure as figured; tenth tergite pale brown with posterior mar-
gins of hemitergites dark brown, left process dark brown at base
becoming amber- yellow distad, right process (10 RPi) dark brown
except at extreme apex where it is amber-yellow, secondary proc-
ess (10 RPa) medium brown basally, pale yellowish-brown distally;
ninth sternite medium, brown, process (HP) yellowish; left para-
proct (LPPT) medium brown, terminal sclerotic portion dark
brown; left cercus-basipodite (LCB) very dark brown, apparently
fused to base of left cercus; basal segment of left cercus medium
brown with inner and basal margins dark brown, terminal segment
light brown; right cercus light brown.

Female (in alcohol) with structure and coloring of hollandia
but with pigmentation a degree darker. Suffused pale areas of cra-
nium more extensive and nearly merging at middle and with a third
inconspicuous small pale area within fork of postfrontal suture.
Prothorax yellowish, paler than remainder of body. Length 10.0 mm.

Holotype male (No. 5857, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and allotype
female (No. 5858, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) in alcohol collected hy
the writer on LiKi Island, Dutch New Guinea, August 18, 1944.

Paratypes five males and numerous females from Liki Island,
August 18-20, 1944; fifteen males and twenty females, on slides and
in alcohol from Wakde Island, May and June, 1944; and one male
from Toem, Maffin Bay, September, 1944. Deposited in the U. S.

April, 1948]

ROSS — EMBIOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA

111

National Museum, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, the
British Museum (Natural History), and in the writer’s collection.

Figure 6. Oligotoma aurea, new species. Salient characters of holo-

type male. Explanation of symbols on page 98.

Biology: In spite of a careful search, only one specimen of this
species was collected on the mainland. All other specimens were
collected on Wakde Island (2]^ miles off the coast from Toem)
and Liki Island (about 20 miles north of Maffin Bay), where they
were very abundant on the bark and in bark crevices of coconut
palms. On Wakde Island the specimens were apparently unharmed
by several days of intensive bombing and artillery lire which had
leveled most of the cocoanut palms of the island about forty-eight
hours before they were collected. The specimen from Toem was
collected in an individual colony on the bark of a forest tree.

112

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

Relationships: Aurea, hollandia, and maritima form a very
natural species group with almost identical terminalia structure,
similar color tendencies, and similar biology. Sharp distinctions
are found however in size, eye and cranial form and in color. These
differences are constant in the series of each species.

(8) Oligotoma mandibulata Ross, new species

Male. General color: head dark brown, body and wings medium
brown, legs medium brown except coxae and trochanters of mid
and hind legs which are whitish. Dimensions: medium sized; body
length 8.p mm.; forewing length 5.2 mm,, width 1.4 mm.

Head with form as figured. Cranium, dark reddish-brown except
for whitish area bordering occipital foramen and posterior margins
of eyes ventrally; foramen obtusely angulate anteriorly; gular
bridge as wide as submentum length. Eyes very large, inflated;
facets prominent. Antennae with basal segment concolorous with
cranium,, second segment medium brown, remiaining sejgments light
tan. Labrum medium brown; mandibles with characteristic struc-
ture as figured, color golden-yellow with inner margins reddish-
amber, outer angles pronounced, rugose, and brownish; palpi light
brown; submentum uniformly dark brown.

Thorax structure as throughout the genus; light brown with pale,
transverse area, between meso- and metathorax and m eta thorax and
abdomen. Prothoracic legs unicolorous light brown. Meso- and
metathoracic legs light brown but with coxae and trochanters whit-
ish. Wings with, oligotomoid venation; color uniform, medium brown;
intervenal unpigmented stripes narrow, their width one-fifth the
distance between veins, margins regular but not sharply defined:.

Abdominal terminalia with structure as figured; tenth tergite
and processes medium brown, left process (10 LP) somewhat yel-
lowish with a characteristic subterminal, minute outer spine ; ninth
sternite light brown, process (HP) nearly colorless; left paraproct
(LPPT) medium brown, sclerotic terminal portion amber-brown;
left cercus-basipodite (LCB) dark brown; cerci light brown.

Female (in alcohol) blackish brown except for whitish areas
between thoracic segments and on leg segments. Length 8.5 mm.

Head with cranium, blackish chocolate-brown with suffused paler
area at each anterior tentorial pit and closely encircling eyes; ven-
trally with margins of occipital foramen, gula, and crassae pale
brown. Antennae with all segments dark brown, intersegmental
membranes whitish; 20 segments present (incomplete). Labrum
dark brown; other mouthparts (except mandibles and submentum)
dark to medium brown, submentum dark chocolate-brown.

Thorax blackish brown; with membranous areas and acrotergites
between thoracic segments creamy white, pale condition continuing
ventrally between nleso- and metasternum only; pleurae blackish-
brown; venter dark reddish-brown. Prothoracic legs with all seg-
ments as dark as thorax except tarsi which are medium brown, joint

April, 1948]

ROSS — EMBIOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA

113

Figure 7. Oligotoma mandibulata, new species. Salient characters
of holotype male. Explanation of sjnnbols on page 98.

between femur and tibia white; other legs with femora as dark as
thorax, tibiae somewhat lighter with basal fourth white, tarsi with
basal segment brown and terminal segments tan, coxae and tro-
chanters creamy white.

Abdomen with all tergites blackish-brown with posterior margins
reddish-brown, membranes tan. Pleurites and sternites medium
brown, membranes tan; eighth sternite with dark lateral areas;
ninth sternite except for quadrate basal excision, dark chocolate-
brown; cerci and paraprocts dark chocolate-brown.

114

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

Holotype male (No. 5859, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and allotype
female (No. 5860), Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) on slides, collected at
Toem, Maffin Bay, Dutch New Guinea, July 20, 1944.

Figure 8. Oligotoma oculata, new species. Salient characters of
holotype male. Explanation of symbols on page 98.

Paratypes six males on slides and one in alcohol, five females on
slides and eight in alcohol, all collected at Toem, June to Septem-
ber, 1944. Deposited in the U. S. National Museum, Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Harvard, the British Museum (Natural His-
tory), and in the writer’s collection.

Biology: Usually found in individual nests spun in the bark
crevices of coconut palms planted in groves but also collected on
breadfruit tree bark and that of trees in virgin forest. Females
apparently of this species were also collected at Humboldt Bay and
near Finschhafen.

April, 1948]

ROSS— EMBIOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA

115

Relationships: Mandihulata stands apart from the other known
New Guinea species by virtue of the following distinctive charac-
ters of the male : the deeply and acutely excised mandibles, the two
apical teeth of the left mandible fused, the minute but distinct sub-
terminal tooth of the left hemitergal process (10 LP) , and the bi-
colorous mid and hind legs. The female may be recognized by its
uniform blackish-brown color with the contrasting whitish coxae,
trochanters, and tibial bases of the mid and hind legs.

(9) Oligotoma oculata Ross, new species

Male. General color: head dark brown, wings medium brown,
body and legs various shades of medium brown. Dimensions : very
small, body length 6.0 mm.; forewing length 4.5 mm., width 1.4 mm.

Head with form as illustrated. Cranium dark brown with setae
relatively large; occipital foramen obtusely angulate; gular bridge
slightly wider than submentum length. Eyes exceptionally large,
separated by only a narrow cranial area, inflated with prominent
facets. Antennae with basal segment as dark brown as cranium,
second segment medium brown, remaining segments light brown;
number incomplete. Labrum dark brown; mandibles with charac-
teristic structure as figured; golden-yellow except along inner and
apical margins which are reddish-amber; palpi medium brown;
submentum and cranium concolorous.

Thorax with prothorax relatively small, otherwise formed as
throughout the genus ; color medium brown, prothorax somewhat
darker. Prothoracic legs with all segments concolorous with pro-
thorax; pterothoracic legs with coxae and trochanters whitish,
other segments medium brown. Wings without specific venational
features; color uniform medium brown, intervenal unpigmented
stripes narrow, about one-seventh the distance between veins in
width, margins regular and sharply defined.

Abdomen, except terminalia, light brown; terminalia with tenth
tergite broadly produced beneath ninth tergite as an apodeme; left
hemitergite (10 L) medium brown with dark brown inner and
outer margins, process (10 LP) golden-yellow; right hemitergite
(10 R) light brown, major process (10 RPi) dark brown with apical
third golden, secondary process (10 RPi) very dark brown — especi-
ally at base ; ninth sternite and process light brown ; left paraproct
(LPPT) unpigmented at base and only slightly so at apex — prac-
tically obsolete; left cercus-basipodite (LCB) and basal ring of left
cercus very dark reddish-brown; except for dark inner margin of
basal segment of left cercus, all segments of cerci are light-brown.

Female (in alcohol) blackish-brown except for contrasting whit-
ish band between meso- and metathorax and certain whitish leg
segments. Length 6.5 mm.

116

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 2

Head with cranium rather quadrate, blackish chocolate-brown
with two large suffused pale areas between eyes and limited anteri-
orly by postfrontal suture; ventrally somewhat lighter chocolate-
brown. Antennae with basal segment medium brown, other seg-
ments pale tan; 17 segments present (incomplete). Mouthparts,
except mandibles and submentum, medium brown; submentum as
diark as venter of cranium.

Thorax blackish chocolate-brown except for conspicuous creamy
white band encircling area between meso- and metathorax. Pro-
thoracic legs more or less unicolorous dark brown ; other legs with
only femora dark brown, all other segments creamy white.

Abdomen blackish chocolate-brown throughout, ninth sternite
nearly black, cerci reddish-brown.

Holotype: male (No. 5861, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and allotype
female (No. 5862, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) on slides taken by the
writer at Arara, Maffin Bay, Dutch New Guinea, June 27, 1944.

Paratypes five males and seven females on slides from the type
locality but matured in June. Deposited in the U. S. National
Museum, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, the British
Museum (Natural History), and in the writer’s collection.

Biology: This minute species was collected in individual colo-
nies spun inconspicuously among lichens and moss on the trunks
of large trees or under exfoliating bark flakes of basally-buttressed,
large trees. Both situations were in a dark, heavily shaded coastal
rain forest about 300 yards inland from a sandy ocean beach.

Taxonomic remarks: Oculata is one of the most distinctive of
the New Guinea species collected. Its minute size, massive eyes,
mandibles without inner-basal excisions and with fused apical
teeth (left mandible only), unsclerotized left paraproct, unclavate
left cercus, and the distinctive processes of the tenth abdominal
tergite all serve to distinguish the male. The female is readily rec-
ognized by the unique coloration of the mid and hind legs, i.e., the
unpigmented coxae, trochanters, tibiae, and tarsi which are strongly
contrasted by the dark brown femora.

References

Davis, C. 1940. Taxonomic notes on the Order Embioptera. XVIII.

The Genus Oligotoma Westwood. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 65:

362-387, 83 figs.

Ross, E. S. 1943. Two new Indian Embioptera and the Lectotype

of Oligotoma bomeensis Hagen. Psyche, 50:100-108, 13 figs.

FOR YOUR AGRICULTURAL NEEDS

p E N c

1

AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS

PENCO* BHC (B enzene Hexachloride) Technical — unusually high Gamma Isomer
content of 36% for the insecticide manufacturer.

D-12 Dust Base — has exceptionally high Gamma Isomer content of 12%.
For use by dusL manufacturers in the formulation of finished agricultural
insecticides.

W -12 Wettable Base — 12% Gamma Isomer. For use in water suspension
sprays. Contains superior wetting and depositing agents.

PENCO DDT TECHNICAL — fine granulated powder of uniform high quality. Set-
ting point 89° C. minimum.

PENCO DB-SO — micron-sized dry powdered dust base containing 50% DDT
Technical. Extremely dustable and free-flowing. Can be used with any
non-alkaline diluent recommended by recognized diluent manufacturers.

PENCO WB-50 — micron-sized powder containing 50% DDT and special wet-
ting agents. Mixes easily with soft or hard water for use as water suspen-
sion spray. Adheres to plant foliage, maintaining residual insecticidal effects.

PENCO CATTLE SPRAY— dry, wettable micron-sized powder containing 50%
DDT, plus suitable quantities of spreading and sticking agents for wet-
ting out hair of animals. Recommended for stock and barn sprays, live-
stock dips.

PENCO EMULSION CONCENTRATE — specially developed concentrate for use as
water emulsion spray where minimum visible residue is desired. Forms
very stable emulsion, contains 3 lb. DDT per gallon, 34% by weight.

PENCO SOLVENT CONCENTRATE — 32.6% DDT concentrate primarily intended
for manufacture of fly sprays. Forms a 5% DDT solution when mixed 1
to 7 with kerosene of proper specific gravity. Leaves almost invisible residue.

PENCO CALCIUM ARSENATE — for economical, effective control of the cotton
boll weevil, cotton leaf worm, cotton boll worm. Sulphur and Paris Green
mixtures also available.

PENCO 2,4-D WEED KILLERS — sensational new selective weed killers giving eco-
nomical control of many broadleaf annual weeds without harming com-
mon grasses, and cereal crops. Does not permanently sterilize soil.

PENITE 6 WEED KILLER — high-test, concentrated sodium arsenite weed-killing
solution for controlling grasses and broadleaf annual weeds. Soil sterilant.

PENPHOS (Parathion) — Pennsalt’s newest organic phosphate insecticide now in
experimental stages. Shows promise for control of various mites, spiders
and aphids. Availability dates to be announced soon.

PENPHENE*— Chlorinated camphene insecticides in concentrations of 20%
and 40%.

KRYOCIDE'*' — the proven insecticide for control of many chewing insects which
attack orchard and garden crops. The Natural Greenland Cryolite.

*Reg. U. S. Pat. Off.

For further information, write to Agricultural Chemicals Division

PENNSYLVANIA SALT MANUFACTURING COMPANY of WASHINGTON

Los Angeles

Tacoma

Portland, Ore.

\PENN m SALT/

11

SC/£Nr/F/C P'est CONT/tOl

/tSG. as. PAT. OFT

This familiar shield
symbolizes a matchless
combination of values:

maintains in the field a trained staff of consultants . . . these ORTHO
Fieldmen keep abreast of new products and new methods, make
definite recommendations, help plan pest control programs.

has 8 manufacturing plants and dust mills from coast to coast . . . plus
106 strategically-located warehouses and hundreds of well-stocked
distributors. Result: ORTHO offers a product service unsurpassed
for convenience, availability and speed.

has behind it nearly half -a- century of field experience and scientific
“know-how.” Hence, ORTHO products are pre-tested, practical
products: effective and economical to use in terms of labor, time
and cost. And broadly compatible, one with another.

offers a full range of both general and specialized products — and
provides the advantages of a year-round control program.

continues to forge ahead in research ... is a leader in the develop-
ment and distribution of new pest control products to serve you better.

Wateh for our announcement of a great new ORTHO insecticide!

CALIFORNIA SPRAY-CHEMICAL CORP.

Richmond • Fresno • Lindsay • Anaheim • Pomona • San Jose • Sacramento
Stockton • Modesto • Watsonville • Whittier • Portland • Yakima • Wenatchee

( 6rth5)

( 5rth5)

( 5rth5)

(j SfffRS)

Rohm ^ Haas

THAN

offers these three outstanding
advantages . . .

one—

Most effective control of corn earworms

Extensive tests on Rhothane, the Rohm & Haas analog of DDT,
convincingly proved that this insecticide concentrate is effective
against all insects controlled by DDT. More recently, it has been
demonstrated that in some instances Rhothane is definitely
suj^erior in insecticidal action. For example, Experiment Station
tests in New Jersey showed that Rhothane gave substantially
better control of corn earworms than any other insecticide tested,
including DDT at the same concentration.

Highest yields from tomato acreages

Comparative studies of the effectiveness of various insecticides
in controlling pests attacking tomatoes were conducted as part
of a research program carried out last summer in California.
The highest yields were obtained with a 5% Rhothane treat-
ment . . . approximately 24.74 tons per acre. This compared with
a yield of 21.96 tons with 3% DDT and 21.06 tons with 5% DDT.

three!

Greater safety when used on
cauliflower, cabbage

Another advantage of Rhothane over DDT is to be found in its
substantially lower toxicity to warm-blooded animals. This feature
is particularly important when used for the control of pests on
cauliflower, cabbages and other leafy vegetables.

<1

it

^y ^y '^y

CHEMICALS^^^

SINCE

1885

FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION

Insecticides

Sulphurs

Fungicides

Parasiticides

Stauffer Knapsack Duster

A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS

MANUFACTURERS AND PROCESSORS
OF

• Sulphur

• Insecticides

• Fertilizers
® Seeds

Home Office and Plant

Sunland Ave.

P. O. Box 1669

Fresno, California
Phone Fresno 2-41 13

VI

FRIANITE is a processed anhydrous alkali alumi-
num silicate, definitely on the acid side (pH range
5.4 to 6.5), Designed distribution of particles makes
Frianite easy and effective to use.

FRIANITE is as close to neutral as practical for
general agricultural application. Superior adhesive

qualities. Moisture is less than 1%. Bulk density is
about 47 lbs. per square foot.

FRIANITE improves insecticides... makes them
flow freely and work easier. Because Frianite is a
superior diluent, it is effective and economical to
use anywhere in the United States.

Send for
Free Booklet
on "FRIANITE”

FRIANITE is shipped direct from our plant at Friant,
California, in 100 lb. kraft bags. Superior qualities of
FRIANITE make it economical to use all over the U.S.

CALIFORNIA INDUSTRIAL MINERALS CO.

''^Producers of FRIANITE" ^ FRIANT* CALIFORNIA

Vll

^ectiw afu^ easy

TREM and TREX

EMULSIFIERS ond SOLUBILIZERS

emulsifies solutions in which the custom-
ary DDT solvents hove been used.

to provide concentrates without
solvents which can be readily diluted with water to
form non-settling, clear solutions.

JifliiROiililMiAiJ lAyLii^ifl dissolves as high as 50% of
Toxaphene, and following water dilution gives stable
emulsions ready for immediate field use. Also provides
excellent emulsions wi th solvent solutions of Toxaphene.

to provide high concentration
emulsible insecticide formulations with kerosene.

to give better wetting characteristics,
increased coverage and control.

for emulsifying solvent solu-
tions of various organic insecticides and herbicides
wherein special properties are desired in finished
formulation.

Write for samples and descriptive literature

PPIKI chemical^
IIHjFtrP

lObO SIXTEENTH ST- SAN FRiCNCISCO • CAUFOJJNIA

Ill

TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMSCAL CORPORATION

Incorporated

LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA

(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)

BLACK LEAF 40
BLACK LEAF 155

BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE

and

For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying

NICO FUME PRODUCTS
BENZO FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS

AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS
ARE "KIND" TO BENEFICIAL INSECTS.

PACIFIC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK

SAN FRANCISCO 7, CALIFORNIA

COLLOIDAL Z-1

SPREADER AND DEPOSIT BUILDER

FOR MAXIMUM INSECTICIDAL AND
FUNGICIDAL EFFICIENCY

Colloidal Products Corporation

Proven Spreaders and Deposit Builders Since 1920

2598 Taylor St. San Francisco 11, Calif.

PACIFIC DISCOUERV

An illustrated magazine of natural sciences
published by the California Academy of Sciences
San Francisco, California

Dr. Robert C. Miller, Managing Editor; Don Greame Kelley,
Editor and Art Editor; Associate Editors, Dr. Wilbert M. Chap-
man, Director, School of Fisheries, University of Washington;
Dr. John L. Kask, Curator of Aquatic Biology at the Academy;
Dr. A. Starker Leopold, Assistant Professor of Zoology at the
University of California, Berkeley; Dr. Robert T. Orr, Curator
of Birds and Mammals at the Academy; Dr. Edward S. Ross,
Curator of Insects at the Academy; and Dr. Ira L. Wiggins,
Professor of Botany, Stanford University.

''Pacific Discovery” is a bi-monthly magazine, the first issue
dated January-February, 1948. The first issue includes 'Hum-
mingbirds of the Mist”, by William Beebe; "What Do We Have
in Jackson Hole?” by Olas J. Murie; "Evening Skies in Winter”,
by Earle G. Linsley; 'Bats: Navigators of the Night”, by Robert
T. Orr; and "The Threat to Our Western Ranges”, by A. Starker
Leopold. Dr. Miller contributes an article on "The Mystery of
the Disappearing Sardine.”

Members of the California Academy of Sciences may receive
the magazine without additional charge, and non-members are
invited to subscribe for the magazine, at the rate of ^3.00 a year.

Vol. XXIV

July, 1948

No. 3

THE

Pan-Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

in co-operation with

The California Academy of Sciences

CONTENTS

ESSIG, THEODORE DRU ALISON COCKERELL 117

DOUTT, THE SUITABILITY OF INSECT-CONDITIONED PLANT

TISSUES AS HABITATS FOR SUCCESSIVE INSECT SPECIES 121

EVANS, TWO NEW SOUTHWESTERN SPIDER WASPS 123

FENDER, THE CAVICOLLIS-CORNEUS GROUP OF PODABRUS 131

Delong, two new species of neokolla closely

RELATED TO GOTHICA 141

DOUTT, ARRENOCLAVUS, A NEW GENUS OF POLYEMBRYONIC

ENCYRTIDAE 145

BOHART, THE GENUS EUPARAGIA IN NORTH AMERICA 149

SCULLEN, NEW SPECIES IN THE GENUS EUCERCERIS WITH NOTES

ON RECORDED SPECIES AND A REVISED KEY TO THE GENUS 155

BOOK NOTICE 130

San Francisco, California
1948

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

EDITORIAL BOARD

E. C. Van Dyke E. G. Linsley, R. L. Usingeb K S. Ross

Associate Editor Editors Assistant Editor

R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising

Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.

Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be ad-
dressed to the editors, 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
California. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of
address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be
addressed to the treasurer, R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco 18, California

Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payabie to "Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FOURTH SERIES
VOLUME XXIV

Contributions Toward a Knowledge of the Insect Fauna of Lower California

1. Introductory Account, by A. E. Michelbacher and E. S. Ross. Pp. 1-20, pis. 1-3.

February, 1942 $0.23

2. Coleoptera: Cerambycidae, by E. Gorton Linsley. Pp. 21-96, pis. 4-5. Feb., 1942 75

3. Coleoptera: Buprestidae, by Edwin C. Van Dyke. Pp. 97-132, pis. 6-7. Mar., 1942 .35

4. Neuroptera: Myrmeleonidae, by Nathan Banks. Pp. 133-152, pi. 8. March, 1942 20

5. Symphyla, hy A. E. Michelbacher. Pp. 153-160, pi. 9. March, 1942 15

6. Diptera: Culicidae, by Thomas H. G. Aitken. Pp. 161-170. June, 1942 20

7. Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae, by Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr. Pp. 171-288, pis. 10, 11 1.50

Order from CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, SAN FRANCISCO 18, CALIFORNIA

• ® ® — •

Higlier Deposits

Increased Retention

1* Bear Brand

PRODUCTS #/

witii

CP-5

SOIL and GRAIN

Dust Sticker

FUMIGANTS

A Dry Powder for Incorporation

INSECTICIDOS

with Dusts by Dust Manufacturers

♦

COLLOIDAL
PRODUCTS CORP.

WEED KILLING

PREPARATIONS

GREAT WESTERN DIVISION

2598 Taylor St. - San Francisco 1 1

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY

Seattle SAN FRANCISCO Los Angeles

mk

,

Seal Beach • California

IS A

Entered as second class matter, February 10. 1925, at the postoffice at San
Francisco, California, under Act of August 24. 1912.

'•V,

THEODORE DRU ALISON COCKERELL
Crayon portrait by T. Dix at Palm Springs, California, 1945

Tiie Pan-Pacific Entomoloeist

Vol. XXIV, No. 3

July, 1948

THEODORE DRU ALISON COCKERELL

Theodore Dru Alison Cockerell was born in Norwood, near
Croydon, south of London, August 22, 1866, and died at San
Diego, California, on the morning of January 26, 1948, at the
age of 81 years. He had a stroke several months earlier and
passed away quietly at a local hospital. He and Mrs. Cockerell
were residing during the winter at 430 Nutmeg Street in that
city.

It is difi&cult short of writing a book, to enumerate even the
important events in the life of this great biologist. To list and
evaluate his contributions to the knowledge and literature of
science and letters and the long and dynamic influence he has
exerted upon his students, associates, and the scientific and lay
minds throughout the world is hardly possible.

Although he was always a rather frail man and sought health
in the mountains of Colorado and New Mexico in early life, yet
he was able to master all physical obstacles and to lead a life of
exceptional industry, productivity, and longevity.

He came from a splendid family and was educated in private
English schools and at the Middlesex Hospital Medical School in
London. However, his education was inwardly inspired and was
kept constantly aflame by his great interest in many fields of en-
deavor and in his fellow beings. His extensive travels and the
ever loyal assistance of his able wife, Wilmatte Porter Cockerell,
contributed continuously to his constantly growing store of knowl-
edge and to the never ceasing output of his pen.

He began his biological career in studying entomology and
botany in the Rocky Mountains of Colorado. His first professional
position was that of curator of the public museum at Kingston,
Jamaica, 1891-1893. His health failing he sought recovery in the
Rockies and secured a position as entomologist of the New Mexico
Agricultural Experiment Station from 1893 to 1901. He was also
in charge of physiology and zoology as a member of the faculty
of the New Mexico College of Mechanic Arts. During this period
he began intensive studies of the Coccidae of South and North
America, Africa, and other areas, which were continued over a

118

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST ^VOL XXIV NO 3

period of many years. Howard L. McKenzie informs me that in
his own bibliography of the Coccidse there are listed 431 papers
by Cockerell which represents a conservative estimate of his writ-
ings in this single field. As an illustration of his wide range of
publication it is interesting to note that up to 1903, papers on
Coccidae had appeared in Gardeners’ Chronicle, Annals and Mag-
azine of Natural History, the Journal of the Trinidad Field Nat-
uralist’s Club, Bulletin of the Botanical Department of Jamaica,
Science Gossip, American Naturalist, The Industrialist, West
American Scientist, Science, Proceedings of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Canadian Entomologist, The
Entomologist, Entomological News, Psyche, Journal of the New
York Entomological Society, Journal of Economic Entomology,
Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, Insect Life,
Proceedings of the Eentomological Society of London, Biologia
Centrali-Americana, Communications del Museo National de
Buenos Aires, La Naturaliza, Victorian Naturalist, Zoe, and others.

Many of these papers were published in co-authorship with
other entomologists including C. H. T. Townsend, P. J. Parrott,
G. B. King, R. A. Cooley, E. M. Ehrhorn, J. D. Tinsley, Wilmon
Newell, and others.

After some time at the Normal School or Normal University at
Las Vegas, New Mexico, he returned to Colorado to take charge of
the Museum at Colorado College, Colorado Springs. In 1904 he
moved to Boulder, Colorado, and lectured at the University of
Colorado and in 1906 he joined the faculty of the University as
professor of zoology and remained there continuously until he
became emeritus professor in 1934. During the early days at
Boulder he also lectured at the Colorado Preparatory School
where Mrs. Cockerell was teaching.

Nearly always in company with his wife he made a number of
collecting and exploration expeditions to many parts of the world.
An early trip was made to the Madeira Island in 1879 as a youth
with Henry Dru Drury, a descendant of the famous London gold-
smith and pioneer entomologist, Dru Drury (1725-1803), from
whom he apparently received his second given name. This trip
was for his health and on it he made his first scientific observa-
tion on “the finest Maderian butterfly” then known as Pyrameis
indica occidentalis {Vanessa). He began his first studies on snails
and slugs here. He returned to the Madeira Islands in 1920-21.
During this delightful winter he and Mrs. Cockerell visited Porto

July, 1948]

ESSIG— T. D. A. COCKERELL

119

Santo, one of the far way islands of this group. His account of
that visit is a classic.

The Cockerells went to California in 1901, 1937, 1938, to col-
lect along the southern coast and on the Channel Islands and later
to assume charge of the Desert Museum at Palm Springs in March,
1942, and continued until the winter of 1946-1947; to Europe in
1904 and 1920; to Japan, Siam, India, 1923; to Siberia, Aus-
tralia, 1923, and to the former also in 1927 ; to Morocco,
1930; to Africa as the Cockerell-Mackie-Ogilvie African Expedi-
tion 1931 (collected 16,000 insects) ; to Canada, Prince Albert
Park, 1936; and to Honduras, 1947.

In his early days in Colorado, Professor Cockerell also began
the studies on bees which he pursued most energetically through-
out the remainder of his life. Many of his expeditions were for the
purpose of collecting these insects. The bibliography of his papers
on bees must be stupendous. One graduate student, U. N. Lanham,
working on the single family Andrenidss, has listed 1,166 of
his papers published on this group between 1888 and 1943. There
must be at least 2,000 additional articles on other families.’^ His
bee studies encompass much of the world which makes his name
familiar to specialists in the bees everywhere.

He also described insects in nearly all the orders.

In Paleoentomology Cockerell was a worthy successor to S.
H. Scudder and began his studies of the Florissant fossils of Colo-
rado in 1906. He worked chiefly with the insects and other Ar-
thropoda in Colorado and neighboring states and described num-
erous insects from the Tertiary (Miocene, Oligicene, Eocene). He
also described many genera and species from the collections of the
British Museum, 1920; Siberia, 1925; Mongolia, 1927; and Ar-
gentina, 1940.

His books in the natural sciences include: Zoology, A Textbook
for Colleges and Universities (World Book Co., N. Y. pp. xi -\-
558, 211 figs.) ; and Zoology of Colorado, (Univ. of Colorado,
Boulder, Colo., pp. vii 262, illustrated) . The textbook was used
for years in his University classes. Following the second World
War, two thousand copies were distributed throughout Great
Britain as a gift by Mrs. Cockerell to her husband’s native land —
then so hungry for good books. Another thousand is now being

^Norma LeVecque (1948) states that “he published names and descriptions of
5,480 new species and subspecies and 146 names for genera and subgenera by 1938.”

120

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XXIV, NO. 3

given to the devastated libraries of the world — a gift from the
author, his wife, and Reese Press. In the back of this book is in-
cluded his famous poem “The Last Lecture” which gives some-
thing of his philosophy and aims in life.

In his numerous publications he rarely included a bibliography,
which greatly increases the task of making a fair estimate of his
own works which may have appeared previously.

The development of the ornamental red sunflower from a wild
source is an example of his affection, interest and help to his wife.^
The inseparable companionship of Dr. Cockerell and his wife,
Wilmatte, whom he married in 1900, has been an inspiration not
only to themselves but to their friends and to all these two great
souls have come in contact with during the fruitful lives of both
of them. Would there were more such luminaries in this world!

In addition to his scientific attainments Professor Cockerell
was accomplished in many other fields: as a teacher, in the class-
room, in the open country, in museums, in groups of children and
adults alike, and as a correspondent and writer, he was always
imparting useful and inspiring information.

Although his criticisms of the efforts of others were sometimes
exacting and at times rather severe, they were followed by such a
kindly interest and continued help that no one could take offense
to such an even-tempered and kindly person.

Aside from his teaching, writing, and other academic and pro-
fessional duties he took time to develop humanistic and literary
skills. His literary abilities were expressed in verse, prose, book
reviews, letters, travelogues, and lectures. His “Venture in Verse”
was published privately in 1927. The many very interesting letters
received from his brother, Douglas Cockerell of Letchworth, Eng-
land, describing the conditions in that country during the late war,
he printed and distributed liberally and regularly among his
friends and associates over the period 1943-1945.

His series of articles entitled “Recollections of a Naturalist”
published in Bios beginning with part I, Vol 6, No. 4, pp. 372-386,
1935, and extending through part VIII, vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 21-25,
1938 afford not only most interesting and instructive reading, but
a readily available and authentic source of autobiographical in-
formation with very helpful photographs and other illustrative
materials.

^Rohwer (1948) has stated that Professor Cockerell had previously married
Annie Fenn who bore two sons. The wife died at the birth of the second son and
the first son died in infancy, and the second son after his eighth year.

July, 1948]

DOUTT— INSECT-CONDITIONED PLANTS

121

Information has been received through Mrs. Cockerell that the
British Museum of Natural History is putting up a plaque to the
memory of Professor Cockerell: “world famous naturalist, human-
itarian and teacher.” His father first took him to the museum
when he was a small boy and he has since given specimens of
insects and much valuable help to increase the collections and
library of that great museum. — E. 0. Essie, University of Cali-
fornia, Berkeley.

List of Biographies

Essig, E. O. 1931. Theodore Dru Alison Cockerell. History of En-
tomology. Macmillan, N. Y. pp. 570-573. Portrait.

Cattell, J. M. and J. Cattell. 1938. American Men of Science.

Science Press. N. Y. City, p. 226. Name starred.

Taft, R. 1945. Professor T. D. A. Cockerell. “The Editor’s Page.”
Transactions Kansas Acad. Sciences. June, pp. 42-43, photo
Prof, and Mrs. Cockerell.

Remington, Charles. 1948. Theodore Dru Alison Cockerell (1866-
1948). The Lepidopterists’ News. II (2) p. 14, photo.

Rohwer, S. a. 1948. Theodore Dru Alison Cockerell. Proc. Ent. Soc,
Washington, 50(4), pp. 103-108, photo.

LeVecque, Norma. 1948. An appreciation of Dr. T. D. A. Cockerell.
Relief. (No date or place of publication indicated).

Rayment, Tarleton. 1948. The soul of a man of science. The Vic-
torian Naturalist. 64(11) : 225-226.

Jaeger, Edmund C. 1948. In Memoriam. Theodore Dru Alison
Cockerell. Palm Springs Desert Museum. Third Ann. Report
for 1947, pp. 30-31. Portrait of Dr. and Mrs. Cockerell.

THE SUITABILITY OF INSECT-CONDITIONED PLANT
TISSUES AS HABITATS FOR SUCCESSIVE
INSECT SPECIES

BY RICHARD L. DOUTT’^

D ivision of Biological Control, University of California

A phytophagous insect may alter its host in such a manner as to
make it particularly suitable for later invasion by another insect
species. Examples of such ecological succession are numerous in

^Junior Entomologist in the Experiment Station.

122

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIV, NO. 3

entomological literature and are especially important considera-
tions in the field of forest entomology. Recent field observations
have disclosed two further cases of this type of insect succession
which are herein described.

During April, 1947, large numbers of a cicada, Platypedia sp.,
were present in an apple orchard near Sebastopol, California. The
characteristic scars on the apple twigs resulting from cicada ovi-
position were abundant by May 9. On May 22 it was noticed that
these scars were providing excellent colony sites for the migrating
immature forms of the woolly apple aphid, Eriosoma lanigerum
(Hausm.). Several of these incipient aphid colonies were tagged
and observed throughout the summer season. Although the activi-
ties of predaceous coccinellids and syrphids reduced the number
of aphids, many of these scar-site colonies persisted through the
season. During the winter months they served as hold-over foci
from which aphids could disperse in the spring. If this succession
is of regular seasonal occurrence it could have economic implica-
tions.

Another interesting case of an ecological succession was found
during a survey of hymenopterous parasites of the gelechiid,
Gnorimoschema baccharisella Busck, which forms large oval stem-
galls on Baccharis pilularis consanguinea Kuntze. The moth vacates
the gall through a single small exit hole, and it is through this
opening that the gall is often later invaded by crawlers of the
black scale, Saissetia oleae (Bern.). These crawlers settle on the
walls of the gall cavity and are frequently attended by the argen-
tine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr. The scales are protected
from their natural enemies by the ants and by the inaccessibility
of their feeding site. Occasionally the galls will be invaded by im-
mature mealybugs instead of the black scale crawlers. This has
been briefly mentioned by Gillogly (1940) who reports a Pseudo-
coccus sp. occuring in Baccharis galls formed by other insects.
These mealybugs mature, become gravid, and oviposit within the
galls for they are protected from their natural enemies by the same
factors which shield the scale insects.

Literature cited

Baccharis pilularis. Unpublished M. S. Thesis, Univ. of Calif.
Gillogly, L. R. 1940. A study of the insects associated with

July, 1948]

EVANS— SPIDER WASPS

123

TWO NEW SOUTHWESTERN SPIDER WASPS

(Hymenoptera: Pompilidae)

BY HOWARD E. EVANS
Ithaca, New York

The Pompilid fauna of Southwestern United States is a rich one,
and still contains a number of undescribed and sometimes surpris-
ing forms. The two species described here belong to the two largest
genera of the tribe Pompilini, Pompilus and Anoplius. Each is,
however, quite distinctive within its genus, so much so that it has
seemed desirable to name them prior to a more comprehensive
review of the group. I am indebted to Mr. Paul D. Hurd, Jr., of the
University of California, for his assistance in obtaining much of
the material on which these species are based.

Pompilus (Ammosphex) phoenix Evans, new species

This curious species of Pompilus is apparently widely distrib-
uted in the Southwest. It is not closely allied to any other species
known to me; the genitalia, however, in particular, betray a kin-
ship to certain members of the subgenus Ammosphex, such as
angularis (Banks). In general it will fit the characters of this
subgenus; it possesses, however, a number of striking specific
characters. Chief among these are the following: the penultimate
visible sternite of the male is provided with a flattened, specialized
median area set off by a carina (Fig. 5) ; the female possesses a
tarsal comb in which there are but two comb-spines on the basi-
tarsus (Fig. 6) ; the third submarginal cell is very much smaller
than the second and usually petiolate; the pulvillar comb is much
reduced. Certain other characters will become apparent in the
description below. This species is an apparently highly specialized
member of an otherwise rather homogeneous genus.

The females of this species have sometimes been considered by
Banks as the females of estellina Banks; the latter species, how-
ever, described from a male, is an Anoplius, and not closely related
to the present species.

Male. Length 6.5 mm. ; fore wing 5.5 mm. Black, body conspicu-
ously brownish and silvery pubescent. The following parts are

124

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

clothed with a very dense and rather coarse silvery pubescence:
lower half of scape, basal half of mandibles, clypeus, front, temples,
pronotum, posterior half of mesonotum, sides of the scutellum,
metanotum, postnotum, propodeum, mesopleura, sterna of pro- and
mesothorax, coxae, and tO| some extent the trochanters and femora;
very densely sericeous are the first abdominal tergite and bands on
the posterior margins of tergites 2, 3, and 4; here and on the pro-
notum and propodeum there is a median line from which the setulae
diverge strongly. Vertex, anterior half of mesonotum, disc of the
scutellum, and remainder of the abdomen and appendages with a
much finer brownish pubescence. Body devoid of erect hairs, except
for a few on the mandibles and a few short, pale hairs on the pos-
terior face of the head and the anterior face of the pro thorax. Wings
completely hyaline except for broad marginal band on the fore
wings.

Head considerably broader than high; eyes very large, front
narrow; front in anterior aspect hardly wider than the two eyes
taken together. Clypeus twice as broad as high, lower margin trun-
cate. Eyes diverging somewhat above, distance between the eyes
at the top 1.2 times the distance between them: at the bottom. Front
with a distinct line from the antennal bases tO' the anterior ocellus.
Ocelli in a large triangle, forming an acute angle in front; post-
ocellar line greater than ocello-ocular as 3:2. First four antennal
segments in a ratio of about 2.6:1:1.8:2, the third segment about
1.8 times as long as thick.

Pronotum much shorter than the mesonotum, posterior margin
subangulate; pronotum more or less swollen dorsolaterally and de-
pressed in a narrow band just before the posterior margin. Scutel-
lum, prominent, strongly convex. Metapostnotum very broad, as
broad medially as the metanotum, finely transversely striate, im-
pressed medially. Propodeum sloping smoothly; spiracles small and
close to the anterior margin. Last segment of front tarsus parallel-
sided, inner claw rather strongly curved, bifid; outer claw of front
tarsus and all remaining claws dentate. The tarsi become very thin
distally, the apical segment being much more slender than the basal.
Last tarsal segment without spines beneath; pulvillar comb rudi-
mentary.

Cubitus of hind wing arising opposite th© tip of the submedian
cell. Transverse median vein of fore wing meeting the median
slightly beyond the origin of the basal. Stigma very short; marginal
cell short, subtriangular, over twice its length from the wingtip.
Second submarginal cell about 1.5 times as broad as high, narrowed
by about a third above. Third submarginal cell very small, not half
the breadth of the second, p etiolate above. Third discoidal cell about
1.3 times its length from the margin of the wing; second recurrent
vein arising about two-fifths of the way out from the base of the
subdiscoidal vein to the margin of the wing.

Abdomen in resting position not longer than the thorax, by virtue
of the fact that the apical segments tend to telescope obliquely into

July, 1948]

EVANS— SPIDEE WASPS

125

the first three; the subgenital plate and a specialized flattened area
on the preceding sternite remain visible apically. The latter sternite
is seen, on dissection, to possess an elongate-V -shaped smooth and
sparsely setulose area, marked off by a carina, anterior to the apical
emargination and running nearly the length of the sternite (Fig. 5) .
The posterior margin of this sternite on each side of the booklets
bordering the emargination is produced into short, rounded proces-
ses. The subgenital plate is subspatulate and nearly flat (Fig. 3).

Genitalia (Fig. 4) with the parameres slender, sparsely hairy,
not exceeding the aedeagus. Volsellae with the basal booklets strong,
double, the basal pair the larger; digitus subspatulate, sparsely
clothed with short setae, the extreme apex bare. Parapenials short,
stout, their inner margins strongly excised opposite: the base of the
aedeagus. Aedeagus basally broadly expanded, much more slender
distad, the extreme apex again expanded, suggesting the tail of a
fish. On high magnification several minute teeth can be seen on the
margin of the aedeagus subapically; these may be the rudiments of
the teeth which occur on the aedeagus of all members of the sub-
genus Arrumosphex, but in no other Pompilini known to me.

A single male paratype agrees closely with the type. It is smaller
(5.5 mm. long) ; the basal and transverse median veins of the fore
wing are interstitial. The head of this specimen is partially eaten
by Dermestids.

Female. Length 9.5 mm.; fore wing 8.5 mm. Black; entire body
clothed with a fine, somewhat velvety brownish-cinereous pubes-
cence; part of the lower front and spots on the sides of the scutellum
and metanotum are silvery-sericeous. Front wings brownish, the
margin with a darker band, strongly violaceous ; hind wings sub-
hyaline basally, more heavily infuscated toward the apex. Body
with only a very few erect hairs as in the male.

Head broader than high ; eyes large and front narrow. Front, in
anterior aspect, not wider than the two eyes together; inner orbits
subparallel. Clypeus three times as broad as high, truncate below.
Labrum mostly concealed, the apical margin with a median notch.
Mandibles with a single tooth on the inner margin. Median line of
front distinctly impressed. Ocelli in a large triangle, the laterals
much nearer to the eyes than one another. Antennae long and
slender; first four segments in a ratio of about 3;1:4;3, the third
segment subequal to the distance between the eyes on the vertex.

Thorax similar to that of the male; metapostnotum nearly as
long as the metanotum, finely transversely striate. Propodeum short,
subglobose, sloping more steeply behind, the declivity slightly con-
cave. Median line of propodeum distinctly impressed above; spira-
cles not their length from the anterior margin. Front tarsus (Fig.
6) wth a comb, the spines of which are about twice as long as the
width of the tarsus. There are two comb-spines on the basitarsus,
the apical one about two-thirds as long as the second segment; there
are two comb-spines on the second segment and a single smaller
spine on the third. Tarsi becoming more slender apically, as in the

126 the pan-pacific entomologist [vql. XXIV, NO. 3

male; pulvillar comb rudimentary; last tarsal segment with two or
three spines beneath near the base, the apical half without spines.
Venation not differing from that of the male. Abdomen short and
stout, tapering rapidly behind; entire abdomen devoid of erect hairs
or bristles.

Seven female paratypes vary in size from 5.5 to 10.5 mm, a con-
siderable range. The smaller specimens have a relatively broader
front and shorter antennae; the third antennal segment in the
smallest specimen is equal to but .65 times the distance between the
eyes on the vertex. The spines of the tarsal comb may be very short,
not longer than the width of the tarsus. In one specimen the third
submarginal cell is not petiolate, nor even triangular, but is at least
much smaller than the second.

Holotype. $ ; Arizona, Maricopa County, Phoenix, July 11,
1932. Allotype. 6 ; California, Imperial County, Palo Verde,
August 20, 1946 (P. D. Hurd) . Paratypes. 6 ; California, Contra
Costa County, Antioch, September 10, 1947 ( J. W. MacSwain) .
[These three specimens are from the collection of the California
Insect Survey; the specimens will be deposited in the California
Academy of Science.] $ ; California, Inyo County, Independence,
June 7, 1939 (R. M. Bohart). 2; California, Fresno County,
Coalinga, July 18, 1946 (P. D. Hurd) . [These two specimens, also
from the California Insect Survey, will be deposited in the U. S.
National Museum.] 6 ; California, Calaveras County, Mokelumne
Hill, October (F. E. Blaisdell) [Calif. Academy of Science]. 9 ;
California, Kings County, Lemoore, August 6, 1927 [Cornell
Univ.]. 2 ; California, San Diego County, National City, May 15
(Van Duzee) [Mus. Comp. Zool.]. 2 ; UTAH, San Juan County,
Bluff, July 7, 1935 (C. T. Brues) [Mus. Comp. Zool.]. 2 TEXAS,
Jeff Davis County, Fort Davis, July 26, 1946 (H. E. Evans) [Cor-
nell Univ.].

Explanation of figures

Anoplius (Pompilinus) calif omiae Evans, new species: Fig. 1,
Subgenital plate (stemites VIII and IX) of male; Fig. 2, Male
genitalia; Fig. 7. Front tarsus of female. Pompilus (Ammospheoe)
phoenix Evans, new species: Fig. 3, Subgenital plate (stemites VIII
and IX) of male; Fig. 4, Male genitalia; Fig. 5, Stemite VII of
male; Fig. 6, Front tarsus of female. In the figures of the geni-
talia, the ventral view is drawn on the left side, the dorsal on the
right.

128

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

Anoplius (Pompilinus) califomiae Evans, new species

This new member of the very homogeneous subgenus Pompi-
linus is fortunately provided with a number of specific characters
which set it apart without great difficulty from its congeners. The
tarsal comb of the female is more strongly developed than in other
native species of the subgenus except hrevihirtus (Banks) ; from
the latter it differs in being much larger, all black, less hairy, and
in the relatively longer antennae, narrower front, etc. In the hairi-
ness of the propodeum it resembles tenebrosus (Cresson), but the
stronger tarsal comb serves to separate it from this species. The
male is separable on the characteristic subgenital plate and geni-
talia, as well as in the hairiness of the propodeum.

Female. Length 10 mm.; for© wing 8 mm. Black; apical two-
thirds of the mandibles dull ferruginous. Body clothed with a very
fine brownish pubescence. Wings fuliginous, somewhat violaceous.
Body with erect dark hairs as follows : clypeus, front, vertex, tem-
ples, prosternum rather densely; scape slightly hairy below; entire
thorax including the coxae and propodeum, with rather sparse but
prominent erect hairs; abdominal venter somewhat hairy, especially
caudad; apical tergite with numerous stout, bristly setae.

Head, exclusive of mouthparts, 1.2 times as broad as high. Man-
dibles with a single tooth on the inner margin. Labrum slightly
exserted, apical margin truncate, bristly. Clypeus 2.5 times as broad
as high, apical margin truncate. Front broad; distance between
the eyes at the emargination of the orbits .6 times the width of the
head. Eyes converging but very slightly above, the inner orbits
nearly parallel. Ocelli in approximately a right triangle; postocel-
lar line greater than ocello-ocular as 5:4. Antennae quite long and
slender, the first four segments in a ratio of about 3.5:1:4.5:3.5, the
third segment equal to about three-quarters the distance between
the eyes on the vertex.

Posterior margin of prothorax angulate, although not sharply
so. Metapostnotum a narrow transverse band, about one-third the
width of the metanotum, transversely striate. Propodeum strongly
swollen, with a well defined flat or slightly concave declivity, median
line scarcely impressed. Anterior tarsus (Fig. 7) with a well de-
veloped comb of spines nearly twice as long as the width of the
tarsus; there are four on the basi tarsus, the apical one over half
the length of the second tarsal segment. Last tarsal segment with
3 or 4 median spines beneath; pulvillar comb strongly developed.

Anal and cubital veins of hind wing interstitial on the medius.
Transverse median of fore wing meeting the median slightly distad
of the base of the basal vein. Marginal cell about 1.5 times its
length from the wing-tip, radial vein angled at the second transverse
cubital. Second submarginal cell rhomboidal, somewhat broader

July, 1948]

EVANS— SPIDER WASPS

129

than high. Third submarginal cell about as broad as high, petiolate
above.

The six female paratypes vary in size from 9 to 12.5 mm. In two
specimens there are but three comb-spines on the basitarsus of the
same length as in those with four. The hairiness of the body is some-
what variable, and in one specimen the femora bear numerous erect
hairs. In most of the paratypes the anal vein of the hind wing meets
the median before the origin of the cubitus.

Male. Length 9.5 mm.; fore wing 8 mm. Black; pubescence
brown, except on the sides of the clypeus and lower face, and on the
temples, where it is conspicuously silvery. Fore wings fuscous,
slightly darker along the margin; hind wings subfuscous, darker
apically. Scape slightly hairy below; clypeus, front, vertex, temples,
and prosternum with short erect hairs in abundance ; entire thorax,
including the front coxae and the propodeum, with more sparse but
prominent hairs; abdomen smooth, without erect hairs.

Head, exclusive of mouthparts, 1.15 times as broad as high.
Clypeus truncate below, 2.25 times as broad as high. Front quite
broad, at the middle .6 times the breadth of the head. Eyes diverg-
ing very slightly above. Ocelli quite large, forming an acute angle
in front; postocellar line greater than ocello-ocular as 8:7. Anten-
nae quite long and slender, first four segments in a ratio of about
3:1:3:3, third segment about 2.8 times as long as thick.

Pronotum angulate behind. Metapostnotum about half as wide
as metanotum, finely transversely striate, it and the propodeum with
an impressed median line. Propodeum swollen, more steeply decliv-
ous behind. Last segment of anterior tarsus asymmetrical, the
inner margin produced ; inner claw of front tarsus strongly curved,
the outer less strongly curved but more so than the claws of the
middle and hind tarsi ; all the claws bifid. Last tarsal segmenit not
spined beneath. Venation as in the female; anal vein of hind wing
meeting the medius before the origin of the cubitus.

Abdomen rather stout, subfusiform. Penultimate visible sternite
with a large U-shaped emargination. Subgenital plate (Fig. 1)
rather broad, nearly flat, but with the median line slightly raised.
Genitalia (Fig. 2) with the parameres the longest of the append-
ages, expanded and very slightly curved apically; basis volsellaris
with the booklets single and strong, at the base of the digitus with
numerous short and several long hairs ; digitus quite long, nearly
parallel -sided, acutely pointed, beset with short setae which are
longer on the upper, outer part; parapenials simple, nearly as long
as the parameres, subequal in length to the adeagus; adeagus gradu-
ally expanded toward the apex, which is quite broad, but margins
notched about two-thirds way out. The genitalia, while possessing
numerous specfic characters, are of the general pattern of those of
the subgenotype, cylindiricus (Cresson). They closely resemble those
of estellijia (Banks), which occurs in the same area, except that the

130

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

aedeagus is very different in shape; this species is also much smaller
than calif orniae.

Holotype. 9 ; Baja California, Mexico, La Paz, June 3, 1921
(E. P. Van Duzee). Allotype. $ ; same data as holotype. [These
two specimens will be deposited in the California Academy of Sci-
ence.] Paratypes. 9 ; Gulf of California, Mexico, Angeles Bay,
May 7, 1921 (E. P. Van Duzee [U. S. National Museum]. 9 ;
CALIFORNIA, Inyo County, Owens Lake, June 2, 1937 (N. W.
Frazier) [Cornell Univ.]. 2 9 9 ; California, San Bernardino
County, 29 Palms, Boyer Ranch (M. Boyer) [Mus. Comp. Zool.].
9 ; ARIZONA, Pinal County, Florence, May 1903 [Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila.]. 9 ; “Arizona” [U. S. National Museum]. The last two
listed are in poor condition.

Book Notice

The Naturalist’s Lexicon, a List of Classical Greek and Latin
Words used or suitable for use in Biological Nomenclature,
with abridged English-Classical Supplement. By Robert S.
Woods. Abbey Garden Press, P. 0. Box 101, Pasadena, Calif,
xvii 282 p. 1944. Price $2.75.

The Introduction of this attractively-bound book includes sec-
tions on the construction of names, terminations (with tables of
Latin adjectival endings and Greek noun endings), formation of
nouns, adjectives and participles, diminutives, compound words,
generic and specific words, and pronunciation. Pronunciation is
indicated for each word listed in the body of the work, and al-
though the list is not as long as that in Jaeger’s “A Source-book
of biological Names and Terms” (C. C. Thomas, 1944. $3.50),
there are here many words not in the latter, and they make fine
companion pieces. The English-Classical section (p. 259-282) is
classified and helpful to persons wishing to coin appropriate
scientific names.

In 1947 the Abbey Garden Press published a 47-page “Ad-
denda tp the Naturalist’s Lexicon,” by the same author, price 25
cents. It contains a comprehensive classified English-Classical key
to the descriptive nouns, adjectives and verbs in the Lexicon, as
well as some additions and emendations to the latter. This Ad-
denda is comparable, in its usefulness, to the dictionary form of
Roget’s Thesaurus, and as in the main work the typography is
clear and legible. — Hugh B. Leech.

July, 1948]

FENDER— PODABRUS

131

THE CAVICOLLIS-CORNEUS GROUP OF PODABRUS

(Coleoptera: Cantharidae)

BY KENNETH FENDER
McMinnville^, Oregon

The cavicollis-corneus group of the genus Podabrus Westwood
is composed of those species that have the outer claws of the hind
feet toothed and all other claws cleft in the males, all claws toothed
in the females. As is so frequently true of many insect groups,
females of Podabrus are often difficult if not impossible to place
if unaccompanied by males.

As this is an attempt to straighten out the cavicollis and corneus
as they were understood by Fall, it has been deemed advisable to
redescribe these species, neither of which was adequately described
by either LeConte or Fall. Several hundred specimens have been
examined for this study and the comparisons of male genitalia
with color and other external characters indicate that these char-
acters are reliable for specific and subspecific determination.

Both LeConte and Fall made note of species of Podabrus in
which the elytra were dark with the suture pale. They both failed
to remark on the dark suture of some of the species with pale
elytra. Many of the western pale species do have the suture dark.
This characteristic is present in all of the specimens of the cavi-
collis section examined from California, the region from which
the type of this species was taken.

Thanks are due Dr. E. S. Ross of the California Academy of
Sciences for the loan of the fine series of the Academy collection;
to Mr. G. Stace Smith of Creston, B.C. ; Dr. Melville H. Hatch of
the University of Washington; Mr. G. P. Mackenzie, San Marino,
Calif.; Mr. W. F. Barr and Mr. K. S. Hagen of the University of
California.

Key to Species

Outer claw of hind tarsi of male toothed, all others cleft; all
claws toothed in the female.

132

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIV, NO. 3

A. Second and third antennal segments equal.

B. Pronotum very finely, sparsely punctured; median impressed

pronotal line obscurely indicated.

C. Pronotum entirely pale californicus

CC. Pronotum brunneus with sides pale lucidatus

BB. Pronotum coarsely punctured, median impressed line plainly
indicated,

D. Pronotum entirely pale.

E. Elytral suture darker; head usually black behind the eyes
lutosus

EE. Elytra and head entirely pale smithi

DD. Pronotum pale with the discal excavation black.

F. Basal margin of the pronotum, when viewed from directly

above, slightly convex with a shallow indentation medially.
- cavicollis

1. elytra pale with the suture black typical form

2. elytra pale with the suture and diseal striae dark

subsp, albrighti

3. elytra black or at best with the outer margins very nar-
rowly pale subsp. hatchi

FF. Basal margin of pronotum, when viewed from directly above,

very evidently concave carmelensis

AA. Second antennal segment conspicuously shorter than the third.

G. Front angles of pronotum oblique; median impressed line pres-

ent rossi

GG. Front angles of pronotum rounded; no median impressed line
corneus

Podabrus carmelensis Fender, new species

Head black posteriorly, yellow in front of the eyes; antennae
piceous, first two segments and basal half of the third segment pale;
palpi pale with the apices of the last segments darker. Pronotum
pale brownish yellow with the discal concavity dark brunneus, a
narrow pale space in the middle of the dark area. Scutellum piceous.
Elytra yellow with the suture narrowly dark. Under side of head
black behind with the mouth parts pale; prothorax pale beneath.
Ventral abdominal segments piceous with the margins and apices
pale, the median surface of the last two segments pale. Front and
middle femora and tibiae dark above and pale beneath, the tarsi
dark. Hind legs dark with the apical half of the coxae, the tro-
chanters, the basal third of the femora pale yellow. Length 6-7 mm.

Male. Head wider than thorax, finely sparsely punctate in front
O'f the eyes, coarsely more closely so behind; second and third an-
tennal segments equal. Pronotum quadrate, anterior angles oblique,
sides angulately arcuately converging slightly to the hind angles
which are prominent, the basal margin when viewed from directly

July, 1948]

FENDER— PODABRUS

133

above evidently concave; coarsely rather sparsely punctured, me-
dian impressed line not eroded, interrupted apically and basally.
Elytra finely punctured basally becoming rugose apically. Outer
claws of hind legs toothed, all others cleft.

Female. Unknown.

Holotype: male, No. 5901, (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) Carmel,
Monterey Conuty, Calif., March 24, 1919, collected by E. P. Van
Duzee.

Paratypes : two males, same data as the type save that one was
collected on March 25, 1919.

This species may be separated from P. cavicollis by the concave
basal margin of the pronotum. Superficially it resembles P. cavi-
collis but the genitalia indicate a much closer relation with P. cali-
fornica and P. lucidatus.

Podabrus calif ornicus Fender, new species

Shining. Head black posteriorly, yellow in front of eyes ; anten-
nae piceous, basal two or three segments pale; pronotum pale brown-
ish yellow; scutellum black; elytra pale, suture narrowly dark
brown and the apices dusky; body beneath black, prothorax, front
half of head, apices and sides of ventral abdominal segments, and
legs pale, the hind legs becoming dusky apically; pubescence cin-
ereous. Length 6 to 7.5 mm.

Male. Head finely sparsely punctate in front of the eyes,
coarsely punctured behind, the latter punctures sparse near the eyes,
becoming more closely so posteriorly. Antennae stout, the second
and third segments equal and each twice as long as wide. Pronotum
transverse, narrower than the head, anterior angles oblique, sides
nearly straight, converging slightly to the hind angles which are
prominent ; feebly sparsely punctured ; area between the convexities
very shallowly impressed; median impressed line feebly indicated,
usually very short. Elytra sparsely, finely punctate basally, becom-
ing rugose-punctate apically. Pubescence short and recumbent. Body
beneath finely punctate, pubescence short and rather sparse. Outer
claws of hind feet toothed, all other cleft.

Female. Similar to male. Head narrower, slightly wider than
the pronotum; antennae shorter, segments comparatively stubbier;
all claws toothed.

Holotype: male. No. 5902 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) Big Bend
Mt., Butte County, Calif., V-8-28, collected by H. H. Keifer. Allo-
type: female. No. 5903 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) same data as type.
Paratypes: 16 males and 15 females from the following California
localities: Big Bend Mt., Butte County; Meadow Valley, Plumas

134

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXIV, NO. 3

County; Truckee; Yankee Hill, Butte County; McKinneys, Eldo-
rado County; Pinnacles Nat. Park; Carmel; Oroville; Mt. St.
Helens; Mt. Wilson; Keddie, Plumas County; Mariposa.

Podabrus calif ornicus may be confused with P. lutosus, P.
smithi, P. rossi or P. corneus but only upon superficial examina-
tion. The very finely, sparsely punctured pronotum separates it
at once from the first two and the equal second and third antennal
segments isolates it from the last two.

Podabrus lucidatus Fender, new species

Head black behind, flavous in front of eyes, apical half of clypeus
brunneous. Palpi pale, apices of the last segments brownish black.
Antennae piceous, the first two segments and the basal half of the
third segment pale. Pronotum brownish yellow, the discal concav-
ity dark brunneous, the edges of this dark area diffuse. Elytra
ochreous, the base and suture narrowly infuscate; a diffuse vitta
extending from the shoulders to the apices, expanding to nearly the
full elytral width at the apices. Body beneath black, head in front,
and thorax pale, apices of the ventral abdominal segments narrowly
paler. Legs dark brown with the joints of the hind and middle legs
narrowly and of the front legs widely pale. Length 5,5 to 6,5 mm,

Male, Head finely, sparsely punctate in front of constriction of
neck, coarsely punctured behind. Eyes prominent, head wider than
pronotum. Antennae stout, medium long, attaining the middle of
the elytra; segments 2 and 3 subequal, each twice as long as wide,
Pronotum similar to P. calif ornicus but sub-quadrate and the hind
angles somewhat more prominent. Elytra, under side and legs simi-
lar to those of P. calif o'i~nicus. Outer claws of hind legs toothed, all
others cleft.

Female, Similar to the male but with head only slightly wider
than pronotum and the hind angles of the pronotum are not so
prominent. All claws toothed,

Holotype: male, No, 5904 (Calif, Acad, Sci,, Ent,) Fallen Leaf,
Eldorado County, Calif,, VII-14-35, Alt, 6500 feet, collected by F.
E, Blaisdell, Allotype: female, Chester, Cal,, VI-12-41, collected
by D, J, and J. N, Knull; in the Knull collection, Paratypes: one
female, same data as allotype; two males and two females, W.
Walker River, Calif,, VI-11-41, D, J, and J. N, Knull.

There is very little variation in the series at hand. This species
is quite similar exteriorly to Podabrus californicus, being most
easily separated by the bicolored pronotum. The median hooks
of the tegmen are much larger than in that species and are more

July, 1948]

FENDER— POD ABRUS

135

abruptly curved. It should not be confused with any of the other
species with the pronotum bicolored in this group. The nearly im-
punctate, shallowly excavated pronotum will permit easy recog-
nition.

Podabrus lutosus LeConte

Podabrus lutosus LeConte, 1881, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 9:48.
Podabrus cavicollis, Fall, 1928, Entom. Amer., 8:102.

He ad black behind the eyes, brownish yellow in front. Palpi
orange with the apical half of last segment brunneus. Antennae
piceous with the basal two segments brownish yellow. Pronotum
orange. Scutellum black. Elytra golden yellow with the suture
narrowly brown to black, apices more or less dusky. Under side black;
prothorax, head beneath, coxae, trochanters and narrow apices of
ventral abdominal segments pale. Legs dark above and pale beneath.

Male. Head wider than thorax; coarsely, rather closely punctate
behind the constriction of neck; becoming more finely, sparsely so
anteriorly. Antennae rather long, reaching to apical third of
elytra; second and third antennal segments equal, two and a half
times as long as wide. Pronotum shining, transversely quadrate,
the front angles oblique; the sides somewhat angularly sinuate to
the hind angles which are prominent; coarsely punctate, the median
excavation deep; median impressed line eroded, extending from base
to apical fourth. Elytra finely sparsely punctured basally, becoming
rugose punctate apically. Vestiture fine, suberect and rather sparse
above; recumbent, short and close beneath. Outer claws of hind
legs toothed, all others cleft.

Female. Similar to male but with eyes less prominent and head
only slightly wider than pronotum; antennae shorter, reaching mid-
way on the elytra. All claws toothed.

Specimens have been examined from the following local-
ities, all California: Lake Tahoe, Big Bent Mt., Butte County;
Meadow Valley, Plumas County; Truckee; Yankee Hill, Butte
County; McKinneys, Eldorado County; Pinnacles Nat. Park; Car-
mel; Oroville; Mt. St. Helena; Adams Springs, Lake County;
Santa Cruz Mts. ; Hills back of Oakland; Cazadero; Yosemite
Valley; Leona Heights, Alameda County; Mokelumne Hill; Fair-
fax, Marin County; Ontario Hot Springs, San Luis Obispo County;
Muir Woods, Marin County; Lagunitas, Marin County; Dimond,
Alameda County; Atascadero, San Luis Obispo County; Cypress
Ridge, Marin County; Mill Valley, Marin County; Paraiso Hot
Springs; Mt. Tamalpais, Marin County; Pismo; Moraga y alley.

136

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

Contra Costa County; Berkeley; Forest Glen; Claremont; Cuper-
tino, Santa Clara County.

This species was included with P. cavicollis hy Fall. It can be
separated from that species by its unicolorous pronotum. Several
pairs of both species have been seen which were taken in coitu. In
none of these instances has a male of one species been found mat-
ing with a female of the other species. On this basis and. some dif-
ferences in the male genitalia it is considered advisable to de-
scribe this as a good species. The species centers around the San
Francisco Bay region and the Sacramento Valley.

Podabrus smithi Fender, new species

Podabrus cavicollis Fender (in part), 1945, Pan-Pac. Ent., 21:80.

Brownish orange; eyes, apical halves of last segments of palpi
and body beneath black; ventral abdominal segments dark brown
with sides and apices of segments rather widely pale. Head proper,
antennae, pronotum,, scutellum, elytra and legs entirely pale. Pubes-
cense cinereous. Length 6 to 8 mm.

Male. Eyes large. Head wider than pronotum, finely sparsely
punctate in front, more coarsely punctured behind; with a rugose
area between the eyes. Antennae medium in length, reaching to
one-half the elytral length; second and third segments equal. Pro-
notum shining, elongate-quadrate; the anterior angles rounded;
sides rounded to near the base where they become sinuate; hind
angles nearly forming right angles, scarcely prominent; surface
coarsely punctate, more finely so in the discal excavation; median
impressed line deeply, widely eroded. Elytra finely sparsely punc-
tured basally, becoming rugose apically. Pubescense fine and sparse.
Outer claws of hind feet toothed, all other cleft.

Female. Similar to male but eyes smaller, head equally as wide
as pronotum which is subquadrate. Antennae shorter, reaching to
basal third of elytra. All claws toothed.

Holotype: male, Lewis Peak, Blue Mts., Wash., VI-20-41, col-
lected by K. M. and D. M. Fender. Allotype: Female, Durkee, Ore.,
VI-17-41, collected by K. M. and D. M. Fender. Paratypes: 9 males
and 27 females from the following localities: British Columbia —
Creston, Sanca, Wynndel; Washington — Lewis Peak in the Blue
Mts., Kooskooskie; Oregon — Wallowa Lake, Durkee.

This species is dedicated to Mr. G. Stace Smith of Creston, B. C.,
whose excellent series of the species so strongly augmented the
few possessed by the describer. Podabrus smithi is confined to the
northern Rocky Mountains and their offshoots, fhe Blue Mountains

July, 1948]

FENDER— PODABRUS

137

of Washington and Oregon. It can be separated readily from allied
species by its concolorous upper surface and legs. The elytral
suture is not dark as in the other members of the section with the
second and third antennal segments equal. Singleton females of
this species were recorded as P. cavicollis from La Grande, Wash.,
and the Blue Mts., Ore.^

PoDABRUS CAVICOLLIS subsp. CAVICOLLIS LeConte

Podabrus cavicollis LeConte, 1851, Proc. Ac. N. S. Phila., 5:345.
Podabrus cavicollis heConte, 1881, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 9:50.
Podabrus cavicollis. Fall (in part) , 1928, Ent. Am., 8:102.

Podabrus cavicollis. Fender (in part) , 1945, Pan-Pac. Ent., 21:80.

Head yellow, the tip of the clypeus brunneous, a black chevron,
extending backward from the eyes, the point of chevron at base of
constriction of neck. Antennae piceous with the basal two segments
pale; palpi pale with apical two-thirds of last segment of maxillary
and last segment of labial palpi black, Pronotum brownish yellow,
the hind angles becoming pale yellow, the discal excavation black.
Scutellum black. Elytra grayish yellow becoming dusky apically,
the suture narrowly black. Body beneath black, the head, prothorax
and apices of ventral abdominal segments pale. Anterior legs dark
above, pale beneath. Middle and hind legs black with apices and
pale. Pubescence cinereous. Length 6 to 8 mm.
bases of femora and tibiae and apices of coxae pale, trochanters

Male. Head wider than pronotum, finely, sparsely punctate in
front of eyes, coarsely punctured behind; antennae reaching to
apical third of elytra, second segment equal to third. Pronotum
sub-quadrate, the anterior angles oblique, sides more or less straight,
converging slightly tO' hind angles which are slightly prominent,
basal margin when viewed from directly above, slightly convex with
a shallow indentation medially; rather closely punctured, more
closely so anteriorly, the base of excavation rugose, median im-
pressed line eroded. Elytra sparsely punctured basally, becoming
somewhat rugose apically. Outer claw of hind legs toothed, all
others cleft.

Female. Similar to the male but with antennae shorter and all
claws toothed.

Material has been seen from the following localities: British
Columbia — Nanaimo, Duncan, Glen Lake, Creston, Vernon; Wash-
ington — Seattle, Kirkland, Quillayute, Nasel River, Olympic Hot
Springs, Mount Rainier, Skye; Oregon — Portland, McMinnville,

ipan-Pac. Ent., 21 :80, 1945

138

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

Boyer, Dayton, Sandlake, Sisters, Depoe Bay, Muddy Valley in
Yamhill County, Astoria, Little Nestucca River, Baker Creek in
Yamhill County, Mount Hood, Olney, Newport, Cannon Beach,
Waldport, Marshfield, Siskiyou Summit; California — Fairfax,
Oakland Hills, Fallen Leal Lake, Mokelumne Hill, Santa Cruz,
Yorkville, Meadow Valley in Plumas County, Angora, Mad River
Mts., Redding, Shasta Meadows, Siskiyou Mts., Sand Flat in So-
noma County.

This is a variable species and the most widely distributed of
the group. It may be distinguished from the allied species by the
points given in the key. Specimens from British Columbia tend
to be darker and larger with the pronotal punctures much coarser,
sometimes becoming rugose punctate. Those from the Oregon
Coast have a tendency for the pale areas to be unusually pale,
the sutural stripe to be more prominently dark and the pronotal
spot to extend beyond the limitations of the median excavation.
More southern examples and those of the Willamette Valley are
more nearly typical. In some specimens the pronotal black spot
is confined to the basal portion of the pronotal excavation. In each
of these instances these variations are not sufficiently constant to
warrant subspecific designation. The two subspecies noted were of
adequate constancy in their regions to justify naming.

Podabrus cavicollis albrighti Fender, new subspecies

This subspecies, in addition to the black sutural stripe, has a dark
vitta on each elytron that extends from the humerus to the apex,
usually expanding to the elytral width as it nears the apex. The
pronotal spot extends from the base to the apex and spreads out
laterally at the extremities of the pronotal concavities. To date it
has been taken in very restricted spots. In only one of these spots
has typical cavicollis been taken.

Holotype: male. Bear Springs, Wapinitia cut-off. Ore., VI-6-39,
collected by K. M. and D. M. Fender. Allotype: female same data
as the type. Paratypes : 12 males and 15 females collected at Bear
Springs, Wapinitia cut-off. Ore., and Clackamas Lake, Ore. It ap-
pears to be confined to the Cascade Range.

This subspecies is dedicated to Mr. Ray Albright of Dayton,
Oregon.

July, 1948]

FENDER^PODABRUS

139

PoDABRUS CAVICOLLIS HATCHI Fender
Podabrus cavicollis var. hatchi Fender, 1945, Pan-Pac. Ent., 21:80.

This subspecies has the elytra entirely black or only the elytral
margins very narrowly pale. The black discal spot does not tend
to extend laterally around the extremities of the convexities as it
does in the subsp. albrighti. It has been taken in fair abundance
only at Spencers Butte, Eugene, Oregon. The type locality is
LaGrande, Wash. Other localities are Clackamas Lake, Ore., Boyer,
Ore., and Marshfield, Ore.

Podabrus rossi Fender, new species

Head orange in front of eyes, black behind; antennae brunneous
with basal two or three segments paler beneath; palpi pale with
apical two-thirds or last segment brunneous. Pronotum orange.
Elytra pale brownish yellow, becoming dusky near apex, the suture
narrowly brown. Body beneath black with prothorax and mouth
parts pale, the sides and apices of ventral abdominal segments very
narrowly pale. Legs black with all joints more or less widely pale.
Pubescense cinereous. Length 7.5-8.5 mm.

Male. Head finely sparsely punctate in front of eyes, very closely
coarsely so behind, in spots becoming rugose punctate; eyes mildly
prominent; second antennal segment evidently shorter than third.
Pronotum finely sparsely punctate, scarcely narrower than head;
front angles oblique, the sides subsinuate to hind angles which are
prominent; median impressed line not eroded. Elytra finely punc-
tate basally, becoming rugose punctate apically. Outer claws of hind
feet toothed, all others cleft.

Female unknown or unrecognized in the material available.

Holotype: male, No. 5905 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) Yankee
Hill, Butte County, Calif., V-8-28, collected by H. H. Keifer. Para-
types: four males from the following California localities: Yankee
Hill, Tallac, Yosemite Valley and Mokelumne Hill.

Podabrus rossi and P. corneus may be separated from the rest
of the group by the very short second antennal segments. The
female of P. rossi will no doubt have the antennal segments simi-
lar but will doubtless have all tarsal claws toothed as do the other
females.

Podabrus corneus LeConte

Podabrus corneus LeConte, 1861, Proc. Ac. N. S. Phila., 350.
Podabrus corneus LeConte, 1881, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 9:49.
Podabrus corneus. Fall, 1928, Ent. Am. 8:102-103.

140

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

Head yellowish orange in front of eyes, black behind; antennae
piceous with basal two segments pale beneath; palpi pale with last
segment piceous. Pronotum brownish yellow on disc, becoming clear
yellowish at sides. Scutellum black. Elytra yellow with tips be-
coming narrowly dusky. Body black beneath with mouth parts,
thorax and sides and apices of ventral abdominal segments pale.
Legs black with apical third of femora pale, the front tibiae and
basal fifth of middle and hind tibiae pale. Pubescense cinereous.
Length 8.5-9 mm.

Male. Head rather small, as wide as pronotum, feebly sparsely
punctate in front of eyes, coarsely punctate behind; antennae long,
reaching to apical third of elytra, second segment evidently shorter
than third. Pronotum transverse, the anterior angles rounded, the
sides evenly rounded to hind angles which are prominent; feebly
sparsely punctured; without a median impressed line. Elytra finely
punctured basally, becoming rugose punctate apically. Outer claws
of hind legs toothed, all others cleft.

Female. Similar to male but with antennae shorter, head slightly
narrower than pronotum and all tarsal claws toothed.

All of the material examined was collected in the Sequoia Na-
tional Forest, California.

The eyes of P. corneus are not as prominent as are those in
P. rossi. The pronotum with sides rounded and with no median
impressed line separates this species from P. rossi. The second an-
tennal segment evidently shorter than the third isolates it from
the remaining species of the group.

Unless otherwise stated, types are for the present in the author’s
collection.

Bibliography

Fall, H. C. 1928. A Review of the North American Species of
Podabrus. Ent. Am., (n. s.) 8:65-103.

Fender, K. M. 1945. Notes on the Species of Podabrus of Oregon
and Washington. Pan-Pac. Ent., 21:77-80.

LeConte, J. L. 1851. Synopsis of the Lampyridae of Temperate
North America. Proc. Ac. N. S. Phila., (2) 5:331-347.

1861. New species of Coleoptera Inhabiting the Pacific District.

Proc. Ac. N. S. Phila., pp. 338-359.

1881. Synopsis of the Lampyridae of the United States. Trans.
Am. Ent. Soc., 9:15-72.

July, 1948]

Delong— NEOKOLLA

141

TWO NEW SPECIES OF NEOKOLLA CLOSELY RELATED

TO GOTHICA

(Homoptera: Cicadellidas)

BY DWIGHT M. DeLONG
Ohio State University

For many years collections of North American leafhoppers
have contained a series of specimens under the name Neokolla
gothica which were variable in size and coloration. It was neces-
sary for the work of Dr. H. H. P. Severin* upon insect vectors
of virus plant diseases to focus attention upon the western speci-
mens and thus reveal the fact that the common species on the west
coast is distinct from the common eastern form. In attempting
to find the range of the western species a third one was found to
occur in Arizona. The California species is being described as
severini and the Arizona species as aridella.

Neokolla gothica (Sign.)

Tettigonia Gothica Signoret, 1854, Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr. p. 345.

The vertex of gothica is bluntly produced, about three fourths
as long at the middle as the basal width between the eyes. Length
5.5 to 6.5 mm.

Color yellowish to gray, often reddish, with black markings on
the vertex in the form of two “horseshoes” with the open end
basally. These are on the basal half of the vertex. There is a black
spot at apex and a black line either side enclosing the reflexed por-
tions. A black line entends from the inner end of the suture poster-
ior to the arcs through the ocellus to the base.

The female posterior margin of the seventh sternite is angularly
produced. Male plates elongate tapering to pointed apices. The
style is long scarcely narrowed at apex and bluntly rounded. The
aedeagus consists of an erect caudal portion which is broad in
lateral view with a sharp pointed erect spine-like structure on
either side at about middle which is as long as the broad portion
and proximal to it on each side. The cephalad portion is composed
of a pair of broad structures which are some distance apart.

This is the common eastern form and extends west of the Mis-
sissippi River, probably to the Rocky Mountains in certain states.

The larger size and internal genital structures will easily sep
arate it from the western species.

• Entomologist, California Agricultural Experiment Station, Berkeley.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIV, NO. 3

142

Neokolla seveiini DeLong, new species

In form and coloration resembling gothica but smaller, and
with a blunter head and with distinct male genital structures.
Length 5.5 to 6 mm.

Vertex produced and bluntly angled, almost one third wider
between the eyes than the median length.

Color similar to that of gothica. The vertex ground color is
grayish often tinted with reddish. There is a black spot at the
apex. There is an area on each margin about half way between
the apex and the eye, separated from the disc by a black line and
which encloses several dark arc-like lines. A black line extends
from the inner basal margin of this area to the ocellus which is
enclosed in a black ring. A black line extends forward from the
ocellus, curves on the disc to meet the curved line from the opposite
side, from which point they are directed basally for a short dis-
tance as contiguous lines. There is also a black dash near the base
on either side between the ocellus and the eye. The anterior third
of the pronotum is pale with black markings. The posterior two
thirds is black. The scutellum is gray, often tinted with red, with
black lines extending from either side at about the middle to the
pronotum. The elytra are usually dark with a few pale markings,
and the veins are inconspicuous, often obscured. The face is pale
with traces of faint arcs.

The posterior margin of the seventh sternite strongly angularly
produced to a blunt apex. Male plates elongate, concavely narrowed
on the inner margins to form narrow rather blunt apices. Plates
about four times as long as the width of each at base. Styles rather
short, broad at base and curved inwardly to form a blunt apex,
Aedeagus simple, in ventral view the apex appears slightly en-
larged and notched at middle forming two rounded apical lobes.
At the base is a pair of dorsally directed processes.

Holotype male and allotype female and male and female para-
types collected at Larkmead, in Sonoma County, California,
from periwinkle or running myrtle {Vinca minor) during 1947
by Dr. H. H. P. Severin. A series of male and female paratypes are
at hand collected at Oak Creek Canyon, Arizona, August 1 and 15,
1938; Chiricahua Mts., Ariz., Sept. 14, 1938; Huapai Mts., Ariz.,
July 6, 1938; Huachuca Mts., Ariz., July 20, 1937; Flagstaff,
Ariz., July 30, 1938; Congress Jet., Ariz., June 14, 1937; all by
D. J. and J, N. Knull.

For many years this species has been identified as gothica.
I take pleasure in dedicating it to Dr. Severin who has per-
formed so much excellent work upon plant disease transmission

July, 1948]

Belong— NEOKOLLA

143

Fig. la. Neokolla gothica, lateral view of male genetalia; Ic.
caudal view of aedeagus. Fig. 2. Neokolla severini, dorsal view of
head, pronotum and scutellum; 2a. lateral view of male genitalia;
2b. ventral view of male genitalia; 2c. caudal view of aedeagus.
Fig. 3a. Neokolla aridella, lateral view of male genitalia; 3b. ven-
tral view of male genitalia.

144

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

by insect vectors. This species he has discovered is a vector of the
virus of Pierce’s disease of grapevines and alfalfa dwarf.

Neokolla aridella DeLong, new species

Resembling gothica in form and appearance but a little smaller
and with distinct male genital structures. Length, male 5mm.

Vertex bluntly, angularly produced, about two thirds as long
at middle as the basal width between the eyes.

Color vertex, anterior portion of pronotum, and scutellum
tawny marked with black; posterior portion of pronotum and
elytra gray. The vertex has a black spot at the apex surrounded by
a pale ring, the reflexed portion is heavily marked with black and
a black line extends from the inner end of the impressed groove
through the ocellus to base. The two black loops or “horseshoes”
usually found on the basal portion are fused on the inner margin
so as to form a median black longitudinal line on the basal two
thirds. The anterior portion of the pronotum is rather heavily
marked with black. The scutellum appears mostly black, with tawny
margins, a few spots at base and a conspicuous median apical
spot on apical half. Elytra dark gray with pale veins on apical por-
tion. Face black with white mottling.

The posterior margin of the seventh sternite of the female is
strongly produced, sloping on each side to form a blunt angle at
apex. The male plates are long, concavely tapered on outer margin
to form narrow, pointed apices. The styles are rather short and
the apices are bluntly pointed. The sedeagus is composed of a pair
of long blade-like processes that extend caudally. These are well
separated and are sharp pointed. At the base of these structures
is a pair of erect processes which are shorter and extend dorsally.
Between these is a single media process which extends dorsally
and slightly caudally and appears to attach to the margin of the
anal tube.

Holotype, male, collected at the Chiricahua Mts., Arizona,
Sept. 9, 1935 by F. H. Parker. Allotype female and male and fe-
male paratypes collected at Tasquillo, Hidalgo, Mexico (K-174)
October 30, 1945, by DeLong, Hershberger and Elliott; also same
locality October 29, 1941, by Good and DeLong. Paratype male
collected at Cave Creek, Arizona, Chirichua Mts., Arizona, Sept.
16, 1935, by F. H. Parker (specimen loaned by R. A. Flock).

July, 1948]

DOUTT— ARRENOCLAVUS

145

ARRENOCLAVUS, A NEW GENUS OF
POLYEMBRYONIC ENCYRTIDAE

(Hymenoptera)

BY RICHARD L. DOUTT^
Division of Biolog\ical Control
University of California

Blanchard (1940) published a key to some Argentine encyrtids
including one new species of Copidosoma designated as koehleri.
Although no formal description accompanied the key, the specific
name is valid and has been used by various authors in discussing
the biology, distribution, and economic importance of this insect.
On the basis of a careful morphological analysis of all stages of
koehleri it is believed that the characters exhibited by this species
preclude its proper inclusion within the defined limits of any cur-
rently valid genus, and therefore it seems advisable to designate
a new genus.

Arrenoclavus Doutt, new genus

Female. Length 1.1 mm. to 1.6 mm., average 1.29 mm. Head
only slightly longer than broad in a ratio of 27 :25. Eyes oval, non-
hispid, cheeks long. Mandibles tridentate at apex with a fourth
small tooth on inner surface, two prominent setas present on distal
half. Maxillary palpi 4 segmented, labial 3. Antennae inserted near
border of mouth. Scape elongate, cylindrical, reticulate; pedicel
longer than broad, longer than following segment; funicle filiform,
funicle segment 1 the smallest antennal segment, funicle segments
2-6 subequal in length ; club three segmented, wider than funicle,
truncate at apex (Pig. 1). Antennae black.

Scutum rather coarsely punctuate, sparsely clothed with regu-
larly arranged fine setae. Scutum large, entire, convex. Axillae
contiguous at apex. Scutellum rounded at apex, distinctly shield
shaped, sparsely covered with fine setae. Thorax black with iri-
descent purplish sheen except scutum, which is black with a green-
ish luster.

Abdomen subtriangular, shiny black. Ovipositor exserted for
length equal to basitarsus of posterior leg.

Anterior legs black, but tibial spurs, tarsi, and bases of tibiae
fuscous. Middle legs black, except tips of femora, bases of tibiae,
saltatorial tibial spurs, and first 3 tarsal segments which are pallid.

^Junior Entomologist in the Experiment Station.

146

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

Posterior legs black, except for pallid bases of tibiae and brown
tarsi.

Anterior wings large, broad, hyaline; submarginal vein of nor-
mal length; marginal vein very short; postmarginal vein bearing
a large, prominent seta; postmarginal vein longer than marginal.
Stigmal vein longer than marginal and post-marginal combined,
slightly enlarged at apex; cluster of 4 round white spots near
apex (Fig. 2).

Male. Average length 1.62 mm., range 1.02 mm. to 1.88 mm.
(from 652 individuals). In color and habitus similar to female.
Antennal scape elongate, narrower at apex than at base; pedicel
smaller than any funicle segment; funicle more setaceous than that
of female, funicle joints subequal in size, somewhat wider than

pedicel; club lanceolate, no wider than funicle segments, divided
by transverse septum (Fig. 1).

Egg. Unbanded, no modification of chorion for respiration,
dumbbell-shaped, consisting of micropylar bulb, stalk, and enlarged
basal portion.

Polygerm. Staphyloform or embryos in spherical cluster, not
in embryonic chain as Copidosoma; associated with host’s fat body
and tracheae.

Asexual larvae. Normally only one produced per polygerm.
Somewhat nematode-like in appearance.

Sextoal larvae. H 3 mienopteriform, 13 segmented, 9 pairs of spir-

July, 1948]

DOUTT— ARRENOCLAVUS

147

acles. The two lateral ileac glands (Flanders 1938) attach anter-
iorly to the labial glands, and are contiguous with the labial glands
over posterior portion. Lateral ileac glands of Copidosoma are not
contiguous over the posterior portion. (Parker 1924).

A

B

Figure 2.

A. Anterior wing of Arrenoclamis koehleri (Blanchard). B. Details
of stigmal section.

148

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

The truncate antennal club and broad, subtriangular abdomen
separate the female Arrenoclavus from the typical Copidosoma
female (C. boucheanum Ratz.) which possesses a lanceolate club
and an abdomen so strongly compressed that the dorso-ventral
aspect is almost lost in the prominent lateral surfaces.

The presence of a transverse septum in the club of the male
antenna separates Arrenoclavus from the males of allied genera
{Copidosoma, Litomastix, Paralitomastix) which have solid clubs.
The two-segmented nature of the male club is easily seen when
specimens are treated with 95% alcohol, immersed in clove oil,
and then mounted in balsam with the lateral antennal surfaces to-
ward the observer. This character is not readily evident in tag
mounted individuals nor in those slide mounted specimens which
present other than the lateral antennal surfaces to the observer.
Since the lateral surface is usually visible without manipulating
the specimen in the balsam, the club’s septum is ordinarily seen
in the majority of slide mounted specimens. For instance 127 male
koehleri were placed at random in balsam without any effort being
made to adjust their appendages, and of this large series 102
individuals unmistakably disclosed the characteristic club of Ar-
renoclavus while it was difficult to see this character in only 25
specimens. The generic name is derived from the unique character
of the male antennal club.

Arrenoclavus may be further distinguished from other genera
by characters present in the wing venation and in the developmen-
tal stages.

Genotype. Copidosoma koehleri Blanchard

A series of specimens upon which this description is based is
deposited in the collection of the Division of Biological Control
of the University of California. A similar series is to be deposited
in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences.

Literature Cited

Blanchard, E. E. 1940. Apuntes sobre Encirtidos Argentines.

Anal. Soc. Cient. Argentina. E. Ill, T. 130:106-128.

Flanders, S. E. 1938. Cocoon formation in endoparasitic chal-
cidoids. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 31 (2) : 167 - 180.

Parker, H. L. 1924. Recherches sur les formes post-embryonnaires
des Chalcidiens. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 43 :261 - 379.

July, 1948]

BOHART— EUPARAGIA

149

THE GENUS EUPARAGIA IN NORTH AMERICA

(Hymenoptera, Vespidae, Euparagiinae)

BY RICHARD M. BOHART
University of California, Davis

The genus Euparagia has heen known from three species of
small, stout, masarid-Iike wasps from northern Mexico, New Mex-
ico, California and Nevada. Since publication of a synopsis on
the genus (R. Bohart, Pan-Pac. Ent. 14:136-139, 1938) consid-
erable additional material has been examined which has extended
the known range of the genus to include Arizona and Texas, and
has added three species which are described below. Much of the
new material was sent to me by P. H. Timberlake, some of it was
personally collected, and the remainder was collected by E. C.
Van Dyke, J. Bequaert, E. G. Linsley, A. T. McClay and F. T.
Scott.

Key to Euparagia Females

1. Head with 4 shiny swellings across vertex maculiceps

(Cameron)

- Head without shiny swellings across vertex 2

2. Propodeum all black scutellaris Cresson

- Propodeum partly or entirely reddish 3

3. Antennal flagellum black except for an obscure row of reddish
spots beneath; body about 7.0 mm. long....boregoensis R. Bohart

- Antennal flagellum all reddish or with brownish above 4

4. Propodeum marked with dark red platiniceps R. Bohart

- Propodeum marked with light red 5

5. Lateral ocellus separated by nearly twice its diameter from

compound eye; body about 7.0 mm. long; abdomen black, red
and ivory desertorum R. Bohart

- Lateral ocellus separated from compound eye by about its di-

ameter ; body 4.5 - 6.0 mm. long ; abdomen red and yellowish
ivory timberlakei R. Bohart

Key to Euparagia Males

1. Head with 4 shiny swellings across vertex maculiceps

(Cameron)

- Head without shiny swellings across vertex 2

2. Front femur with a pronounced knob at the base 3

- Front femur without a pronounced knob at the base 5

150

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

3. Knob of front femur narrow, sharp, somewhat double, surpassed

by projection of trochanter; markings ivory and black, anten-
nal flagellum yellowish beneath, brown or black above

scutellaris Cresson

- Knob of front femur with a knife-like edge, obtuse, not sur-

passed by projection of front trochanter; propodeum and ab-
domen with some reddish markings at least 4

4. Antennal flagellum entirely black or very dark brown, last seg-

ment incurved beneath in profile; propodeum dark except for
reddish near abdominal insertion boregoensis R. Bohart

- Antennal flagellum light red beneath, dark red or reddish brown

above, last segment slightly outcurved beneath in profile; pro-
podeum usually extensively reddish desertomm R. Bohart

5. Front femur with an obtuse angle toward base beneath; ab-

domen black, brownish red and ivory; eyes grey; lateral ocellus
separated by slightly more than its diameter from compound
eye platiniceps R. Bohart

- Front femur evenly rounded toward base beneath; abdomen

red and yellowish ivory; eyes greenish grey; lateral ocellus
separated by slightly less than its diameter from compound
eye timberlakei R. Bohart

Euparagia timberlakei R. Bohart, new species

Male. Black, extensively marked with light red and yellowish
ivory, eyes greenish grey. Yellowish ivory are: mandible mostly,
clypeus, spot on scape, dot near hind ocellus, pronotum and tegula
mostly, parategula, mesopleural spot, square mesonotal spot, scu-
tellum except for emarginate basal black area, tibise and tarsi
mostly, femora apically, emarginate apical bands on abdominal
tergites and traces on sternites. Light red are: pedicel and flagel-
lum, lower half of propodeum, femora mostly, tibiae and tarsi partly,
basal portions of abdominal tergites except at extreme base of I
(red occupies more than half of I and II), sternites mostly. Wings
transparent, hyaline. Pubescence thick and silvery on face and
mesopleuron. Antenna stout, clavate, third segment shorter than
diameter of tenth segment, last segment cone-shaped, not incurved
below, about as long as broad at base and pointed at tip; clypeus
bidentate and deeply cleft at apex; lateral ocellus removed by less
than its diameter from compound eye. Propodeal concavity not
limited by a superior ridge; front femur similar in shape to mid
femur, broadly rounded toward base; front trochanter with a slen-
der process which is about as long as seventh antennal segment.
Seventh sternite with a median groove, apical margin slightly in-
curved. Length of body to apex of second tergite 5.0 mm.

Female. Markings about as in male except as follows : mandible
mostly red, clypeus black except for red tip, scape dark. Clypeus
minutely bidentate at apex. Length of third antennal segment

July, 1948]

BOHART— EUPARAGIA

151

about as great as that of tenth but only about two-thirds as great
as width of tenth. Lateral ocellus removed by about 1.2 diameters
from compound eye.

Holotype, male, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., No. 5994, 6 miles west
of Panamint Springs, Inyo Co., California, on Eriogonum tri-
chopodum, June 5, 1939 (R. M. Bohart). Paratypes, 3 males and
4 females, same data as type; 2 males and 4 females, same data
as type, 2 males and 4 females, near Palm Springs, Riverside Co.,
California, on Eriogonum trichopodum, June 8 to June 28 (P. H.
Timberlake, E. C. Van Dyke) ; 1 male Lone Pine, Inyo Co., Cali-
fornia, June 13, 1937 (E. C. Van Dyke) ; 1 male, Lee Canyon,
Mt. Charleston, Nevada, May 25, 1940 (G. E. Bohart) ; 1 male
and 2 females, Beaver Dam, Arizona, on Eriogonum trichopis,
June 20, 1939 (P. H. Timberlake). Paratypes have been placed in
the collections of the U. S. National Museum, California Academy
of Sciences, University of Kansas, Museum of Comparative Zo-
ology at Harvard, American Museum of Natural History, P. H.
Timberlake and the writer.

The narrowed frons, indicated by the proximity of the ocelli
to the compound eyes, is diagnostic for this species. Also, it is
the only one known with green eyes. The species is named for
P. H. Timberlake who has generously turned his relatively large
collection of Euparagia over to me for study.

Euparagia desertorum R. Bohart, new species

Male. Black, marked with reddish and ivory, eyes gray. Ivory
are: mandible mostly, clypeus except narrowly at sides, spot on
scape, dot near hind ocellus, pronotum mostly, mesopleural spot,
tegula mostly, square mesonotal spot, broad hind margin of scutel-
lum, lateral propodeal dot, tibiae and tarsi mostly, femora at apex,
broad emarginate apical bands on abdominal segments comprising
about two thirds of visible tergal area. Brick red are; mandible
apically, flagellum mostly but darker above, tegular spot, small
spots on propodeum below, femora largely (black at base), tibise
and tarsi partly, abdominal tergite I at side, emarginations of ter-
gites I to VII (base of I to III black). Wings transparent, hyaline.
Pubescence thick and silvery on face and mesopleuron. Antenna
somewhat clubbed, third segment curved above, straight below,
pointed at tip; clypeus bidentate and deeply cleft at apex; lateral
ocellus removed by about 1.5 times its diameter from compound
eye. Propodeal concavity not limited by a superior ridge; front
femur with a ridged basal protuberance (a little less prominent
than in boregoensis) and a slight swelling at apical two-thirds;

152

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

front trochanter with a curved and flattened process which is a
little longer than seventh antennal segment. Seventh stemite nearly
flat, apical margin practically straight. Length of body to apex
of second tergite 7.0 mm.

Female. Markings about as in male except as follows : mandible
mostly red, lower half of clypeus black, upper half ivory, scape
black, pronotum partly red, propodeum almost entirely red, mid
and hind femur mostly red, abdominal tergite I with connected
median and lateral red spots, venter mostly reddish and brown. Cly-
peus minutely bidentate at apex. Length of third antennal segment
slightly greater than that of tenth and as great as the width of
tenth. Lateral ocellus removed by about 2 diameters from com-
pound eye.

Holotype, male, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., No. 5995, 1000 Palms,
San Bernardino Co., California, on Eriogonum reniforme, April
10, 1937 (P. H. Timberlake). Paratypes, 2 males, same data as
type; 1 pair, 13 miles east of Needles, Sari Berriardirio Co., Cali-
fornia, on Eriogonum inflatum, June 5, 1938 (P. H. Timberlake).
1 male, Mohave, Kern Co., California, June 8, 1938 (F. T. Scott).
Paratypes have been placed in the collections of the U. S. National
Museum, Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard, P. H.
Timberlake, and the writer.

This species is closely related to horegoensis as indicated by
the structure of the front femur in the male. The principle differ-
ences are in color and in the male antennse which are stouter
in desertorum.

Euparagia boregoensis R. Bohart, new species

Male. Black, marked with ivory and some dark reddish, eyes
dark grey. Ivory are: basal two thirds of mandible, large central
area of clypeus, dot on scape, dot near hind ocellus, pronotum
partly (a large black spot in front of tegula), dot on tegula, para-
tegula minutely, mesopleural spot, mesonotal spot, spots at apex
of femora and tibiae, tarsi mostly, convex apical bands on abdominal
tergites attached to large lateral spots. Dark reddish are: man-
dible toward apex, clypeal teeth, tegula mostly, propodeum near
attachment of abdomen, legs partly, lateral spot on abdominal
tergite I, spot on VI. Venter of abdomen brownish and brownish
red, traces of ivory on II and III. Wings transparent, hyaline.
Pubescence moderately thick and silky on clypeus and front, fairly
dense and silvery on mesopleuron. Puncturation as in other mem-
bers of genus, moderate and close, granular on clypeus. Antenna
relatively slender, third segment distinctly longer than diameter of
tenth segment, last segment slightly incurved below, about 1.5

July, 1948]

BOHART— EUPARAGIA

153

times as long as its basal diameter and bluntly rounded at tip;
clypeus bidentate and deeply cleft at apex; lateral ocellus re-
moved by 1.5 times its diameter from compound eye. Propodeal con-
cavity not limited by a superior ridge; front femur with a prom-
inent, ridged basal protuberance and a swelling at apical twp-
thirds, front trochanter with a curved and flattened process which
is about as long as seventh antennal segment. Seventh sternite
nearly flat, apical margin slightly outcurved. Length of body to
apex of second tergite 7.0 mm.

Female. Markings about as in male except as follows : mandible
mostly red, clypeus black with a transverse basal ivory spot, pro-
notum with a large red spot, propodeum largely red, mid and hind
femora mostly red, tergite I with reddish extending across middle.
Clypeus minutely bidentate at apex. Length of third antennal seg-
ment greater than that of tenth and as great as width of tenth.
Lateral ocellus separated by a little more than 2 diameters from
compound eye.

Holotype, male, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., No. 5996, Borego
Valley, San Diego Co., California, on Eriogonum, April 5, 1940
(R. M. Bohart). Paratypes, 1 male and 1 female, some data as
type but collected April 8, 1939. Paratypes are in the writer’s
collection.

This species is close to desertorum but much darker and with
more slender antennee, especially in the male. The type series was
collected on a rocky outcropping about five miles south of the
Borego Post Office.

Euparagia platiniceps R. Bohart

Euparagia platiniceps R. Bohart, 1938. Pan-Pac. Ent. 14:318.
Male.

Male (additional characters) : Antenna yellowish beneath,
third segment longer than tenth, its length as great as width of
tenth; lateral ocellus removed by slightly more than 1 diameter
from compound eye. Apical margin of seventh sternite not in-
curved at middle.

Female (previously undescribed) : Markings about as in male
except as follows: mandible mostly red, clypeus black except for
red tip, propodeum largely brownish red, abdominal marks ivory
and brownish red, latter somewhat more extensive than in male.
Lateral ocellus separated by 2 diameters from compound eye.

Records: California: 2 males. Lone Pine, Inyo Co., (type lo-
cality), June, 1937, (N. W. Frazier) ; 1 female. Brown, Inyo Co.,

154

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST ^VOL XXIV NO 3

on Eriogonum, June 11, 1942 (R. M. Bohart) ; 4 males and 1
female, 1000 Palms, San Bernardino Co.; on Eriogonum rent-
forme, April 10, 1937 (P. H. Timberlake) ; 2 males and 2 females,
near Palm Springs, Riverside Co., on Eriogonum, Euphorbia and
Croton, April, May and June (P. H. Timberlake, R. M. Bohart) ;
1 female, near Edom, Riverside Co., on Larrea, April 12, 1937
(E. G. Linsley) .

Euparagia scutellaris Cresson

Euparagia scutellaris Cresson, 1879. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Phila., Ent. Sec. 6:6. male, female (monobasic genotype).

Euparagia maculifrons Bradley, 1922. Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent.
1:384. In error.

Old Records: California: Lake Tahoe; Sobre Vista, Sonoma
Co.; Mt. Diablo; Yosemite; Santa Cruz Mts. ; Santa Clara Co.;
Palo Alto; Kaweah, Tulare Co.; Claremont. Nevada (type local-
ity).

New Records: California: 1 female, Davis Creek, Modoc Co.,
July 17, 1922 (C. L. Fox) ; 1 male, Glen Ellen, Sonoma Co., May
19, 1938 (A. T. McClay) ; 1 male, El Portal, Mariposa Co., May
18, 1938 (R. M. Bohart) ; 1 pair, Paraiso Springs, Monterey Co.,
May and June (L. S. Slevin) ; 1 pair, near Coalinga, Fresno Co.,
June 8, 1941 (R. M. Bohart) ; 1 male, near Newhall, Los Angeles
Co., April 20, 1940 (R. M. Bohart) .

Euparagia maculiceps (Cameron)

Plesiomasaris maculiceps Cameron, 1904. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
30:267. Male.

Odynerus simplicipes Cameron, 1905. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
31 :380. Male.

Odynerus vicarius. Schulz, 1906. Spolia Hymenopterologica, p.

219. New name for simplicipes Cameron.

Psiloglossa simplicipes Rohwer, 1909. Ent. News 20:357. Female.

Old Records: New Mexico: Las Cruces; Mexico: Guerrero
(type locality) .

New Records: Arizona: two females, Tucson, July 25, 1940
(J. Bequaert) ; Texas: females, Knippa, July 3-6, 1910 (F. C.
Pratt) .

July, 1948]

SCULLEN— EUCERCERIS

155

NEW SPECIES IN THE GENUS EUCERCERIS
WITH NOTES ON RECORDED SPECIES AND
A REVISED KEY TO THE GENUS

(Hymenoptera : Sphecidse)

BY H. A. SCULLEN

Department of Entomology, Oregon State College^, Corvallis, Ore.

Since publication of the writer’s “A Review of the Genus
Eucerceris’^^ in 1939, several undescribed forms have come to his
attention. Some of these new species have been collected by the
author on his trips into the southwestern desert country, while
others have been received through the kindness of other coUectoM
and institutions. Additional information has been secured relative
to established species and this is included. A new key to the genus
has been prepared to embody the new species here described and
to correct certain errors which have appeared in the former key.
Future field studies on the biology of the genus may show that
some of these new forms are male and female of the same species.

The wing venation nomenclature here used is that of Cresson.
(Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 1887 Suppl. Vol., p. 5.)

Revised Key to Eucerceris

Seven segments in abdomen males

Six segments in abdomen females

MALES

1. Second submarginal cell not petiolate 2

- Second submarginal cell petiolate 20

2. No rows of erect bristles on venter flavocincta

- One or more rows of erect bristles on venter 3

3. Row of bristles on fifth stemite only, sometimes

very inconspicuous 4

- More than one row of bristles on venter 11

4. Second femora with a deep depression bordered with a row of

long hairs; two inconspicuous clusters of bristles on stem-
ite 5 lacuna s>a

- Second femora normal 5

5. Thorax covered with a dense layer of short setse giving a dis-
tinct velvet appearance velutina

- Setse of thorax normal 6

^These investigations are financed largely by grants for General Research admin-
istered by the Graduate School, Oregon State College. Published with the approval
of the Monographs Publication Committee, Oregon State College. Research paper
No. 126.

“Additional material belonging to the genera Cerceris and Eucerceris, especially
from the southwest and Mexico, will be most welcome for study. Information is also
needed on the biology of the group.

156

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

6 .

7.

8 .

9.

10 .

11 .

12 .

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.
19.

20 .

Yellow vittae of face fusing above antennae arenaria

Yellow vittae of face not fusing above the antennae 7

Dark vittae of face extend onto clypeus 8

Dark vittae do not extend beyond the dorsal clypeal border,

except for a hairline between clypeal lobes 9

Very short (not over one eighth as long as the sternite is

wide) broken row of bristles on fifth sternite .melanosa

Row of bristles on fifth sternite about one third as long as

sternite is wide melanovittata

Row of bristles about one fourth as long as sternite is wide;

thorax conspicuously hairy with long setae mellea

Row of bristles from one third to one half as long as sternite

is wide; setae of thorax short and inconspicuous 10

Row of bristles about one third as long as the sternite is wide ;

considerable amber on various parts of body ruhripes

Row of bristles about one half as long as the sternite is wide;

body color black and yellow fulvipes

All three rows of bristles subequal in length of bristles and

length of rows 12

Row of bristles on fifth sternite either much shorter or dif-
ferent in form from other rows 14

Each row of bristles distinctly separated into two parts zonata

Bristles in undivided rows 13

Length about 15 mm. ; no yellow stripes on mesoscutum superha
Length about 10 mm. ; two short yellow stripes as a rule on

mesoscutum triciliata

Distal row of bristles only slightly shorter than the others
but bristles waxed into a compact layer and shorter than

the others 15

Distal row of bristles hardly distinguishable or at least very

short 16

Ten to twelve mm. in length ; black and yellow insignis

Fifteen or more mm. in length ; considerable amber canaliculata

Yellow of face fused above the antennse 17

Yellow of face not fused above antennse except in rare indi-
viduals 19

Anterior ridges of tergites black or with broken yellow bands
pacifica

All tergites presenting solid wide bands of yellow 18

Markings creamy white elegans

Markings yellow hespera

Enclosure black; immaculate and deeply ridged subparallel

to base; mesal borders of eyes subparallel; black with cream
colored markings baja

Enclosure with oval yellow patches and almost smooth; mesal
borders of eyes converging dorsad ; black with yellow markings

similis

Mandibles abnormally large; rows of erect bristles on sternites
3 and 4, inconspicuous cluster on 5, somewhat hidden by long

July, 1948]

SCULLEN— EUCERCERIS

157

21 .

22 .

1 .

2 .

3.

4.

5.

6 .

7.

8 .

9.

10.

setje jmontana

Mandibles normal 21

Scape wide and flattened; projections on posterior distal angles
of first five segments of the flagellum; rows of erect bristles
on sternites three and four, inconspicuous cluster on five

angulata

Antennse normal in form, long row of erect bristles on sternite

five closely packed 22

Abdomen with ferruginous tricolor

Abdomen black and creamy yellow, no ferruginous vittatifrons

FEMALES

Second submarginal cell not petiolate 2

Second submarginal cell petiolate 6

With no distinct projection or extension on the ventral clypeal
border or surface, except for a slight medial carina; ferrugi-
nous with yellow markings aHzone'tisis

With a conspicuous projection or extension on the ventral

clypeal border or surface 3

Clypeal surface with an emarginate projection on the surface
of which are two subparallel carina; brown with depressions

black brurmea

Ventral clypeal border with a rounded medial extension; black

with yellow markings 4

Mandibular teeth acute; with a large amount of fulvous to

ferruginous coloring velutvna

Mandibular teeth rounded and not acute; black with yellow

markings only 5

Length about 23 mm violaceipennis

Length about 15 mm punctifrons

Distinct projections or elevations on the surfaces of the medial

or lateral lobes of the clypeus 7

Without distinct projections or elevations on the surfaces of

the medial or lateral lobes of the clypeus 13

Distinct projections or elevations on the surfaces of the lateral

lobes only 8

Distinct projections or elevations on the surface of the medial

lobe only 10

Projections on the lateral lobes of the clypeus in the form of

low conical protuberances; about 10 mm. in length biconica

Projections on the lateral lobes of the clypeus in the form of
high dentate processes; about 15 mm. or more in length

9

Ferruginous with yellow markings canaliculata

Fuscous to black with yellow markings canaliculata var.

atroTdtida

Body black with cream colored markings; black vittse extend-
ing to apical clypeal border arenaria

Body largely ferruginous, yellow and black; black vittae not

extending to apical clypeal border 11

158

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

11. Mandibles with two distinct teeth conata

— Mandibles with a single small denticle 12

12. Clypeal process in the form of an acute projection rubripes

— Clypeal process in the form of a low, rounded, cone-shaped

elevation mellea

13. Apical clypeal border with one large process 14

— Apical clypeal border with more than one process and these,

relatively small 20

14. Process on clypeal border acute 15

— Process on clypeal border not acute 17

15. Mandibles with one large, triangular, obtuse tooth somewhat

divided zonata

— Mandibles with one single pointed tooth 16

16. Abdomen largely yellow superba

— Abdomen ferruginous proximally, black distally.... superba var.
bicolor

17. Clypeal process truncate, distal border of process sinuate
sinuattL

— Clypeal process broadly rounded 18

18. Lateral angles of pronotum dentate angulata

— Pronotum not dentate 19

19. Enclosure transversely striated cerceriformis

— Enclosure pitted montana

20. Two processes on the apical region of the clypeus 21

— More than two processes on the apical region of the clypeus
23

21. Clypeal processes truncate and not widely separated hitruncata

— Processes^ pointed and widely separated 22

22. Pygidial area narrower at the proximal end than in the mid-
dle; without rufous on the abdomen vittatifrons

— Pygidial area sub equal at the proximal end and in the mid-
dle; rufous on the first three or more abdominal segments
tricolor

23. One undivided tooth on the mandible 24

— Two single or one divided tooth on the mandible 27

24. No distinct processes on the clypeus below the distal border

25

— One or more small denticles or projections on the clypeus

below the distal border : 26

25. Four processes on the distal clypeal border about equal in size

and equally spaced fulvipes

— Two pairs of processes on the distal clypeal border widely

separated insignis

26. Two widely separated, divided, acute teeth and one minute,

medial denticle on the clypeal border; two medial denticles
on the clypeus below the border; enclosure deeply ridged; 15
mm. or more in length flavocincta

— Two widely separated, undivided teeth and a pair of medial
denticles on the clypeal border; a medial pair of denticles on

July, 1948]

SCULLEN— EUCEECERIS

159

the clypeus below the border; ridges of enclosure very incon-
spicuous; length about 10 mm simUis

27. Yellow of abdomen not forming complete bands; body almost

completely ferruginous ferirug^mosa

— Yellow of abdomen forming complete bands on first five ter-

gites 28

28. Two truncate projections on the clypeal border between which

is a cluster of long bristles; below the bristles is a bilobed
process elegans

— Two widely separated, acute projections on the clypeal border

between which lies a broad truncate process with an uneven
margin .ruficeps

GROUP A

Second submarginal cell of the forewing not petiolate in either sex

Eucerceris lacunosa Scullen

Additional records: Arizona: 2 males, 35 mi. e. of Douglas,
4600 feet elevation, August 1, 1946 (H. A. S.)^; male, Ramsey
Canyon, Huachuca Mts., 5400 feet elevation, July 28, 1946; male,
Tucson, 2400 feet elevation, August 17, 1946.

Eucerceris bruimea Scullen, new species
Figs. lA, B, C; 13

A very distinctive species easily recognized by its large size
and almost entirely brown color, as well as other structural dif-
ferences.

Female. Length 21 mm. Head closely pitted, clothed with amber
hairs; mandibles with a large triangular bicuspid tooth, ferrugin-
ous with black tips and denticles; clypeus very broad and short
with a medial process slightly emarginate on the dorsal surface of
which are two subparallel carina and with a cluster of long bristles
below, surface hairs long and silvery; antennae normal in form,
ferruginous with more or less black on the distal half; front wide,
ferruginous with black of the vertex extending through the anten-
nal scrobes to and along the dorsal border of the clypeus; vertex
black; occiput and genae ferruginous.

Thorax very closely pitted, clothed with amber hairs, which are
very short on the notum becoming longer distally and ventrally;
dorsum ferruginous becoming black along the sutures ; pleuron and
venter largely black; enclosure deeply and closely pitted with a
medial groove; legs ferruginous; wings subhyaline with a clouded
area extending throughout the anterior half of the forewing; sec-

^To save space the author will be referred to by initials only.

160

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

ond submarginal cell not petiolate (fig. IB) ; second transverse-
cubital vein with a distinct spur.

Abdomen normally pitted and clothed with amber hairs, fer-
ruginous.; first tergite with slight rounded elevations on the antero-
lateral angles; pygidial area (fig. 1C) truncate distally, converging
proximally, with a carina around the border, fringed with amber
bristles.

Holotype, female, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Jacala,
Hidalgo, Mexico, 4500 feet elevation (Fig. 13), June 22, 1936,
(Ralph Haag).

Eucerceris velutina Scullen, new species
Figs. 2A, B, C, D, E, F; 14

The male differs from all other species of the genus so far
known by having the pronotum and mesascutum clothed with
velvet-like setae. A tooth on the mandible of the male is uncommon.
The lobe-like projection on the clypeal border of the female re-
sembles the clypeal projection on the female of E. montana Cres-
son.

Male. Length 15 mm. Head subequal to thorax in width, nor-
mally pitted, clothed with long light amber hairs becoming longer
on the ventral clypeal border; mandibles with a single acute tooth,
yellow with black tips and denticles ; medial lobe of clypeus extend-
ed to form a short trilobed medial process; antennae normal in
form, yellow proximally becoming fulvous and fuscous distally
but with the tips fulvous; front narrowing above, yellow to ful-
vous; vertex, occiput and genae fuscous to black with elongated
yellow to fulvous patches confluent with the lateral borders of the
compound eyes.

Thorax fuscous to black with the following parts fulvous to
yellow: scutellum, tegula, irregular patch on enclosure, patch on
prothoracic tubercle, irregular patch back of tubercle, and a large
T-shaped area on the sternum; pronotum and mesascutum clothed
with velvet-like short black setae; pleuron and sternum with longer
setae; enclosure deeply pitted with a slight medial groove; prolegs
and mesalegs largely yellow with some fuscous on coxae and dorsal
aspects of femora; posterior leg fuscous except ventral aspect of
tibiae and all of tarsi; wings subhyaline with the clouded area ex-
tending over the anterior two thirds of the forewing; second sub-
marginal cell not petiolate (fig. 2E).

Fig. lA. E. brunnea, $, face; IB. $, fore wing; 1C. $, pygidial
area. Fig. 2A. E. velutina, 9, face; 2B. 2, fore wing; 2C.

pygidial area; 2D. 5, face; 2E. S, fore wing; 2F. $ , pygidial
area. Fig. 3A. E. melanosa, $, face; 3B. $, fore wing; 3C.
pygidial area. Fig. 4A. E. melanovittata, $ , face.

July, 1948]

SCULLEN— EUCERCERIS

161

velutina S
Fig'. 2D

Fig. 2E

Fig. 3B

Fig. 4A

Fig;3A

162 'I'HE PAN-pacific entomologist [vol. xxiv, no. 3

Abdomen sparsely pitted on convex areas and closely pitted on
concave areas, sparsely clothed with short hairs dorsally but with
more and longer hairs ventrally; one long row of loosely arranged
bristles on sternite 5; tergite 1 black with a divided yellow band;
tergites 2, 3, 4 and 5 with narrow yellow bands on the posterior
borders, otherwise black except for ferruginous medial bands on
tergites 2 and 3 ; tergite 6 yellow with a medial black area ; stern-
ite 1 black laterally, yellow medially; sternite 2 largely yellow;
remainder of venter fuscous becoming more fulvous distally on
stemites 5, 6, and 7 ; pygidial area (fig. 2P) sparsely pitted, fer-
ruginous.

Female. Length 13 mm. Head closely pitted, clothed with short
amber hairs; mandible with a large triangular tooth, yellow with
fuscous tips and denticles; clypeus broad and very short, yellow
except for ventral border which is fuscous, with a medial broad
rounded thin process, with a few long bristles below; antennae nor-
mal in form, yellow proximally becoming ferruginous with some
medial segments darker ; front yellow with fuscous vittae extending
through the antennal scrobes to the dorsal clypeal border; vertex
ferruginous except for a divided yellow patch back of ocelli and a
narrow line in front of ocelli; occiput and genae ferruginous except
for long curved patches of yellow confluent with the lateral borders
of the compound eyes.

Thorax closely pitted except propodium; pronotum with a yel-
low band on the posterior border extending between and including
the tubercles; mesoscutum ferruginous with two yellow stripes be-
tween and small yellow patches in front of the tegula; scutellum
sparsely pitted, yellow with the borders becoming fulvous to fus-
cous, metanotum fulvous with the borders fuscous, propodium
sparsely pitted with large yellow patches bordered by black laterally
and fulvous medially and with a wide medial black band between
the fulvous patches; enclosure sparsely pitted, with a central
groove, yellow; pleuron fuscous to black with a yellow patch back
of the tubercles; sternum black with two small yellow patches on
the mesopectus and two on the mesosternum; legs yellow becoming
fuscous proximally; wings similar to those of the male; second
submarginal cell not petiolate. (fig. 2B).

Abdomen proximally ferruginous to fulvous becoming fuscous
distally with yellow bands on the posterior ridges of tergites 2, 3,
4 and 5, divided yellow bands on the anterior ridges of tergites 3,
4 and 5; tergite 1 with a broad yellow area divided by a wedge-
shaped patch of fulvous with a fuscous central patch ; venter largely
dark fuscous with lighter patches laterally; pygidial area (flg.
2C) deeply and closely pitted, oval in form, with a carina around
the border, fringed with bristles.

Holotype, male, collection of Geo. E. Bohart, San Bernardo,
Mexico, August 19, 1935, (Geo. E. Bohart) . Allotype, female,
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., same data but August 16, 1935. Paratypes,

July, 1948]

SCULLEN— EUCERCERIS

163

San Bernardo, Sonora, Mexico, (Geo. E. Bohart), a male August
17, 1935, and a female, August 10, 1935. Paratypes in the author’s
collection.

GROUP B

Second submarginal^ cell petiolate in the female but not in the male

Eucerceris flavocincta Cresson

The known range of this species has been greatly expanded
to the northeast by one female taken at Lethbridge, Alberta, June
30, 1935, by R. W. Salt and one male taken at Wawanesa, Souris
River, Manitoba, July 2, 1933, by N. A. Weber.

Eucerceris melanosa Scullen, new species
Figs. 3 A, B, C; 13

The male of this species closely resembles the male of E.
flavocincta Cresson, from which it may be separated by the short
row of bristles on the 5th sternite.

Male. Length 12 mm. Head slightly wider than thorax, punc-
tation medium, clothed with silvery hairs becoming longer on the
lateral clypeal wings; mandibles nondentate, fuliginous becoming
fuscous at the tip; clypeus yellow except the apical margin which
is black and narrow vittae partly separating the medial lobe from
the lateral lobes, medial lobe tridentate at the apical border; an-
tenna normal in form, scape and pedicel fuscous, flagellum becom-
ing darker distally; front narrowed slightly above, yellow with
wide black vittae extending through the antennal scrobes to and
onto the clypeus; vertex, occiput and genae all black except for a
small round yellow spot back of the compound eye.

Thorax moderately punctate, clothed with silvery hairs, short
on the notum but becoming much longer on the pleura and sternum,
black except for narrow band on the posterior border of the pro-
notum, the metanotum, spot on the tegula and a very small spot
back of the tubercle of the prothorax; enclosure deeply ridged with
ridges at a 30° angle with the base, with a medial groove; femora
fuscous; tibiae yellow and fulvous; tarsi largely yellow; wings
subhyaline, anterior half of forewing cloudy; second submarginal
cell not petiolate. (Fig, 3B).

Abdomen normally punctate, yellow bands along the posterior
border of tergites 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6, yellow band on tergite 1 broad
and slightly emarginate, posterior ridge of sternite 3 fulvous to
fuscous ; venter largely fuscous, elongated yellow patches on stem-
ites 3 and 4; a short divided row of bristles on the posterior
border of sternite 5; pygidial area (fig. 3C) normal in form; mar-
gined by a Carina and fringed with a row of bristles.

Holotype, male. University of Minnesota, Tehuacan, Puebla,
Mexico, July 12, 1935, (A. E. Pritchard) .

164

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIV, NO. 3

Eucerceris melanovittata Scullen, new species
Figs. 4A, B, C; 14

This species superficially resembles fulvipes Cr. but may be
distinguished from that species by the shorter row of hairs on
sternite five and the more smooth enclosure as well as characters
mentioned in the key. Its markings are cream colored. In some
paratypes the black vittse of the face do not reach the ventral
border of the clypeus.

Male. Length 11 nun. Head slightly wider than the thorax,
moderately pitted, clothed with silvery hairs, face creamy white
with black vittae extending through the antennal scrobes to the
apical clypeal border separating the lateral wings from the medial
lobe of the clypeus; mandibles nondentate ferruginous becoming
very dark at the tips ; clypeus tridentate on the apical border of
the medial lobe, silvery hairs massed along the apical borders of
the lateral lobes ; antennae normal in form, fuscous to almost black
distally; vertex, occiput and gense black except for small round
creamy spots back of the compound eyes.

Thorax moderately pitted, clothed with silvery hairs, black
except for creamy white marks as follows : band on posterior border
of pronotum, tubercles, small patch back of tubercles, patch on
tegula, small lateral spots on mesascutellum, the metanotum, lat-
eral oval patches on the propodium, the mesasternum and the met-
asternum; enclosure smooth except for a few scattered pits and a
medial groove; legs ferruginous except for the coxae and trochan-
ters which are darker and for yellow spots on the coxa, metatro-
chanters and the pre- and mesatibiae; wings subhyaline with a
clouded area covering the anterior third of the forewing on the
distal half; second submarginal cell not petiolate (fig. 4B).

Abdomen sparsely pitted with narrow cream colored bands on
the posterior ridges of tergites, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, tergite 1 with
a broad divided band of cream; venter fuscous to black with a
small cream spot on sternite 2 and broad cream colored bands on
sternites 3 and 4 ; a short row of closely packed hairs on the poster-
ior border of sternite 5; pygidial area (fig. 4C) typical in form.

Holotype, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., 25 mi. east of El Paso, Tex.,
July 13, (E. C. Van Dyke).

Paratypes, male, Chisos Mts., Big Bend Park, July 6, 1942
(H. A. Scullen) ; male, 10 mi. east of Douglas, Ariz., July 11,
1940 (E. S. Ross) ; male, near Marathon, Tex., July 7, 1942 (E. C.
Van Dyke) ; male. Sierra Blanca, El Paso Co., Tex., July 8, 1917
(Jos. Bequaert) ; male, Mountainair, N. M., 1924 (Chas. H.
Hicks) ; male. Ft. Davis, Tex., Sept. 6, 1943 (R. W. Strandt-
mann) .

(Continued)

1

FOR YOUR AGRICULTURAL NEEDS

P E N C O*

AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS

PENCO* BHC (Benzene Hexachloride) Technical — unusually high Gamma Isomer
content of 36% for the insecticide manufacturer.

D-12 Dust Base — has exceptionally high Gamma Isomer content of 12%.
For use hy dusL manufacturers in the formulation of finished agricultural
insecticides.

W-12 Wettahle Base — 12% Gamma Isomer. For use in water suspension
sprays. Contains superior wetting and depositing agents.

PENCO DDT TECHNICAL — fine granulated powder of uniform high quality. Set-
ting point 89° C. minimum.

PENCO DB-50 — micron -sized dry powdered dust hase containing 50% DDT
Technical. Extremely dustahle and free-flowing. Can he used with any
non-alkaline diluent recommended hy recognized diluent manufacturers.

PENCO WB-50 — micron-sized powder containing 50% DDT and special wet-
ting agents. Mixes easily with soft or hard water for use as water suspen-
sion spray. Adheres to plant foliage, maintaining residual insecticidal effects.

PENCO CATTLE SPRAY— dry, wettahle micron-sized powder containing 50%
DDT, plus suitable quantities of spreading and sticking agents for wet-
ting out hair of animals. Recommended for stock and harn sprays, live-
stock dips.

PENCO EMULSION CONCENTRATE — specially developed concentrate for use as
water emulsion spray where minimum visible residue is desired. Forms
very stable emulsion, contains 3 lb. DDT per gallon, 34% by weight.

PENCO SOLVENT CONCENTRATE — 32.6% DDT concentrate primarily intended
for manufacture of fly sprays. Forms a 5% DDT solution when mixed 1
to 7 with kerosene of proper specific gravity. Leaves almost invisible residue.

PENCO CALCIUM ARSENATE — for economical, effective control of the cotton
boll weevil, cotton leaf worm, cotton boll worm. Sulphur and Paris Green
mixtures also available.

PENCO 2,4-D WEED KILLERS — sensational new selective weed killers giving eco-
nomical control of many broadleaf annual weeds without harming com-
mon grasses, and cereal crops. Does not permanently sterilize soil.

PENITE 6 WEED KILLER — high-test, concentrated sodium arsenite weed-killing
solution for controlling grasses and broadleaf annual weeds. Soil sterilant.

PENPHOS (Parathion) — Pennsalt’s newest organic phosphate insecticide now in
experimental stages. Shows promise for control of various mites, spiders
and aphids. Availability dates to be announced soon.

PENPHENE*— Chlorinated camphene insecticides in concentrations of 20%
and 40%.

KRYOCIDE* — the proven insecticide for control of many chewing insects which
attack orchard and garden crops. The Natural Greenland Cryolite.

*Reg. U. S. Pat. Off.

For further information, write to Agricultural Chemicals Division

PENNSYLVANIA SALT MANUFACTURING COMPANY of WASHINGTON

Los Angeles

Tacoma

Portland, Ore.

11

Sa£Nr/f/C PtST CONTPOl

REG. as. PAT OPE

This familiar shield
symbolizes a matchless
combination of values:

maintains in the field a trained staff of consultants . . . these ORTHC
Fieldmen keep abreast of new products and new methods, mak
definite recommendations, help plan pest control programs.

has 8 manufacturing plants and dust mills from coast to coast . . . plu
106 strategically-located warehouses and hundreds of well-stockec
distributors. Result: ORTHO offers a product service unsurpassec
for convenience, availability and speed.

has behind it nearly half -a- century of field experience and scientifi(
“know-how.” Hence, ORTHO products are pre-tested, practica
products: effective and economical to use in terms of labor, timi
and cost. And broadly compatible, one with another.

offers a full range of both general and specialized products — anc
provides the advantages of a year-round control program.

continues to forge ahead in research ... is a leader in the develop
ment and distribution of new pest control products to serve you better

Watch for our announcement of a great new ORTHO insecticide!

CALIFORNIA SPRAY- CHEMICAL CORP.

Richmond • Fresno • Lindsay • Anaheim • Pomona • San Jose • Sacramentc
Stockton • Modesto • Watsonville • Whittier • Portland • Yakima • Wenatchee

( SrthQ)

( SRTHQ)

( 5rth5)

( 5rth5)

Ill

Rohm ^ Haas

RHOTHANE

offers these three outstanding

9He—

Most effective control of corn earworms

Extensive tests on Rhothane, the Rohm & Haas analog of DDT,
convincingly proved that this insecticide concentrate is effective
against all insects controlled by DDT. More recently, it has been
demonstrated that in some instances Rhothane is definitely
superior in insecticidal action. For example. Experiment Station
tests in New Jersey showed that Rhothane gave substantially
better control of corn earworms than any other insecticide tested,
including DDT at the same concentration.

tm—

Highest yields from tomato acreages

Comparative studies of the effectiveness of various insecticides
in controlling pests attacking tomatoes were conducted as part
of a research program carried out last summer in California.
The highest yields were obtained with a 5% Rhothane treat-
ment . . . approximately 24.74 tons per acre. This compared with
a yield of 21.96 tons with 3% DDT and 21.06 tons with 5% DDT.

three!

Greater safety when used on
cauliflower, cabbage

Another advantage of Rhothane over DDT is to be found in its
substantially lower toxicity to warm-blooded animals. This feature
is particularly important when used for the control of pests on
cauliflower, cabbages and other leafy vegetables.

ROHM & HAAS COMPANY

mSHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.

CHEMICALS

SINCE

FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION

Insecticides

Sulphurs

Fungicides

Parasiticides

Stauffer Knapsack Duster

A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS

• Sulphur

® Insecticides

* Fertilizers
® Seeds

Home Office and Plant'

Sunland Ave.

P. O. Box 1669

Fresno, California
Phone Fresno 2-4113

VI

FRIANITE is a processed anhydrous alkali alumi-
num silicate, definitely on the acid side (pH range
5.4 to 6.5). Designed distribution of particles makes
Frianite easy and effective to use.

FRIANITE is as close to neutral as practical for
general agricultural application. Superior adhesive

qualities. Moisture is less than 1%. Bulk density is
about 47 lbs. per square foot.

FRIANITE improves insecticides... makes them
flow freely and work easier. Because Frianite is a
superior diluent, it is effective and economical to
use anywhere in the United States.

Send for
Free Booklet
on "FRIANITE”

FRIANITE is shipped direct from our plant at Friant,
California, in 100 lb. kraft bags. Superior qualities of
FRIANITE make it economical to use all over the U.S.

CALIFORNIA INDUSTRIAL MINERALS CO.

Producers oi FRIANITE" FRIANT* CALIFORNIA

Vll

^etiw and easy

TREM and TREX

EMULSIFIERS and SOLUBILIZERS

■iiiAtifliiiaiH emulsifies solutions in which the custom-
ary DDT solvents have been used.

to provide concentrates without
solvents which can be readily diluted with water to
form non-settlinq, clear solutions.

dissolves as high as 50% of
Toxaphene, and following water dilution gives stable
emulsions ready for immediate field use. Also provides
excellent emulsions wi th solvent solutions of Toxaphene.

to provide high concentration
emulsible insecticide formulations with kerosene.

to give better wetting characteristics^

increased coverage and control

for emulsifying solvent solu*
tions of various organic insecticides and herbicides
wherein special properties are desired in finished
formulation.

Write for samples and descriptive literature

GH EMI CALI
GQMPANY^

1000 SIXTEENTH ST- SAN’ FRANCISCO -CALIFORNIA.

TREX 45 fferjTexaphen'e

Vlll

TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMSCAL CORPORATION

Incorporated

LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA

(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)

BLACK LEAF 40
BLACK LEAF 155

BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE

and

For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying

NICO FUME PRODUCTS
BENZO FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS

AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS
ARE "KIND" TO BENEHCIAL INSECTS.

PACIFIC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO 7, CALIFORNIA

COLLOIDAL Z-1

SPREADER AND DEPOSIT BUILDER

FOR MAXIMUM INSECTICIDAL AND
FUNGICIDAL EFFICIENCY

Colloidal Products Corporation

Proven Spreaders and Deposit Builders Since 1920

2598 Taylor St. San Francisco 11, Calif.

PACIFIC OISCOUGRV

An illustrated magazine of natural sciences
published by the California Academy of Sciences
San Francisco, California

Dr. Robert C. Miller, Managing Editor; Don Greame Kelley,

Editor and Art Editor; Associate Editors, Dr. Wilbert M. Chap-
man, Director, School of Fisheries, University of Washington;

Dr. John L. Kask, Curator of Aquatic Biology at the Academy;

Dr. A. Starker Leopold, Assistant Professor of Zoology at the
University of California, Berkeley; Dr. Robert T. Orr, Curator
of Birds and Mammals at the Academy; Dr. Edward S. Ross,

Curator of Insects at the Academy; and Dr. Ira L. Wiggins,
Professor of Botany, Stanford University.

"Pacific Discovery” is a bi-monthly magazine, the first issue
dated January-February, 1948. The first issue includes 'Hum- |

mingbirds of the Mist”, by William Beebe; "What Do We Have I

in Jackson Hole?” by Olas J. Murie; "Evening Skies in Winter”, |

by Earle G. Linsley; 'Bats: Navigators of the Night”, by Robert |

T. Orr; and "The Threat to Our Western Ranges”, by A. Starker |

Leopold. Dr. Miller contributes an article on "The Mystery of
the Disappearing Sardine.”

Members of the California Academy of Sciences may receive
the magazine without additional charge, and non-members are
invited to subscribe for the magazine, at the rate of ^3.00 a year.

I

Vol. XXIV

October, 1948

No. 4

THE

Pan -Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

in cqoperation with

The California Academy of Sciences

CONTENTS

SCULLEN, NEW SPECIES IN THE GENUS EUCERCERIS WITH
NOTES ON RECORDED SPECIES AND A REVISED KEY TO

THE GENUS 165

REES & HARMSTON, MOSQUITO RECORDS FROM WYOMING

AND YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL PARK 181

MIDDLEKAUFF, A NEW SPECIES OF SIREX FROM CALIFORNIA 189

WILCOX, THE GENUS ITOLIA WILCOX 191

HARVEY, THE ECOLOGY OF AN ITONIDID FLY ASSOCIATED

WITH A RUST ON BACCHARIS PILULARIS CONSANGUINEA 194

BARBER, SOME NEW LYGAEIDAE CHIEFLY FROM THE

UNITED STATES 201

WATKINS, THE DISTRIBUTION OF MOLORCHUS IN CALIFORNIA 206

MALKIN, A NEW ATTALUS FROM THE WESTERN UNITED STATES 207

KENNETT, DEFENSE MECHANISM EXHIBITED BY LARVAE OF

CHRYSOPA CALIFORNICA COQ 209

CHERMOCK & FRECHIN, A NEW RACE OF INCISALIA ERYPHON

FROM WASHINGTON 212

INDEX. TABLE OF CONTENTS AND MAILING DATES 213

San Francisco, California
1948

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

EDITORIAL BOARD

E. C. Van Dyke E. G. Linsley, R. L. Usingeb E. S. Ross

Associate Editor Editors Assistant Editor

R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising

Published quarterly In January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
Insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.

Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be ad-
dressed to the editors, 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
California. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of
address, requests for sample copies, and all fin.'inclal communications should be
addressed to the treasurer, B. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco IS, California

Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per ye%r In advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pa ;iflc Entomologist.”

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FOURTH SERIES
VOLUME XXIV

Contributions Toward a Knowledge of the Insect Fauna of Lower California

1. Introductory Account, by A. E. Michelbacher and E. S. Rons. Pp. 1*20, ph, 1-3.

February, 1942 — $0.25

2. Coleoptera; Cerambycidae, by E. Gorton Linsley. Pp. 21-96, pis. 4-5. Feb., 1942 75

3. Coleoptera: Buprestidae, by Edwin G. Van Dyke. Pp. 97-132, pis. 6-7. Mar., 1942 .35

4. Neuroptera: Myrmeleonidae, by Nathan Banks. Pp. 133-152, pi. 8. March, 1942 .20

5. Symphyla, by A. E. Michelbacher. Pp. 153-160, pi. 9. March, 1942 .15

6. Diptera: Culicidae, by Thomas H. C. Aitken. Pp. 161-170. June, 1942

.20

7. Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae, by Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr. Pp. 171-288, pis. 10, 11 1.50

Order from CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, SAN FRANCISCO 18, CALIFORNIA

•

f i

p m

Higher Deposits

Increased Retention

1* BautBsiin ff
« raocucfs

with

CP-5

SOIL and GRAIN

Dust Sticker

FUMIGANTS

A Dry Powder for Incorporation

INSECTICIDES

with Dusts by Dust Manufacturers

COLLOIDAL

♦

WEED KILLING

PREPARATIONS

PRODUCTS CORP.

GREAT WESTERN DIVISION

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY

2598 Taytor St. - San Francisco 1 1

Seallle SAN FRANCISCO Lot Angeles

V M

Seal Beach e California

• . •

Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the postoffice at San
F'rancisco. California, under Act of August 24. 1912.

The Pa n - Pacific E ntomologist

VOL. XXIV, No. 4

October, 1948

NEW SPECIES IN THE GENUS EUCERCERIS
WITH NOTES ON RECORDED SPECIES AND
A REVISED KEY TO THE GENUS

(Hymenoptera : Sphecidae)

BY H. A. SCULLEN

Department of Entomology , Oregon State College, Corvallis, Ore.

(continued)

Eucerceris mellea Scullen, new species
Figs. 5A, B, C, D, E, F; 14

This species is being described from a series taken mostly in
the Chisos Mt, in the Big Bend Park of Western Texas. Many
males were taken but only one female. Both sexes are easily sep-
arated from other known species.

Female. Length 13 mm. Head slightly wider than thorax, nor-
mally pitted, clothed with short amber hairs; mandibles with an
undivided tooth, yellow to ferruginous becoming fuscous on the
tips and denticles; clypeus broad and short with a low rounded
cone-shaped elevation on the media lobe, yellow except for borders
and denticles, with two lateral undivided denticles and a medial
trilobed process on the apical border of the medial lobe; antennae
normal in form, ferruginous proximally becoming darker distally;
front narrowed dorsally, yellow to fulvous except for black vittae
extending through the antennal scrobes to and along the dorsal
clypeal border; vertex fuscous to black; occiput and genae fer-
ruginous.

Thorax moderately pitted and clothed with amber hairs, black
to fuscous except posterior ridge of pronotum, scutellum, metano-
tum, large areas on the sides of the propodium, prothoracic tuber-
cles, spots back of tubercles, tegula and small patches on the mesa-
and metasternum which are ferruginous to yellow; enclosure
deeply ridged parallel to base; legs ferruginous; wings subhyaline
with the anterior half of the forewing clouded, second submarginal
cell petiolate. (Fig. 5B).

Abdomen sparsely pitted on convex areas, closely and finely
pitted on concave areas; tergum yellow except medial parts of
depressed areas on tergites 2, 3 and 4 and borders of tergites which
are ferruginous ; venter ferruginous except for broad bands of yel-
low on sternites 3, 4 and 5 and on irregular area on stemite 2;

166

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIV, No. 4

pygidial area (fig. 5C) oval, truncate proximally, bordered by a
Carina and fringed with a row of amber bristles.

Male. Length 13 mm. Head slightly wider than the thorax,
punctation medium, clothed with silvery hairs becoming a compact
row on the apical border of the lateral wings of the clypeus;
mandibles nondentate, ferruginous becoming darker distally;
clypeus tridentate on the apical border of the medial lobe, yellow
except apical and dorsal margins; antennae normal in form, fer-
ruginous becoming darker distally; front narrowed dorsally, yellow
except for black vittae extending through antennal scrobes and
wedge-shaped extensions of black in contact with the compound
eyes ; vertex black, occiput black becoming' ferruginous on the genae.

Thorax moderately pitted, black except fulvous band on poster-
ior border of prothorax, triangular area back of tubercle, spot on
tegula, metanotum and small patches on the mesa- and metaster-
num ; sutellum ferruginous; enclosure moderately ridged with
ridges subparallel to base; legs ferruginous, becoming darker
proximally and lighter distally; wings subhyaline with a darkened
area on the forewing extending along the distal two thirds of
the anterior half; second submarginal cell not petiolate, (Fig. 5E).

Abdomen sparsely pitted on convex areas and closely and finally
pitted on concave areas ; tergum with yellow bands on convex ridges
of tergites 2, 3, 4 and 5; tergite 1 fulvous distally becoming very
dark proximally; tergite 6 with a broad yellow band, depressed
areas ferruginous; sternites 3 and 4 with broad yellow bands;
sternite 5 with yellow patches laterally, with a short divided com-
pact row of bristles on the posterior border; pygidial area normal
(Fig. 5F).

Holotype, female, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Allotype, male, Calif.
Acad. Sci., Ent., Chisos Mts., Big Bend Park, Tex., July 6, 1942
(H. A. Scullen) . Paratypes, 44 males, Chisos Mts., Big Bend Park,
Tex., July 3 to 6, 1942 (H. A. Scullen) ; 8 males, ibid., July 6,
1942, (E. C. Van Dyke) ; male, Chisos Mts., Brewster Co., Tex.,
July 17, 1921, (Carl D. Duncan) ; male, Davis Mts., Jeff Davis
Co., Tex., June 26, 1942 (H. A. Scullen) .

Explanation of Figures

Fig. 4B. E. melanovittata, $, fore wing; 4C. $, pygidial area.
Fig. 5A. E. mellea, 2, face; 5B. 2, fore wing; 5C. 2, pygidial
area; 5D. S, face; 5E. S, fore wing; 5F. $, pygidial area.

Fig. 6A. E. arenaria, 2, face; 6B. 2, fore wing; 6C. 2, pygidial
area; '6D. $, face; 6E. $, fore wing; 6F. $, pygidial area.

Fig. 7A. E. baja, $, face; 7B. 6, fore wing; 7C. S, pygidial area.
Fig. 8A E. hespera, $, face; 8B. $, fore wing; 8C. $, pygidial
area.

October, 1948]

SCULLEN— EUCERCERIS

167

168

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIV, No. 4

Eucerceris fulvipes Cresson
Collections of both males and females of this species in
Alberta, at Medicine Hat, Lethbridge and Mannyberries by E. H.
Strickland and F. S. Carr extend the range much further northeast
than it has heretofore been recorded.

Eucerceris arenaria Scullen, new species
Figs. 6A, B, C, D, E, F; 15

This species superficially resembles E. vittatifrons Cresson. The
males are easily separated from vittatifrons by the fact that the
second submarginal cell is not petiolate as in that species, and the
pale vittae of the face are united above the antennae. One male from
near Mesa, Ariz., did not have the pale vittae fused above the an-
tennae. It was not included in the type series. The females of the
two species are separated by the more pronounced elevation on
the medial lobe of the clypeus in arenaria, the slightly different
color pattern on the faces and the differences in the denticles on
the mandibles. E. arenaria is so far recorded only from the south-
west deserts. (Fig. 15).

Female. Length 11 mm. Black with cream colored markings.
Head moderately pitted, subequal to thorax in width, black except
for cream colored vittae which extend along the mesal borders of
the compound eyes and onto the lateral wings of the clypeus, a
narrow cream vitta between the antennae extending the same dis-
tance dorsally as the lateral markings of the face, and elongated
creamy patches lateral of the eyes; mandibles with two closely
joined teeth equal in prominence but the distal one much broader,
fuscous becoming darker at the tip and on the denticles; clypeus
short and broad with a somewhat cone-shaped process on the medial
lobe, two broadly separated single acute teeth on the apical clypeal
border between which is a short row of long bristles below which
in turn is a truncate process; antennae normal in form, ferruginous
proximally becoming darker distally.

Thorax somewhat sparsely pitted, sparsely clothed with very
short hairs, black except for narrow band on posterior border of
prothorax extending from and including the tubercles, two small
lateral spots on the mesoscutellum, the metanotum, small triangular
spots back of the tubercles and pyriform patches on the propodium
which are cream colored; enclosure with prominent ridges sub-
parallel to the base; sternum black to fuscous, creamy spot on
mesosternum; legs ferruginous becoming fuscous on coxae; wings
almost colorless except for a clouded area in the region of the
marginal cell and apex of the fore wing; second submarginal cell
petiolate (Fig. 6B).

Abdomen sparsely punctate; tergum black with narrow creamy
white bands on the posterior ridges of tergites 2, 3, 4 and 5, a
broad emarginate band on tergite 1 ; venter fuscous ; pygidial area
(Fig. 6C) oval tapering distally.

October, 1948]

SCULLrEN— EUCERCERIS

169

Male. Length 11 mm. Head subequal to thorax in width, mod-
erately punctate, clothed with very short setse becoming longer along
the clypeal border and forming a cluster on the apical borders of
the lateral wings of the clypeus; mandibles nondentate, yellow and
ferruginous with dark tips; clypeus creamy yellow except for the
apical border and lines partly dividing the lateral wings from the
medial lobe, which are black, tridentate on the apical border of
the medial lobe; antennae normal in form, ferruginous becoming
darker distally; front creamy yellow with pale vittae meeting above
the antennae, black vittae narrow, extending through the antennal
scrobes and onto the clypeus; vertex, occiput and genae black ex-
cept for irregular oval patches on the genae.

Thorax somewhat sparsely pitted, clothed with very short hairs,
black except for band on posterior border of thorax extending from
and including the tubercles, band on mesoscutellum, metanotum,
two small areas back of the tubercles on the mesopectus, pyriform
areas on the propodium, patches on meso- and metasternum which
are cream colored; enclosure deeply ridged subparallel to base;
legs ferruginous with some yellow on coxae, and the pro- and mesa-
femora and tibiae; wings subhyaline except for clouded area on the
fore wing in the region of the second submarginal cell and ad-
joining cells; second submarginal cell not petiolate. (Fig. 6E).

Abdomen moderately pitted, black with wide creamy bands on ter-
gites 1 and 2, narrower bands on tergites 3, 4, 5 and 6; venter fuscous
with wide creamy bands on stemites 2, 3 and 4, two lateral and one
small medial creamy spot on sternite 5; sternite 5 with a long row
of loosely packed bristles; pygidial area (Fig. 6F) normal.

Holotype, female, P. H. Timberlake, Helendale, Calif., Sept.
14, 1935 (P. H. Timberlake). Allotype, male, Cushinbury Spgs.,
Calif., August 16, 1937, on Solidago confinus (P. H. Timberlake) .
Paratypes, male, Cochella, Riverside Co., Calif., July 15, 1927
(F. H. Wymoure) ; male, Cushinbury Spgs., Calif., Sept. 1, 1936
(P. H. Timberlake) ; female, male, Cushinoury Spgs., Calif., Aug.
16, 1937, on Solidago confinus (P. H. Timberlake) ; 2 females,
4 males, Cushinbury Spgs., San Bernardino Co., Calif., Aug. 19,
1932 (C. D. Michener) ; male, 15 mi. n. of El Paso, Tex., June
23, 1942 (H. A. S.) ; El Paso, Tex., Oct. 3, 1943 (R. W. Strandt-
mann) ; 2 males, Florence, Ariz., May 30, 1903; male, Gila Valley,
Ariz., Sept. 13, 1935 (Parker) ; 4 females, Helendale, Calif., Sept.
14, 1935 (P. H. Timberlake); female, Jacumba, Calif., Aug. 12,
1935 (E. I. Beamer) ; 3 males, Jacumba, Calif., Aug. 12, 1935
(Jean Russell) ; female, male, 10 to 17 mi. e. of Las Cruces, N. M.,
June 18, 1942 (H. A. S.) ; male, 10 mi. e. of Mesa, Ariz., June
11, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke) ; 3 females, 9 males, 20 mi. e. of Mesa,
Ariz., June 11, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke) ; 4 males, female, 25 mi.

170

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIV, No. 4

e. of Mesa, Ariz., June 11, 1942 (H. A. S.) ; male, Phoenix, Ariz.,
Sept. 1, 1935 (Parker) ; male. Salt River Mts., Ariz., 1300 ft.
elev.. May 9, 1926 (A. A. Nichol) ; male, Whitewater Cyn., Calif.,
Sept. 4, 1935, at Lepidospartum squamatum (P. H. Timberlake) ;
2 females. Yucca Val., Calif., Sept. 20 and 30, 1944 (P. H. Tim-
berlake) ; female. Yucca Val., Calif., Oct. 5, 1934 (A. J. Basing-
er) .

Eucercerls baja Scullen, new species
Figs. 7A, B, C; 14

Male. Length 11 mm. Head subequal to thorax in width, mod-
erately punctate, clothed with short silvery hairs; mandibles non-
dentate, yellow becoming fulvous on the distal third; clypeus tri-
dentate on the apical margin of the medial lobe, creamy yellow
except for the denticles which are fulvous; antennae normal in
form, fuscous dorsaliy becoming lighter ventrally, yellow patches
on scapes; front with sides subparallel, dark, narrow vittae extend-
ing through antennal scrobes to clypeal border, pale vittae equal in
dorsal extent; vertex, occiput and genae black except for ferrugin-
ous areas back of compound eyes.

Thorax moderately pitted, less so on creamy areas, black except
for band on posterior border of pronotum extending from and in-
cluding tubercles, two irregular patches on lateral wings of pro-
notum, four small spots on the anterior part of the mesoscutum,
the tegula, band on the anterior third of the scutellum, the meta-
notum, large lateral patches on the propodium, two lateral patches
on the mesospectus, and a somewhat broken ventral stripe between
the coxsB extending from the procoxae to the metacoxae all creamy
yellow; enclosure deeply ridged subparallel to base; legs ferrugin-
ous to fulvous with some creamy yellow patches on all coxae, pro-
femoratae, protibias, pro- and metatrochanters; wings subhyaline
with a darkened area on the costal third of the forewing extending
over the distal two thirds; second submarginal cell not petiolate.
(Fig. 7B).

Abdomen sparsely punctate on convex ridges, deeply and closely
pitted on concave areas; tergum black with narrow creamy yellow
bands on posterior ridges of tergites 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6; a broad band
on tergite 1 ; venter fuscous with wide creamy bands on sternites
2 and 3, lateral patches of creamy yellow on sternites 4 and 5;
sternites 3 and 4 with long rows of long curved bristles, sternite 5
with a very short row of much shorter bristles; pygidial area
(Fig. 7C) normal in form.

Holotype, male, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., 20 mi. n. of Mesquital,
Lower California, Sept. 27, 1941 (Ross and Bohart). Paratypes,
5 males, Angeles Bay, Gulf of Calif., June 26 and 27, 1921 (E. P.
Van Duzee) ; 2 males, 30 and 40 mi. s. of El Arco Mine, Lower

October, 1948]

SCULLrEN— EUCERCERIS

171

California, June 23, 1938 (Michelbacher and Ross) ; 3 males. Las
Animas Bay, Gulf of Calif., May 8, 1921 (E. P. Van Duzee) ; 13
males, 20 mi. n. of Mesquital, Lower California, Sept. 27, 1941
(Ross and Bohart).

Eucerceris elegans Cresson

Since the author’s 1939 publication on this genus he has had
an opportunity to study a large collection of closely related species
taken in the southwest. These studies have cast a shadow of doubt
on some of the present synonymy relating to E. elegans Cr. as set
forth in the above publication. Biological studies may be necessary
to prove that E. pimarum Ckll. and Rohwer is the female of E.
elegans Cr. and further studies may show that E. respera Scullen,
new species, is a synonym of E. Elegans.

Eucerceris bitruncata Scullen

A careful examination of a large series of this species from
the southwest fails to show any structural difference between it
and E. pimarum Ckll. and Rohwer with the exception of color
shade of the lighter markings and the width of the bands of yellow
on the abdomen. The lighter markings of E. bitruncata Scullen
are more yellow and the abdominal bands are wider than is true
for E. pimarum Ckll. and Rohwer. Further comparisons with the
type may show these two species to be synonymous. Compare
notes under E. conata Scullen and E. elegans Cr.

Eucerceris hespera Scullen, new species
Figs. 8A, B, C; 14

This may prove to be the male of either E. conata Scullen or
E. bitruncata Scullen. It is similar in general appearance to the
male of E. canaliculata (Say) from which it is distinguished by
its smaller size and by the fact that the yellow of the face fuses
above the antennae, which is not usual with the latter species. It is
also very similar to E. triciliata Scullen, new species, from which
it is separated by the dierence in the row of bristles on the fifth
sternite.

Male. Length 11 mm. Head slightly wider than thorax, mod-
erately punctate, clothed with very short hairs; mandibles non-
dentate, ferruginous becoming darker distally; clypesu tridentate
on the apical margin of the medial lobe, setae longer on the apical
margin and denticles which are ferruginous; antennae normal in
form, ferruginous proximally becoming darker distally; front.

172

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIV, No. 4

sides subparallel, yellow except for isolated short vittse through
the antennal scrobes ; vertex black ; occiput and gen® fuscous.

Thorax moderately to sparsely punctate, fuscous to ferruginous
except broad band on pronotum extending from and including
tubercles, four short vittse on mesocutum, wide band on scutellum
and triangular areas on mesopectus back of tubercles, which are
yellow; enclosure ridged at 45° angle to base except distal third
which is smooth; legs ferruginous except for yellow patches on
precoxae; wings subhyaline except for a clouded area on the distal
two thirds of the costal half of the forewing; second submarginal
cell not petiolate. (Fig. 8B).

Abdomen moderately punctate, broad yellow bands on tergites
1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, lateral yellow patches on sternites 3 and 4; re-
mainder of abdomen ferruginous; sternites 3 and 4 with long
rows of long bristles on posterior margins; stemite 5 with a very
short row of short bristles on the posterior margin; pygidial area
(Fig. 8C) normal.

Holotype, male, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., 25 mi. e. of El Paso,
Tex., U. S. Highway 62, Desert, July 13, 1942 (H. A. Scullen).
Paratypes, 2 males, 20 mi. n. of El Paso, Tex., June 19, 1942
(H. A. S.) ; 2 males, El Paso Tex., June 19, 1942 (E. G Van
Dyke) ; 42 males, 10 to 20 mi. e. of El Paso, Tex., June 21-22,
1942 (H. A. S.) ; 37 males, 10 to 20 mi. e. of El Paso, Tex.,
June 21 -22, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke) ; 4 males, 25 mi. e. of El
Paso, Tex., July 13, 1942 (H. A. S.) ; 2 males, 25 mi. e. of El
Paso, Tex., July 13, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke) ; 2 males, El Paso,
Tex., Sept. 27, 1943 (R. W. Strandtmann) ; male. Las Cruces,
N. M., June 19, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke) ; male. Van Horn, Tex.,
June 24, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke).

Eucerceris conata Scullen

This species was taken in large numbers by Dr. E. C. Van Dyke
and the writer in the region of El Paso, Tex., in the summer of
1942. E. respera Scullen, new species, and E. triciliata Scullen,
new species, are so near in size, general appearance and distribu-
tion to both E. conata Scullen and E. hitruncata Scullen it has
been impossible to associate them positively, but it is probable
each of the new males will prove to be one of the above species
when further biological studies are made.

Eucerceris triciliata Scullen, new species
Pigs. 9A, B, C; 15

This may prove to be the male of Eucerceris conata Scullen or

October, 1948]

SCULLEN— EUCERCERIS

173

E. hitruncata Scullen. It superficially resembles each of the two
species and is abundant in the same area. The male of this species
closely resembles the male of E. canaliculata (Say) from which
it is distinguished by the relatively smaller and more compact

Fig. 9 A. E. triciliata, face; 9B. fore wing; 9C. pygidial
area. Fig. 10 A. E. ruficeps, $, face; lOB. $, fore wing; IOC. $,
pygidial area. Fig. IIA. E. pacifica, S, face; IIB. fore wing;
lie. $, pygidial area. Fig. 12A. E. biconica, 2, face; 12B. $,
fore wing; 12C. $, pygidial area.

row of bristles on the fifth sternite of the latter species and the
fact that the pale vittse, except in rare cases, fuses above the
antennae. In E. canaliculata the pale vittae do not as a rule fuse.

Male. Length 11 mm. Head slightly wider than thorax, mod-
erately punctate, clothed with short silvery hairs becoming longer
on the apical border of the clypeus; mandibles nondentate, yellow
becoming dark at the tips; tridentate on the apical border of the

174

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIV, No. 4

medial lobe, normal in form, yellow except for the denticles which
are fuscous ; antennae ferruginous proximally becoming darker
distally; front creamy yellow fusing above the antennae, dark
vittae short and narrow passing through the antennal scrobes; ver-
tex black, occiput fuscous turning to ferruginous on the genae.

Thorax moderately pitted and clothed with short hairs ; tergum
background black with wide band on prothorax extending from and
including tubercles, two small median spots and an elongated area
confluent with the tegula on the mesoscutum, tegula, band on scutel-
lum and the metanotum which are creamy yellow; propodium dark
medially becoming ferruginous laterally with a large yellow patch
on each side; enclosure dark with slight ridges subparallel to
base; pleura and venter ferruginous with yellow patches back of
the prothoracic tubercles on the mesopectus and yellow on the
meso- and metasternum; legs ferruginous with traces of yellow on
coxas and pro- and mesatibia; wings subhyaline with darkened
areas on the forewings from the marginal cell to the apex; second
submarginal cell not petiolate. (Fig. 9B).

Abdomen sparsely pitted, broad yellow bands on tergites 1, 2,
3, 4, 5 and 6, otherwise fulvous to fuscous; venter fulvous to fus-
cous with a small yellow spot on sternite 2, a broken yellow band
on sternite 3 and lateral yellow spots on sternite 4; long rows of
long bristles on the posterior borders of sternites 3, 4 and 5, that
on sternite five being slightly smaller; pygidial area normal (Fig.
9C).

Holotype, male, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., 20 mi. n. of El ^aso,
Tex., June 19, 1942 (H. A. Scullen) . Paratypes, male, Albuquer-
que, N. M., June 27, 1931 (H. A. S.) ; 3 males, Alpine, Tex., July
1, 8, 1942 (H. A. S.) ; 2 males, Alpine, Tex., July 1, 8, 1942
(E. C. Van Dyke) ; 2 males, Bisbee, Ariz., July 18, 1942
(H. A. S.) ; male, Carrizozo, N. M., July 2, 1929; male, Davis
Mts., Tex., July 9, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke) ; 18 males, 20 to 33 mi.
e. of Doming, N. M., 4000 to 4300 ft. elev., Aug. 2, 1946
(H. A. S.) ; 8 males, Douglas, Ariz., June 16, 1942 (H. A. S.) ;
male, 30 mi. n. of Douglas, Ariz., July 17, 1942 (H. A. S.) ; 3
males, Douglas, Ariz., June 16, 1942, (E. C. Van Dyke) ; male,
El Paso, Tex., July 14, 1942 (H. A. S.) ; 21 males, El Paso, Tex.,
June 19 and 23, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke) ; 19 males, 15 to 20 mi.
n. of El Paso, Tex., June 19 and 23, 1942 (H. A. S.) ; 39 males,
10 to 25 miles e. of El Paso, Tex., June 21 and 23, July 13, 1942
(H. A. S.) ; 20 males, 10 to 20 mi. e. of El Paso, Tex., July 21-22,
1942 (E. C. Van Dyke) ; male, 100 mi. e. of El Paso, Tex., July
13, 1942 (H. A. S.) ; male, 100 mi. e. of El Paso, Tex., July 13,
1942 (E. C. Van Dyke) ; male. Las Cruces, N. M., June 18, 1942

October, 1948]

SCULLEN— EUCERCERIS

175

(E. C. Van Dyke) ; male, 28 mi. n. e. of Las Cruces, N. M., Aug.
2, 1946 (H. A. S.) ; 2 males, Lordsburg, N. M., 4600 ft. elev.,
Aug. 1, 1946 (H. A. S.) ; 3 males, McNary, Hudspeth Co., Tex.,
June 14, 1942 (H. A. S.) ; male, Mesilla Park (state?) Oct. 14,
0000 (Cockerell) ; 3 males, Patagonia, Ariz., June 15, 1942 (E. C.
Van Dyke) ; 2 males. Sierra Blanca, Tex., 4500 ft. elev., June
24, 1942 (H. A. S.) ; 2 males. Sierra Blanca, Tex., July 9, 1917;
male. Sierra Blanca, El Paso Co., Tex., July 8, 1917 (J. Be-
quaert) ; 3 males. Silver City, N. M., 5000 - 6000 ft. elev., July 3
and 9, 1936 (R. T. Kellogg) ; male, Socorro, N. M., 4579 ft.

Fig. 13. Distribution map for E. brunnea (1) and E. melanosa

(3).

elev., Aug. 4, 1946 (H. A. S.) ; 4 males. Tombstone, Ariz., 4500
ft. elev., June 15, 1942 (H. A. S.) ; male. Van Horn, Tex., June 24,
1942 (E. C. Van Dyke).

Eucerceris ruficeps Sciillen, new species
Figs. 10 A, B, C; 14

This species superficially resembles E. conata Scullen, E. ele-
gans Cresson and E. hicornuta Scullen from which it may be
separated by the structure of the clypeal margin.

Female. Length 12 mm. Head noticeably wider than the thorax;
moderately punctate, clothed with short amber hairs becoming
longer on the clypeus; entire head ferruginous except for a cres-
cent-shaped area on the vertex connecting the two compound eyes
and embodying the ocelli, a darkened area on the occiput, the

176

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIV, No. 4

tips of the mandibles and the mandibular denticles; mandibles with
two contiguous denticles subequal in size and form; clypeus broad
and short, clypeal border with two widely separated pairs of den-
ticles, the proximal ones more acute, between the pairs of den-
ticles is a slight medial elevation on the medial lobe, below this a
few long bristles and below the bristles a broad truncate process;
front slightly converging dorsally; antennae normal in form, fer-
ruginous.

Thorax normally punctate, clothed with short amber hairs;
tergum black except for the following parts which are yellow:
broad band on the posterior border of the prothorax, extending
from and including the tubercles, patches back of the tubercles,
the tegula, broad band on scutellum, metanotum, large patches
on the propodium, minute elongated lateral spots on the enclosure;
enclosure deeply ridged at an angle with the base; venter black
with large ferruginous areas on the mesospectus, meso- and meta-
sternum; legs ferruginous except for coxae which are darker, a spot
of yellow on the metacoxae ; wings subhyaline except for a darkened
area on the costal half of the forewing, second submarginal cell
petiolate. (Fig. lOB).

Abdomen closely and finely punctate, clothed with very short
silvery hairs ; tergum with broad yellow bands on all tergites except
the 6th; sternum with broad yellow bands on sternites 2, 3 and 4,
that on sternite 2 divided, the others emarginate; pygidial area
(Fig. IOC) with sides subparallel, slightly truncate distally, bor-
dered by the usual carina and fringed with bristles.

Holotype, male, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Antioch, Calif., Aug.

7, 1938 (J. W. McSwain) . Paratypes, male, Antioch, Calif., June,

8, 1933, (G. E. & R. M. Bohart) ; male, Antioch, Calif., Sept. 2,
1938 (G. E. Bohart) ; male, Antioch, Calif., May 21, 1936 (E. C.
Van Dyke) ; male, Antioch, Calif., Sept. 15, 1935, male, Johnnie,
Nev., July, 1935.

Eucerceris pacifica Scullen, new species
Figs. IIA, B, C; 14

Male. Length 10 mm. Moderately to sparsely punctate, black
with cream colored markings, clothed with very short silvery hairs
becoming a distinct row of longer hairs on the clypeal border. Head
subequal to thorax in width; mandibles nondentate, cream colored,
except tips which are fuscous; clypeus tridentate, cream colored;
antennae normal in form, fuscous except for creamy patches on the
scape; front with cream color fusing above the antennae, short
black vittae passing through the antennal scrobes; vertex, occiput
and genae black except for creamy spots confluent with the lateral
borders of the compound eyes.

October, 1948]

S CULLEN— EUCERCERIS

177

Thorax black except for a broad band on the prothorax extend-
ing from and including the tubercles, patches on the tegulee, four
somewhat pyriform patches on the mesoscutum, a divided band on
the scutellum, the metanotum, large pyriform patches on the pro-
podium, which are cream colored; sternum and pleura black except
for a somewhat T-shaped area on the mesopectus with the wings
of the T fusing with patches back of the tubercles of the thorax,

Fig. 14. Distribution map for E. velutina (2), E. melanovit-
tata (4), E. mellea (5), E. hespera (7), E. ruficeps (8), E. bajoi
(10) and E. pacifica (11).

patches on the prosternum, mesasternum and metasternum which
are cream colored; enclosure moderately ridged at an angle with
the base, with a central groove; legs black and creamy colored be-
coming fuscous to fulvous on the tarsi; wings subhyaline except
for a darkened patch in the region of the marginal, second sub-
marginal and third submarginal cells; second submarginal cell
not petiolate (Fig. IIB).

178

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIV, No. 4

Abdomen black except for a broad emarginate band on tergite 1,
a broad band on sternite 2, complete narrow bands on the distal
ridges of tergites 3, 4, 5 and '6, broken bands on proximal
ridges of tergites 3 and 4, broken irregular band on sternite 2,
band on sternite 3, lateral patches on sternites 4 and 5 which are
cream colored; sternites 3 and 4 with long rows of long bristles,
sternite five with a short row of short bristles; pygidial area
(Fig. IIC) normal in form.

Holotype, male, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., San Pedro, Lower
California, Oct. 7, 1941, on Compositse (Ross and Bohart) .
Paratypes, two males, San Pedro, Lower California, Oct. 7, 1941,
on Compositae (Ross and Bohart) ; male, 10 mi. northwest of La
Pez, Lower California, Oct. 6, 1941 (Ross and Bohart).

Eucerceris insignis Provancher

Four males and one female of this species taken at Myers,
Humboldt Co., Calif., July 7, 1937, by Dr. E. C. Van Dyke extends
the known range much farther north than formerly.

Eucerceris ferruginosa Scullen

The known range of this species has been considerably ex-
tended by a collection of six specimens taken 20 mi. north of
Mesquital, Lower California, Sept. 27, 1941, by Ross and Bohart.

Eucerceris biconic a Scullen, new species
Figs. 12 A, B, C; 15

Female. Length 10 mm. Head subequal to thorax in width, mod-
erately pitted, clothed with very short amber hairs ; mandibles with
one undivided tooth, ferruginous with the tips and denticles fus-
cous to black; clypeus yellow with the dark vittae extending half
way between the lobes, lateral lobes with low rounded cone-shaped
elevations, medial lobe very flat; clypeal border with two blunt
lateral projections, between is a smaller blunt medial projection,
mesad of each lateral process is a depressed spot, above each de-
pression is a minute denticle and between the denticles there is a
short row of long bristles; antennae normal in form, ferruginous
proximally becoming darker distally; front with lateral yellow
areas blending into ferruginous confluent with the compound eyes,
similar narrowed patch between the antennae, fuscous to black vittae
extending through the antennal scrobes to and onto the clypeus;
vertex fuscous to black; occiput and genae ferruginous.

Thorax sparsely punctate, background fuscous to black; pro-
thorax with a broad yellow band bordered with fulvous extending
from and including the tubercles; mesoscutum with an irregular

October, 1948]

SCULLrEN— EUCERCERIS

179

band of ferruginous; scutellum fulvous becoming yellow distally;
metanotum yellow; propodium with large lateral yellow patches
turning to ferruginous and then to fuscous medially; enclosure
nearly smooth with the inconspicuous ridges subparallel to base,
with a medial groove, fuscous; legs ferruginous; wings subhyaline,
clouded area of the forewing extending over the anterior two thirds,
second submarginal cell petiolate. (Fig. 12 B).

Abdomen largely yellow on the tergum with the depressed areas
and proximal border fuscous to fulvous; venter fulvous to ferrugi-
nous with traces of yellow; pygidial area (Fig. 12C) rounded dis-
tally but truncate proximally, bordered by a carina and fringed
with bristles.

Fig. 15. Distribution map for E. arenaria (6), E. tricUiata (9)
and E. biconica (12).

Holotype, female, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., 15 mi. north of El
Paso, Tex., June 23, 1942 (H. A. Scullen) .

Eucerceris canaliculata (Say)

The records extend the known range of this species into
Mexico: Female, San Carlos, Chihuahua, Mex., June 14, 1938
(Rollin H. Baker) ; Fuente, Mex., June 12, 1938 (Rollin H.
Baker) ; 20 mi. north of Mesquital, Lower Calif., Mex. (462.5 mi.
south of Tijuana), Sept. 27, 1941 (Ross and Bohart) ; 20 mi.
north of Comondu, Lower Calif., Mex. (758.3 mi. south of Ti-

180

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIV, No. 4

juana) ; 20 mi. south of El Arco, Lower Calif., Mex. (537.4 mi.
south of Tijuana) ; 10 mi. east of San Ignacio, Lower Calif.,
Mex. (about 561 mi. south of Tijuana). The species was found
in large numbers in the region of El Paso, Tex., by Dr. E. C.
Van Dyke and the writer in June and early July, 1942.

GROUP C

Second submarginal cell petiolate in both sexes

Eucerceris vittatifrons Cresson

The known range of this species is Extended much farther to
the southeast by a female taken in the Chesos Mts., Tex., Sept.
19, 1938, by D. J. and J. N. Knull.

Eucerceris tricolor Cockerell

This species was taken in large numbers in southern Arizona
by Dr. E. C. Van Dyke and the writer in June and early July,
1942.

Eucerceris Montana Cresson

The known range of this species has been extended farther
west into southern Arizona by the following records: male, Hua-
chuca Mts., Ariz., June 15, 1920 (F. X. Williams) ; male, female,
10 mi. east of Douglas, Ariz., Aug. 11, 1940 (E. S. Ross) ; 3
males, Douglas, Ariz., June 16, 1942, (H. A. Scullen) ; male, fe-
male, 30 mi. north of Douglas, Ariz., July 17, 1942 (H. A. Scul-
len) ; 2 males, Douglas, Ariz., June 16, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke) ;
male, 23 mi. northeast of Douglas, Ariz., 4500 ft. elev., Aug. 1,
1946 (H. A. Scullen). The species was taken in considerable
numbers from the Davis Mts., south to the Chesos Mts., in June
and early July, 1942, by Dr. E. C. Van Dyke and the writer.

Eucerceris angulata Rohwer

The following records are of interest for this uncommon
species: 9 males, San Pedro, Lower Calif., Mex., Oct. 7, 1941
(Ross and Bohart) ; 6 males, 3 females, 10 miles east of San Ig-
nacio, Lower Calif., Mex., (about 561 mi. south of Tijuana), Sept.
30, 1942 (Ross and Bohart) ; 2 males. Coyote Cove, Concepcion
Bay, Lower Calif., Mex., Oct. 1, 1941 (Ross and Bohart) ; male,
Big. Cyn., Sierra Laguna, Lower Calif., Mex., Oct. 13, 1941 (Ross
and Bohart) ; male, Bensen, Ariz., 3700 ft. elev., July 26, 1946
(H. A. Scullen).

October, 1948]

REES & HARMSTON— CULICIDAE

181

MOSQUITO RECORDS FROM WYOMING AND
YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL PARK
(Diptera: Culicidae)

DON M. REES

Biology Department, University of Utah, and
FRED C. HARMSTON

S. A. Sanitarian (R), U. S. Public Health Service

This report is based on a study of the mosquitoes in the insect
collections of the University of Utah and the Utah State Agri-
cultural College, and specimens collected by personnel of the
U. S. Public Health Service, Malaria Control in War Areas and
Communicable Disease Center Activities Programs. Specimens
have been examined from nearly all sections of the state and it
is believed that the material available for study has been sufficient
to provide a rather accurate index to the mosquito fauna of
Wyoming. In order to make the list as complete as possible the
writers have included all available records from the works of
Dyar, and others, that have come to their attention. For con-
venience the mosquitoes and collection records have been arranged
in alphabetical order. The names of the collectors have been ab-
breviated as follows: Don M. Rees, (R) ; L. E. Perry, (P) ; L. T.
Nielsen, (N) ; G. F. Knowlton (K) ; F. C. Harmston, (H).

List of Species Recorded

1. Aedes campestris Dyar &

Knab.

2. Aedes canadensis (Theo-

bald).

3. Aedes cataphylla Dyar.

4. Aedes cinereus Meigen.

5. Aedes communis (DeGeer).

6. Aedes diantaeus Howard,

Dyar & Knab.

7. Aedes dorsalis (Meigen).

8. Aedes excrucians (Walker).

9. Aedes fitchii (Felt &

Young).

10. Aedes idahoensis (Theo-

bald) .

11. Aedes impiger (Walker).

12. Aedes increpitus Dyar.

13. Aedes intrudens Dyar.

14. Aedes nearcticus Dyar.

15. Aedes nigromaculis (Lud-

low).

16. Aedes pionips Dyar.

17. Aedes pullatus (Coquillet).

18. Aedes punctor (Kirby).

19. Aedes schizopinax Dyar.

20. Aedes spencerii (Theobald).

21. Aedes sticticus (Meigen).

22. Aedes stimulans (Walker).

23. Aedes triseriatus (Say).

24. Aedes trivittatus (Coquil-

let).

25. Aedes vexans (Meigen).

26. Anopheles franciscanus

McCracken.

]^32 the pan-pacific entomologist [Vol. XXIV, No. 4

27. Anopheles freeborni Aitken.

28. Anopheles occidentalis Dyar

& Knab.

29. Anopheles punctipennis

(Say).

30. Culex apicalis Adams.

31. Culex pipiens Linnaeus.

32. Culex restuans Theobald.

33. Culex salinarius Coquillet.

34. Culex tarsalis Coquillet.

35. Culiseta alaskaensis (Lud-

low).

Aedes campestris Dyar & Knab

Hot Springs County: Tiiermopolis, March 7, 1944 (P). Lincoln
County: Opal, June 7, 1947 (H). Uinta County: Evanston, Ft.
Bridger, Lyman and Mountain View, June 25, 1933 (R) . Yellow-
stone National Park: Gibbon Meadows, July 3, 1936 (R).

Aedes canadensis (Theobald)

Yellowstone National Park: Lonestar Geyser, June 30, 1947
(N). Dyar also records the occurrence of this species in the park.

Aedes cataphylla Dyar

Yellowstone National Park: Gibbon Meadows, June 4, 1933
(R) ; Yellowstone Lake, June 6, 1947 (N). Dyar reports this
species from a number of localities in the park.

Aedes cinereus Meigen

Johnson County: Buffalo, June 8, 1947 (H). Lincoln County:
Cokeville, September 12, 1945 (H). Uinta County: Ft. Bridger,
August 10, 1946 (H). Yellowstone National Park: Fishing Bridge,
June 30, 1936 (R) .

Aedes communis (DeGeer)

Uinta County: Lone Tree, June 25, 1933 (R). Yellowstone
National Park: Fishing Bridge, July 3, 1936 (R) ; West Thumb,
June 14, 1936 (K) ; Sylvan Lake, June 29, 1947 (N). Communis
is reported by Dyar, from several places in the park.

Aedes diantaeus Howard, Dyar & Knab
Reported by Dyar from Yellowstone National Park.

36. Culiseta impaUens (Walk-

er) .

37. Culiseta incidens (Thom-

son).

38. Culiseta inomata (Willis-

ton).

39. Mansonia perturbans '

(Walker).

40. Psorophora signipennis

'(Coquillet).

October, 1948]

REES & HARMSTON— CULICIDAE

183

Aedes dorsalis (Meigen)

Albany County: Laramie, August 19, 1947 (H). Big Horn
County: Basin, Cowley, Greybull and Lovell, August 16, 1947
(H). Carbon County: Baggs, June 12, 1947 (H) ; Rawlins and
Three Forks, June 8, 1947 (H). Hot Springs County: Thermop-
olis, March 7, 1944 (P). Lincoln County: Cokeville, Sage and
Smoot, September 12, 1945 (H). Natrona County: Alcova and
Midwest, June 8, 1947 (H). Teton County: Jackson, September
11, 1945 (H). Uinta County: Evanston, Ft. Bridger, Lone Tree,
Lyman and Mountain View, June 22, 1933 (R).

Aedes excrucians (Walker)

Yellowstone National Park: July 3, 1933 (R) ; Fishing Bridge,
Canyon Junction and Tower Falls, June 30, 1947 (N). This
species is also recorded by Dyar from a number of localities in
the park.

Aedes fitchii (Felt & Young)

Sublette County: Pinedale, June 11, 1940 (R). Teton County:
Jenny Lake, July 4, 1947 (N). Yellowstone National Park: West
Thumb, July 3, 1933 (R) .

Aedes idahoensis (Theobald)

Carbon County: Baggs, June 12, 1947 (H). Hot Springs Coun-
ty: Thermopolis, March 7, 1944 (P). Lincoln County: Cokeville,
September 12, 1945 (H) ; Opal, June 7, 1947 (H). Uinta County:
Evanston, Ft. Bridger, Lyman and Mountain View, June 23, 1933
(R). Yellowstone National Park: Lake Lodge, August 2, 1944
(P). Dyar records this species from a number of places in the
park.

Aedes impiger (Walker)

Dyar reports this species from Mammoth Hot Springs and
Camp Roosevelt, Yellowstone National Park.

Aedes increpitus Dyar

Big Horn County: Greybull, August 16, 1947 (H). Lincoln
County: Kemmerer, June 7, 1947 (H). Sublette County: Daniel,

184

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIV, No. 4

June 10, 1940 (R). Uinta County: Lone Tree, August 10, 1946
(H). Yellowstone National Park: Fishing Bridge, July 3, 1933
(R) . Increpitus is reported by Dyar from a number of localities
in the park.

Aedes intrudens Dyar

Uinta County: Lone Tree, July 22, 1935 (R). Yellowstone
National Park: Fishing Bridge, July 3, 1933 (R). These records
are questionable since the identifications were made from female
specimens only.

Aedes nearcticus Dyar

Yellowstone National Park: Seven miles east of Old Faithful,
June 6, 1947 (N). Identified from larvae only.

Aedes nigromaculis (Ludlow)

Albany County: Laramie, September 14, 1946 (H) ; Rock
River, August 20, 1947 (H). Big Horn County: Cowley, Grey-
bull and Lovell, August 16, 1947 (H). Carbon County: Baggs,
June 12, 1947 (H). Converse County: Douglas, April 7, 1944
(P) ; June 10, 1947 (H). Hot Springs County: Thermopolis,
August 3, 1944 (P). Johnson County: Buffalo, June 10, 1947 (H).
Lincoln County: Cokeville, September 12, 1945 (H) ; Kemmerer
and Opal, June 7, 1947 (H). Natrona County: Casper, June 10,
1947 (H). Platte County: Wheatland, June 10, 1947 (H). Uinta
County: Lyman, August 10, 1946 (H) . Washakie County: Lander,
August 17, 1947 (H). This is an extremely troublesome mosquito
in many sections of the state, particularly in the open plains
regions.

Aedes pionips Dyar

Reported by Dyar from Old Faithful and Yellowstone Lake,
in Yellowstone National Park.

Aedes pullatus (Coquillet)

Albany County: Centennial, August 19, 1947 (H). Fremont
County, Sioux Pass, August 17, 1947 (H). Sublette County: Pine-
dale, June 11, 1940 (R). Teton County: Jenny Lake, July 4,
1947 (N). Yellowstone National Park: Fishing Bridge, July 2,
1933 (R) ; Yellowstone Lake, June 6, 1946 (N).

October, 1948]

REES & HARMSTON— CULICIDAE

185

Aedes functor (Kirby)

Yellowstone National Park: Yellowstone Falls, July 2, 1933
(R) ; Lewis Lake, June 28, 1947 (N) ; Yellowstone Lake, June
6, 1946 (N) . Dyar records the occurrence of punctor from several
localities in the park.

Aedes spencerii (Theobald)

Sublette County Daniel, June 10, 1940 (R). Uinta County:
Lone Tree, July 6, 1929 (R) . Dyar records it from Old Faithful
and Yellowstone Lake, Yellowstone National Park.

Aedes schizopinax Dyar

Recorded by G. A. Mail, from Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellow-
stone National Park.

Aedes sticticus (Meigen)

Albany County: Rock River, June 11, 1947 (H). Carbon
County: Baggs, June 12, 1947 (H). Uinta County: Lone Tree,
August 10, 1946 (H).

Aedes stimulans (Walker)

Sublette County: Daniel, June 10, 1940 (R). Uinta County:
Lone Tree, July 6, 1929 (R) ; April 14, 1942 (K).

Aedes triseriatus (Say)

Johnson County: Buffalo, June 10, 1947 (H). Washakie Coun-
ty: Worland, August 16, 1947 (H).

Aedes trivittatus (Coquillet)

Hot Springs County: Thermopolis, August 3, 1944 (P).
Natrona County: Casper, June 8, 1947 (H). Platte County: Chug-
water, June 10, 1947 (H).

Aedes vexans (Meigen)

Albany County: Laramie, June 11, 1947 (H) ; Rock River,
June 11, 1947 (H). Carbon County: Baggs, June 12, 1947 (H) ;
Hanna and Saratoga, August 19, 1947 (H). Converse County:
Douglas, June 10, 1947 (H). Hot Springs County: Thermopolis,
August 3, 1944 (P). Lincoln County: Afton, Border, Cokeville

186

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIV, No. 4

and Smoot, September 12, 1945 (H). Platte County: Chug-
water, June 10, 1947 (H) ; Wheatland, August 5, 1944 (P). Teton
County: Moran, September 11, 1945 (H). Uinta County: Evans-
ton and Ft. Bridger, August 10, 1946 (H).

Anopheles franciscanus McCracken

Carbon County: Saratoga, August 19, 1947 (H).

Anoppieles freeborni Aitken

Lincoln County: Alton, July 9, 1941 (R) ; Cokeville, September
12, 1945 (H) ; Kemmerer, June 7, 1947 (H). Teton County: Jack-
son, September 12, 1945 (H). Uinta County: Evanston and Ft.
Bridger, August 10, 1946 (H).

Anopheles occidentalis Dyar & Knab

Converse County: Douglas and Glenrock, August 4, 1944 (P).
Fremont County: Lander and Riverton, August 17, 1947 (H).
Teton County: Jackson and Moran, September 12, 1945 (H).
Yellowstone National Park: West Entrance, September 8, 1945
(H).

Anoppieles punctipennis (Say)

Teton County: Moran, September 12, 1945 (H). Yellowstone
National Park: Mammoth Lodge, September 8, 1945 (H). Olson
and Deegan report the occurrence of this species at Ft. Warren,
Cheyenne.

CuLEX APiCALis Adams

Johnson County: Buffalo, June 10, 1947 (H). Platte County:
Chugwater, June 10, 1947 (H).

CuLEX PIPIENS Linnaeus

Albany County: Laramie, September 14, 1946 (H). Uinta
County: Evanston, August 10, 1946 (H). Washakie County:
Worland, August 17, 1947 (H).

CuLEX RESTUANS Theobald

Carbon County: Rawlins, September 15, 1946 (H) ; Saratoga,
August 19, 1947 (H). Fremont County: Lander, August 17, 1947
(H). Lincoln County: Cokeville, September 12, 1945 (H).

October, 1948]

REES & HARMSTON— CUL.ICIDAE

187

CULEX SALINARIUS Co quillet

Sweetwater County: Rock Springs, September 15, 1946 (H).
Washakie County: Tensleep and Worland, August 16, 1947 (H).

CULEX TARSALIS Coquillet

Albany County: Laramie, June 11, 1947 (H) ; August 19,
1947 (H). Carbon County: Baggs, June 12, 1947 (H) ; Rawlins,
September 14, 1946 (H) ; Saratoga, August 19, 1947 (H). Fre-
mont County: Lander and Riverton, August 17, 1947 (H). Hot
Springs County: Thermopolis, August 16, 1947 (H). Lincoln
County: Alpine, September 12, 1945 (H) ; Kemmerer, June 7,
1947 (H). Sweetwater County: Rock Springs, August 21, 1947
(H). Teton County: Jackson, July 4, 1934 (R). Uinta County:
Lone Tree, July 6, 1939 (R), Yellowstone National Park: Old
Faithful and Canyon Junction (Dyar) .

CULISETA ALASKAENSIS (Ludlow)

Sublette County: Pinedale, July 23, 194.6 (R).

CuLiSETA IMPATIENS (Walker)

Carbon County: Medicine Bow Lodge, August 19, 1947 (H).
Sheridan County: Sheridan, June 9, 1947 (H). Uinta County:
Lone Tree, June 25, 1933 (R). Yellowstone National Park: West
Entrance, September 8, 1945 (H) .

CuLlSETA INCIDENS (Thomson)

Big Horn County: Greybull, August 16, 1947 (H). Converse
County: Glenrock, August 4, 1944 (P) . Fremont County: Lander,
August 17, 1947 (H). Lincoln County: Afton, September 12,
1945 (H). Sheridan County: Sheridan, June 9, 1947 (H). Teton
County: Jackson, September 12, 1945 (H). Yellowstone National
Park: West Entrance and several other points in the park, Sep-
tember 8, 1945 and August 23, 1946 (H) .

CuLISETA INORNATA (Williston)

Albany County: Laramie, August 19, 1947 (H) ; Rock River,
June 11, 1947 (H). Big Horn County: Cowley and Greybull,
August 16, 1947 (H). Converse County: Douglas and Glenrock,
August 5, 1944 (P). Fremont County: Lander, August 17, 1947
(H). Hot Springs County: Thermopolis, August 16, 1947 (H).

188

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIV, No. 4

Laramie County: Cheyenne, September 9, 1944 (P). Lincoln
County: Kemmerer, June 7, 1947 (H). Park County: Powell,
August 3, 1944 (P). Platte County: Wheatland, August 5, 1944
(P). Sheridan County: Sheridan, June 9, 1947 (H). Sweetwater
County: Green River, September 10, 1944 (P). Teton County:
Moran, July 3, 1934 (R). Uinta County: Evanston, July 24, 1936
(R) ; Ft. Bridger, August 21, 1947 (H). Washakie County: Wor-
land, August 16, 1947 (H). Yellowstone National Park: Fishing
Bridge, Madison Junction and several other points, September 8,
1945 (H).

Mansonia perturb ans (Walker)

Platte County: Chugwater, June 10, 1947 (H). Uinta County:
Evanston, August 10, 1946 (H).

PsOROPHORA SIGNIPENNIS (Coquillet)

Johnson County: Buffalo, June 10, 1947 (H). Washakie Coun-
ty: Worland, August 16, 1947 (H).

Literature Cited

Dyar, H. G, 1923, The mosquitoes of the Yellowstone National
Park. Ins. Ins. Mens. 11:36-46.

Mail, G. A. 1934, The mosquitoes of Montana. Mont. Agr. Exp.
Sta. Bui. 288:1-72.

Olson, T. A, and H. L. Keegan. 1944. New mosquito distribution
records from the Seventh Service Command Area. Jour. Econ.
Ent. 37 :847 - 848. 1944. The mosquito collecting program of the
Seventh Service Command for 1942 - 1943. Jour. Econ. Ent.
37:780-785.

October, 1948]

MIDDLEKAUFF— SIREX

189

A NEW SPECIES OF SIREX FROM CALIFORNIA

(Hymenoptera ; Siricidse)

BY WOODROW W. MIDDLEKAUFF
University of California, Berkeley

Since the publication of Bradley’s monograph on the nearctic
Siricidae in 1913, no new species in this family have been de-
scribed from North America. It is, therefore, felt desirable to
bring to the notice of workers in this group the description of a
new species occurring in California.

Inasmuch as living larvae of Siricidae have been introduced into
various countries in shipments of timber, it was necessary to
eliminate the possibility of its being an introduced species. With
the appearance of Benson’s recent work on the Siricidae of Europe
and Asia (Benson, 1943), all of the faunistic areas of this family
have now been rather well covered. Keys to the Nearctic species
were given by Bradley (1913), to the Palearctic species by Gus-
sakovskij (1935), while the species of the Japanese Empire were
given by Takeuchi (1938). After a careful search of these papers,
the possibility of its having been previously described is fairly
remote. There are no known native Siricidae in Australia or South
America and no species of Sirex in the Ethiopian region.

I am indebted to Dr. Robert B. Benson of the British Museum
for examining the holotype.

Sirex longicauda Middlekauff, new species

Female. Length of body, from head to tip of cornus 29 mm.;
length of forewing 20 mm. ; length of ovipostor 27 mm. ; length of
saw sheath 27 mm.; ovipostor: forewing ration 0.69. Color: head,
antennae, thorax, abdomen, and legs except tibae and tarsi metallic
blue-black. Tibae and tarsi reddish brown. Saw sheath and ovi-
positor variable, reddish brown to blue-black. Wings slightly in-
fuscated along veins and around the apical margin. Veins reddish
brown to dark brown.

Head, thorax, basal segment of antennae, and two basal seg-
ments of the abdomen rather densely clothed with a long greyish-
black pubescence. Legs are somewhat less pubescent than the
thorax. The antennae beyond basal segment progressively less
pubescent. Antennae with 25 - 26 segments, the basal segment
finely punctate.

Head and thorax densely and finely punctate, the pronotum and
femora coarsely rugose. Post genae and post ocular areas sparsely

190

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIV, No. 4

punctate. Precornal basin bounded laterally by prominent shoul-
ders. Cornus as in fig. 1, A and B, elongate, arched with an indis-
tinct ridge towards; base.

This species may be separated readily from Sirex areolatus
(Cresson) on the basis of the reddish tibiae and tarsi and by the
shape of the cornus; and from Sirex juvencus cyaneus Fabricius
by the shape of the cornus, color of legs and the very long oviposi-
tor and sheath.

Holotype, female, Berkeley, California, April, 1932, Abies
concolor Lindl and Gord., in the collection of the California
Academy of Sciences. Paratype, one female, Miami Ranger Sta-
tion, Madera Co., Calif., June, 1942. In the collection of the

Fig. 1. Apex of abdomen of female Sirex longicauda. A. Dorsal
view showing constricted cornus and precornal basin. B. Lateral
view showing arched cornus and relative length of saw sheath.

United States Department of Agriculture, Division of Forest In-
sects, Berkeley, California.

Literature Cited

Benson, Robert B. 1943. Studies in Siricidae, especially of Europe
and Southern Asia. Bull. Ent. Res. 34 (1) : 27 -51, figs. 1 -17.

Bradley, J. Chester 1913. The Siricidae of North America. Jour.
Ent. Zool. 5 (1) : 1 - 35, figs. 1 - 39.

Gussakovskij, V. V. 1935. Faune de TURSS, (N. S.) No. 1. In-
sectes Hymenopteres. T. II, vol. 1. Chalastogastra, Pt. I.

Hedicke, H. 1938. Hymenopterorum Catalogus, part 6, Siricidae.
Verlag fiir Naturwissenschaften’s-Gravenhage.

Takeuchi, K. 1938. A Systematic Study of the Suborder Sym-
phyta (Hymenoptera) of the Japanese Empire (1). — Tenthredo,
2 (2) : 187 - 195, fig. 4

October, 1948]

WILCOX— ITOLIA

191

THE GENUS ITOLIA WILCOX

(Diptera: Asilidae)

BY J. WILCOX

U. S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research
Administration, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine^

The genus Itolia and the species maculata were described^ from
limited material largely collected by D. K. Duncan in Arizona.
Since then large series of this species have been seen, which help
to clarify the status of the species. These series were collected in
several localities in Arizona by Owen Bryant and F. H. Parker
(Tucson, June and July; San Carlos, August; Roosevelt Lake,
August; and Canyon Lake, August). Several years ago P. H. Tim-
berlake collected a single specimen of a new species near Palm
Springs, California, and during the 1947 season additional speci-
mens of this species and specimens of another species were taken
in Arizona and are described herewith. The specimens are in
the writer’s collection unless indicated otherwise. I am indebted
to Owen Bryant and to P. H. Timberlake for the loan of specimens.

Key to the Species

1. Scutellum, except the very narrow posterior margin, whitish

pollinose; third antennal joint tapering apically, style slender
and 4/5 the length of the third joint; pollinose bands on seg-
ments 1-4 entire or nearly so; length 7-9 mm. (Calif.)

timberlakei new species

- Apical half or more of the scutellum shining black; third anten-

nal joint of nearly uniform width, style not more than half the
length of the third joint 2

2. Legs black, at most the knees reddish; basal IV 2 abdominal

segments black, the remainder yellowish, pollinose bands con-
fined to segments 1-4 in both sexes, interrupted on all segments
or sometimes entire on segmients 1-2 or 1-3; length 5-9 mm.
(Ariz.) atripes new species

— Apical half or more of the femora and the tibiae yellowish;
basal 4 abdominal segments black, pollinose bands on segments
1-7 in male and 1-5 in female interrupted on all segments or

sometimes entire on the second; length 6-9 mm. (Ariz.)

maculata Wilcox

’Alhambra, California

"Wilcox, J., 1936. Pan-Pac. Ent. 12 : 201-204.

192

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIV, No. 4

Itolia timberlakei Wilcox, new species

Male. Length 8 mm. Head black; face, frons, and occiput dense-
ly grayish white pollinose; hairs and bristles white. First two an-
tennal joints brown and short white haired; third joint and style
black; third joint gradually tapering apically and 1% times the
length of the first two joints together; style slender and 4/5 the
length of the third joint.

Thorax densely grayish white pollinose, the following parts
polished black: a small spot on humeri, a central stripe not reach-
ing scutellum, a broader and shorter lateral stripe on either side
crossing the suture, a small spot on the postalar calli, and the
lower half of the sternopleurae. Hairs and bristles white, 3-4 pre-
sutural, 3 supraalar, and 1 postalar, all rather weak. Scutellum
densely grayish white pollinose, with only the very narrow posterior
margin black ; disc with short sparse erect white hairs. Metano-
tum shining black, the slopes pollinose.

The first 4 % abdominal segments black, the remainder and geni-
talia yellowish brown. Segments 1-4 with complete posterior polli-
nose fasciae, narrow at the middle and gradually widening to the
anterior corners at the sides, fasciae on segment 5 interrupted;
segments 6-7 with posterior lateral spots, those on segment 7 very
small. Hairs and bristles white. Venter, except narrow posterior
margins of segments, gray pollinose.

Basal % of the fore and middle femora, basal 2,/3 of hind
femora, apical % of the tibae and the tarsi, black; remainder yel-
lowish. Hairs and bristles white; claws black, basal % yellowish,
pulvilli white, empodium yellowish.

Halteres light yellowish, base brown; alulae yellowish. Wings
hyaline, veins yellowish to light brown, anterior cross vein slightly
before middle of discal cell.

Female. Length 9 mm. Similar to male. Posterior pollinose
band on segment 4 of abdomen narrowly interrupted at middle and
only segment 5 with a lateral pollinose spot; dorsum of segments
5-8 and venter of segments 6-8 yellowish brown and without pol-
len, except as indicated; apical spines brown. Hind femora yellow-
ish brown, the basal 2/3 darker, especially dorsally.

Holotype: Male, White Water, Calif., VIII-10 ’47 (J. Wil-
cox). Allotype: Female, same data. Paratypes: 19 specimens,
same locality VIII-9 and 10 ’47 (Guy F. Toland and Wilcox) ;
and Indio, Calif., VIII-9 ’47 (Toland and Wilcox) ; one speci-
men, Snow Wash, Calif., VII-2 ’36 (P. H. Timberlake) in the
collection of the Citrus Experimental Station, University of Cali-
fornia.

Named in honor of P. H. Timherlake, who first collected this
species and who has collected a number of other fine Asilidae.

WILCOX— ITOLIA

193

October, 1948]

Itolia atripes Wilcox, new species

Male. Len^h 7 mm. Head black; face and front silvery polli-
nose, occiput gray pollinose; mystax, hairs, and bristles white.
Antennae dark brown, first two joints subequal in length, short
white haired; third joint iy 2 times the length of the first two joints
together, broadest at base and of nearly uniform width from there
on; style same width as apex of the third joint and about % of
the length of the third joint.

Mesonotum gray pollinose with the usual three broad shining
black stripes; humeri and postalar callosity shining black; hairs
and bristles white, 2 presutural, 1-2 supraalar and 1-2 postalar.
Pleurae gray pollinose, the sternopleurae largely and the Ptero-
pleurae with a small spot shining black; hairs and bristles white,
with two posterior bristles and some rather long hairs on the
mesopleurae. Scutellum shining black, the basal 1/3 gray polli-
nose; a number of fine erect white hairs posteriorly.

Abdomen yellowish red, the first segment black and the second
basally dark brown; first three segments with broad posterior gray
pollinose bands which are narrowly connected at middle; posterior
corners of fourth segment gray pollinose. Hairs white, long, num-
erous and bristle-like on sides of first segment, short otherwise.
Genitalia yellowish red with touches of brown, hairs white.

Coxae black, largely gray pollinose and long white haired. Legs
black, somewhat reddish at the knees; hairs and bristles white.
Claws black, the bases reddish, pulvilli whitish, empodia reddish.

Halteres light yellow, the lower stem brown; alulae yellowish
brown. Wings hyaline, veins light brown, anterior crossvein just
before middle of discal cell.

Female. Length 6 mm. Similar to male. Pollinose band on third
abdominal segment broadly interrupted, ovipositor brown, apical
spines reddish. Anterior crossvein at 2/5 the length of the discal
cell.

Holotype: Male, Mohawk, Ariz., IX-6 ’47 (J. Wilcox). Allo-
types: Female, same data. Paratypes: 60 specimens from the type
locality IX-6, 7, and 10 ’47 (Itol J. and J. Wilcox) ; Aztec,
Ariz., VIII-27 and IX-7 ’47 (Wilcox) ; and Wenden, Ariz.,
VIII-17 ’47 (Wilcox) .

The pollinose markings on the abdomen are much less intense
and more indefinite than in the other two species, and in a number
of specimens the bands are interrupted on all segments on the
dorsum. In some specimens the basal half of the scutellum is
pollinose, and the tibiae dorsally are dark reddish on the basal
half, the Three black stripes on the mesonotum in this species and
in maculata are wider than in timberlakei. The specimens included
in the paratype series of maculata from Bill Williams Fork, Ariz.,
apparently belong to this species.

194

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIV, No. 4

THE ECOLOGY OF AN ITONIDID FLY ASSOCIATED WITH
A RUST ON BACCHARIS PILULARIS CONSANGUINEA

BY JOHN MARSHALL HARVEY^

University of Calif o't'nia, Berkeley

The gall midge under study herein has been named and de-
scribed as a new species, Clinodiplosis pucciniae, by Dr. A. Earl
Pritchard of the University of California (3). This fly was col-
lected by Mr. J. W. Tilden in the course of work on the insect
fauna of its host plant. The present writer engaged in a study of
the life history of the midge before its identity as an undescribed
species was determined by Dr. Pritchard, to whom specimens were
sent for identification. Acknowledgments are due to Dr. Pritchard
for his identification and description of the midge which have
relieved the writer of the necessity of laboring over its taxonomy
and to Professor Ferris of Stanford University for his direction
through the course of this study.

The fly is associated with the fungus, Puccinia evadens Hark-
ness, which is a rust that occurs on Baccharis pilularis subspecies
consanguinea (deCandolle) C. B. Wolf. This evergreen shrub,
sometimes called chaparral broom or coyote brush belongs to the
family Asteraceae and occurs in some abundance over consider-
able areas of California.

Only the aecial stage of the rust bears an ecological relation-
ship with this midge. It is the only stage of the rust which persists
over a long enough period to provide an adequate and lasting food
supply for the larvae of the midge.

Larval Period

When the larvae hatch from the eggs, they are almost colorless.
Those larvae hatching outside the aecia soon crawl into the spore
mass. Here, as they begin to feed on the spores of the fungus,
they assume the orange color of the spores.

Growth is very rapid immediately after hatching, providing
the food supply is plentiful, the size increasing as much as three
times within two days. In their early stages the larvae are quite
elongated, but as they mature they seem to become proportionately
shorter and wider.

^The present study was completed at Stanford University.

October, 1948]

HARVEY — ECOLOGY OF AN ITONIDID

195

Both the eggs and the young larvae are very susceptible to
drying and when raised in captivity care must be taken to provide
sufficient moisture. Usually a small bit of cotton or sand wet with
a drop of water daily placed in the container being used for the
larvae is sufficient to allay drying.

The larvae are most active in the spring, although the fall is
an almost equally active period. Obviously the larval population
is conditioned by the prevalence of the aecia whose numbers vary
with the seasonal and climatic changes. In April an infested twig
one half inch in diameter and one and a half inches long was ob-
served to have fifty-seven larvae upon it. The eggs and larvae in
various stages of development are found throughout the year.
The smallest number of larvae is observed during the late sum-
mer months. The larvae which survive the dry season tend to be-
come more sluggish and many build cocoons in preparation for
the pupal stage. These cocoons are often built in the spore mass,
in aecial pits which have dried out or on the surface of the soil.
In captivity the larvae can be induced to build a cocoon between
layers of paper toweling.

Building a cocoon is a fairly rapid process, requiring only one
or two days. One larva was observed which completed its cocoon
in the fold of a bit of paper toweling in only twenty-four hours.
The cocoon is composed of minutely small silken threads, is ar-
ranged in a rather irregular network apparently with no set pat-
tern, and is completely closed. The larvae secrete these threads
from their mouths, probably a product of the salivary glands.

Though one commonly secures adults by raising them from
specimens of the rust on which the larvae have built cocoons,
the large number of larvae which fall from the fungus leads to the
assumption that the building of cocoons may also occur in the
soil. As mentioned above, larvae have been induced in the lab-
oratory to spin cocoons in paper toweling. In their natural habitat
it is quite conceivable that the larvae may build cocoons in the
leaf mat below the plant. Furthermore, during the fall of the
year, large numbers of eggs were found on the fungus, although
close examination of numerous rust specimens revealed no
cocoons. Inasmuch as the eggs are quite fragile and ordinarily
hatch within five to eight days, it is evident that the adults, which
live only a few days, had emerged currently from some place other
than the fungus, probably from the soil. Riibsaamen (4) has
found that some larvae of the closely related genus, Mycodiplosis,

196

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIV. No. 4

pupate in the soil. Circumstances would seem to indicate that it
is the exception rather than the rule for the larvae to pupate in the
fungus. With specimens of larvae reared in the laboratory, a much
greater percentage of the larvae fell out of the fungus than re?'
mained therein.

The larval stage is by far the longest stage in the life cycle of
this species, sometimes lasting several months, in contrast to the
two to four days of life as an adult midge, to the eight days of life
as a pupa, and to the comparably short period of existence in the
egg. Larvae were observed in the laboratory in cocoons on a twig,
remaining without any apparent change in form from May uatil
October.

A twig heavily parasitized by rust was collected on November
13. Examination under the microscope revealed that numerous
eggs were present scattered in and around the aecia, the latter
showing no evidence of being attacked by larvae. A further search
of the twig revealed no larvae present. On the second day after
collection numerous first instar larvae appeared. These immedi-
ately began to feed on the rust, growing very rapidly and causing
a great number of white, empty spore cases to collect above the
aecia. The larvae continued to attack the rust vigorously until
November 25 at which time their food supply showed signs of
being depleted. Many of the larvae had grown to full size by this
time and many had left the twig, falling to the bottom of the
plugged phial in which the twig was contained. On November
26 two pupae, not enclosed in a cocoon, were found on the bottom
of the phial. The adults emerged eight days later. Allowing five
to seven days for the eggs to hatch and three days as adults, the
life cycle required approximately thirty-two days. This, however,
took place in the laboratory where the atmospheric factors were
favorable and the food supply was plentiful. In less favorable
circumstances one would expect the cycle to take longer, as evi-
denced by the long larval period during the summer months cited
above.

The generations apparently overlap, creating a situation where-
in there are always specimens present in various degrees of de-
velopment. At least this seems to be the case in this region where
the winters are mild and the summers are not excessively dry and
hot. In a region where the winters are quite severe, one would
expect larvae (inside their cocoons) to undergo a resting “winter

October, 1948]

HARVEY— ECOLOGY OF AN ITONIDID

197

stage.” In his studies of British Itonididae, Barnes (1) found that
emergence of the adults was retarded by cold weather and that the
larvae remained in the cocoons until spring.

Nutrition

Larvae in all stages of development are often found with their
heads buried far down into the aecia, suggesting that they might
well take their nutrition from the juices of the rust mycelium as
well as from the rust spores. This, however, was not definitely
determined. Aecia have been observed which have been complete-
ly devoured within seven to eight days by the feeding of from
six to ten larvae in each.

Due to the small size and structure of the mouthparts of the
larvae the fungal spores cannot be ingested but are sucked dry of
their contents. Spores were never found in the intestinal track of
the larvae, though globules of orange oil similar to those contained
within the spores were found. These globules of oil became readily
visible if the larvae and also the spores were boiled in a potas-
sium hydroxide solution. Since the spore walls are not broken
down by this treatment, they would appear, if present, within the
body wall of the larvae. Grasse (2) found larvae of Mycodiplosis
reaumuri Kieffer and Mycodiplosis tremulae Kieffer living on
the underside of leaves infested with fungi. He states that the
larvae pierce the spore envelope with fine sylets and then suck
out the contents. With Clinodiplosis pucciniae Pritchard the great
accumulation of white, empty spores in the vicinity of the working
larvae serves as evidence that the spores are not eaten but that
their contents are merely sucked out.

Method of Locomotion

The method of movement of a larva was observed as it crossed
a smooth glass surface. Forward motion was brought about by
issuing forth a thin silky thread from the tip of the mouth parts.
The thread was attached or stuck to the glass surface. The body
of the larva was then contracted with a peristaltic-like motion,
drawing the posterior end forward. The posterior end is capable
of sticking to the glass surface and with an elongation of the body
the anterior portion is again thrust forward whereupon the thread
is reattached at a new forward position. In this way the larvae
are capable of a relatively rapid movement even on a smooth

198

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIV, No. 4

surface. This means of locomotion even permits the larva to scale
a vertical surface. One larva two milimeters in length was observed
to move over a paper surface at the rate of two centimeters per
minute.

Larvae have also been observed in locomotion without employ-
ing the thread. In the natural habitat locomotion is further facili-
tated by bristles situated over the body surface which aid the
organism in acquiring a hold on the substrate. In addition the
mouth parts form a projection with which the larva can anchor
itself into irregularities in the substrate and pull itself forward.

The silky web secreted by the larva is readily visible in the
infested aecia of Puccinia evadens Harkness. The web causes the
shed spores and empty spore envelopes to be held together in a
mat covering the fresher, still attached spores beneath. This con-
dition is disadvantageous to the rust in that it allows fewer
aeciospores to be disseminated. On the other hand the mat o
spores provides protection for the larvae, which are usually
embedded in the aecia beneath it, both from excessive drying and
from the possibility of becoming the prey of birds or large pre-
dacious insects.

Pupa

The general structure of the pupa does not differ greatly from
that of other Itonididae. It is worthy of note, however, that a pair
of strong, cephalic bristles are inserted in the region between the
eye position of the pupa. These are to be distinguished from the
so-called “cephalic horns” which are located just anterior to the
insertion of the antennal rudiments and which are not particular-
ly produced in this species. The bristles probably function in the
penetration of the cocoon wall by the pupa. A number of empty
puparia was found which were protruding from the cocoon with
only the tip of the abdominal portion remaining embedded in the
wall of the cocoon. Apparently the pupa breaks out of the cocoon
just prior to the emergence of the adult.

A female midge was observed emerging from its puparium.
The puparium splits longitudinally along the dorsum in the head
region. The head of the insect emerges first followed by the thorax,
the wings, the abdomen, the antennae and last the legs. Immedi-
ately after emergence the legs appeared to be quite incapable
of supporting the body of the imago. However, within a few
minutes the chitin in the legs appeared to have become firm

October 1948] harvey— ecology of an itonidid igg

enough to provide adequate support. The wings were wrinkled
and folded on emergence, but rapidly expanded to their normal
size. The insect maintained a horizontal resting position while
expanding the wings and the expansion of the wing seemed
to accompany a series of convulsive movements of the thorax
near the wing attachment. The length of time required for com-
plete emergence amounted to slightly less than five minutes.

The eyes, wings, antennae, and legs become a dark gray before
emergence from the puparium. The color of the thorax and ab-
domen is a pronounced orange immediately after emergence, but
this gradually darkens to a gray color within a few hours.

Adult

The length of time spent in the adult stage is very short.
Imagoes reared from larvae in the laboratory were never observed
to live over three days. They do not appear to be especially strong
flyers. In the laboratory female midges did not lay eggs when they
were not fertilized. The mouth parts of this species are of the
type which can take up only liquid substances. An adult of this
species was observed taking up droplets of water which had con-
densed on the surface of the glass phial in which it was contained.
No further observations were made, however, in regard to the
nutrition of the adult flies.

Egg

The eggs of this species of Clinodiplosis are ellipsoidal and al-
most transparent, having a very pale orange color. The length is
approximately twice the width of the egg and the ends are of equal
size and curvature. The adult female deposits them in the aecia
and among the spores which have been shed and which lie around
the periphery of the aecia. The chorion of the egg is covered with
a quite sticky substance at the time of deposition, causing the
egg to adhere to the substrate and also causing the aeciospores to
adhere to the egg surface. This condition makes the egg inconspic-
uous and difficult to distinguish from the rest of the spore mass.

The length of time required for the eggs to hatch seems to be
rather irregular. Most required from five to seven days to hatch.
Eight to twelve eggs are often found placed singly in no set ar-
rangement around an aecium.

No evidence of paedogenesis was found in this species. The
larger eggs characteristic of paedogenesis were not found and

200

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIV, No. 4

neither did larvae isolated over a long period of time ever produce
eggs.

Symbiosis Between Fly and Fungus

The helation of the fly to the fungus has already been indicated
in the discussion of the life history of the former. It may, how-
ever, be summarized as follows:

1. On the basis of all present information the fly occurs only
in association with this particular fungus.

2. In its active growing period the larva of the fly lives only
in the aecia of the fungus and feeds upon the aeciospores. Ap-
parently no association exists with the other fungal stages.

3. Examination of stomach contents of fly larvae indicates
that they pierce the fungus spores and ingest only the contents
of the spores.

4. There is no indication that the adult flies make any use of
the fungus spores as food.

5. There is no indication that the flies have anything to do
with the dissemination of the fungus, since no fungus spores
were found clinging to the bodies of flies.

6. The larvae eat so many of the spores, at times cleaning out
almost an entire pustule, that they probably have some effect
in reducing the total number of spores available for dissemination.

7. The webs spun by the larvae seem also to have a retarding
effect upon spore dissemination by preventing the spores from
being shed readily.

8. Thus, it appears that the relation of the fly and the fungus
is quite simple, the fly feeding upon the fungus and apparently
being restricted to it for its food supply, but the fungus receiving
no aid in any way from the fly and being in no way dependent
upon it.

References

1. Barnes, H. F. 1930. On some factors governing the emergence
of gall midges. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 381-393.

2. Grasse, P. P., 1933. L’ethologie des Mycodiplosis et ses varia-
tions. V Cong. Int. Ent. Paris, 2 : 111-117.

3. Pritchard, A. E., 1948. Clinodiplosis pucciniae, a new gall
midge feeding on a rust. Pan-Pacific Ent. 24 : 29.

4. Rubsaamen, E. H., 1889. Ueber Gallmuken aus mykophagen
Larven. Ent. Nachr. 15: 382.

October, 1948]

BARBER— LYGAEIDAE

201

SOME NEW LYGAEIDAE CHIEFLY FROM
THE UNITED STATES

(Hemiptera : Heteroptera)

BY H. G. BARBER
Roselle, N. J.

Zeropamera Barber, new genus

Body elongate, oval. Head porrect; preocular margin to base
of antenna equal to the postocular margin ; postocular margin
gently rounded, not abruptly contracted; vertex rather strongly
convex. Antennae long and slender, basal segment lightly incras-
sate, very nearly as long as the head. Rostrum with apex of basal
segment extended to base of head, subequal to second segment.
Pronotum with a well defined collar, a rather deep constriction
between the two lobes ; anterior lobe twice as long and one third nar-
rower than posterior lobe; posterior lobe not depressed. Legs rather
long; anterior femur moderately incrassate, with a double series
of setigerous spines beneath; anterior tibia of the male straight,
with a row of short inclined setigerous spinules on the apical three
quarters; posterior tibia very sparsely setose; tarsus long, basal
segment about three times as long as the second and third united.

Type of the genus: Zeropamera nigra new species.

Zeropamera nigra Barber, new species

Entire body and the femora black; very nearly nude; anten-
nae, rostrum, tibia and tarsi sordid fusco-testaceous. Head but little
longer than wide (75 x 70). Eyes prominent. Preocular portion to
apex of tylus equal to remainder of the head. Ocelli more remote
from each other than each is removed from the eyes. Antennae
long and slender, but little shorter than head and pronotum united,
basal segment extended beyond apex of head by more than one
half of its length; second segment one third and third one fourth
longer than basal; terminal segment only slightly incrassate, but
little shorter than second (1.56, 2.36, 2.00 and 2.25 mm. respec-
tively). Pronotum slightly shining; lateral margins of anterior
lobe gently, convexly rounded, much narrower anteriorly than at
the constriction; both lobes rather strongly convexly rounded dor-
sally; anterior lobe smooth; posterior lobe sparingly, finely punc-
tate. Scutellum a little longer than wide, sparsely, finely punctate;
apical half lightly carinate. Commissure a little less than one half
as long as the scutellum. Clavus irregularly punctate. Cbrium
sparsely, finely punctate. Membrane black, extended to apex of
abdomen. Venter with a few long, scattered setae. Length 10.50 mm.

202

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIV, No. 4

Holotype: Male, Mt. Wilson, Los Angeles Co., California,
February 2, 1940 (Collected by J. R. Fisher).

Paratypes: Two females, one from Sequoia Nat. Park, eleva-
tion 2000-5000 ft., June 13, 1929 (collected by Dr. E. C. Van
Dyke) ; one with the same data as the type retained by the author.
Type and one paratype in the collection of Dr. R. L. Usinger of
the University of California.

Zeropamera belongs to the Tribe Myodochini, most closely re-
lated to Pachybrachius. Besides a marked difference in color the
head is more porrect, posterior ocular margin gently rounded,
not abruptly contracted ; basal segment of antenna longer ; anterior
femur less incrassate; anterior tibia of male having setigerous
spinules and the posterior tarsus relatively longer.

Ozophora angustata Barber, new species

Head, anterior lobe of the pronotum, scutellum and beneath
testaceous; posterior lobe of the pronotum and hemelytron ochra-
ceous; posterior margin of the corium narrowly brown; apex of
the scutellum pale yellow; antennae stramineous, with apices of
third segment lightly tinted with brown; legs stramineous, apices
of femora very lightly tinted with brown; membrane lightly fum-
ose. Elongate, narrow.

Head smooth, shining, nearly one fifth longer than wide;
eyes not strongly protruding; preocular portion to apex of tylus
twice as long as eye; preocular margin to base of antenna as long
as posterior margin and two thirds the length of eye. Antenna
long and slender, basal segment at least one third as long as head
on the median dorsal line; second segment about one third longer
than basal, third slightly longer than second segment; fourth
segment missing. Rostrum long and slender, apex extending just
past posterior coxae; basal segment extended to a point a little
behind the line of eyes; second and third segments subequal. Pro-
notum nearly one fourth shorter than head; anterior lobe smooth,
shining, twice as wide as long, including the collar; constriction
between the two lobes rather shallow, the collar well defined, fol-
lowed by a transverse row of punctures; lateral margins, in outr-
line, gently convex, distinctly carinate; posterior lobe subequally
long but twice as wide as the anterior lobe, rather finely and closely
punctate; humeral angles smooth, somewhat elevated; posterior
margin slightly concavely arcuated. Scutellum very nearly one
third longer than wide, closely punctate along the lateral margins,
sparsely punctate on the central surface which is occupied by a
Y-shaped, smooth, calloused ridge, the anterior arms of which

October, 1948]

BARBER— LYGAEIDAE

203

do not quite reach to the basal angles on each side. Commissure
almost one third longer than the scutellum. Membrane somewhat
abbreviated, not quite reaching to end of abdomen. The legs are
rather long; anterior femur lightly incrassate, armed with two
small spines between apex and middle point; posterior tarsus very
long. Length male 7.65 mm.

Holotype: male, Big Bend Park, Brewster Co., Texas, July
30, 1937 (collected by Rollin H. Baker) . Through the kindness
of Professor H. J. Reinhard, Department of Entomology, A. and
M. College of Texas, this unique specimen is deposited in the col-
lection of the United States National Museum.

This species is much narrower than any other described species,
with longer antennae and legs than picturata Uhl.

Tempyra testacea Barber, new species

Head, pronotum, scutellum and beneath testaceous; lateral
margins of pronotum, clavus, corium anteriorly, narrowly ele-
vated margins of the latter, antennae except at incisures, legs and
rostrum ochraceous; extreme bases of antennal segments 2-4
fuscous; a large whitish spot before apical angle of corium; area
before and about this spot faintly tinted with brown; membrane
tinted with brown, slightly paler than towards apex. Sparsely
long setose on the scutellum and corium.

Head one third wider than long. Eyes globular; interocular
space about twice as wide as an eye; preocular portion of head on
the median line subequal to the length of an eye. Antenna with the
basal segment short, passing apex of head by about one half its
length, second segment just over twice as long as basal, third seg-
ment about one third longer than basal, terminal segment but
little longer than second. Rostrum with the basal segment ex-
tended to the apex of the bucculae, second segment one third
longer than basal. Pronotum nearly one third wider than long;
lateral margins narrowly elevated, lightly constricted just behind
middle; dorsal constriction between the two lobes rather shallow;
disk of anterior lobe impunctate; posterior lobe rather sparsely,
finely punctate; humeral angle with a slight, elevated, rounded
ridge. Anterior femur strongly incrassate, provided with a number
of small, unequal spines beneath; anterior tibia strongly curved.
Scutellum about one fourth wider than long, rather closely punc-
tate, obscurely carinate on the apical third. Clavus with three
regular rows of punctures, one along inner claval margin, the other
two parallel, nearer to the outer margin of the clavus. Commissure
but little longer than the scutellum. Costal margin of the corium
narrowly elevated; surface punctate in rows along the veins; pro-

204

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIV, No. 4

fusely punctate in and about the large preapical spot. Membrane
extended slightly beyond apex of the abdomen. Length male 3.25
mm.; female 3.60 mm.

Holotype: male, TucsoN, Ariz., July 14, 1933 (E. D. Ball, col-
lector). Paratypes: two female, TucsoN, Ariz., July 25, 1936 (E.
D. Ball, collector) and Arlington, Ariz., June 17, 1919 (D. E.
Fox, collector). In the collection of the United States National
Museum.

Besides a marked difference in color testacea differs from Stal’s
higuttula from Texas as follows: head and pronotum relatively
narrower, anterior lobe of the latter less distinctly punctate, clavus
with three rows of punctures and the apical angle of corium more
profusely punctate.

Valesuris Barber, new genus

Head but little shorter and narrower than the pronotum across
anterior region, strongly convex; eyes mediocre, very nearly in
contact with the anterior angles of pronotum; ocelli absent. An-
tennae slightly incrassate; basal segment well extended beyond
apex of head but little shorter than second. Rostrum extended to
posterior coxae; basal segment extended to base of head, subequal
to basal segment of the antenna. Pronotum with anterior margin
straight; anterior angles abruptly rounded; lateral margins
straight, gently converging anteriorly, nearly parallel to each
other; the edge very narrowly impressed along the under side;
lightly depressed a little before the posterior margin; posterior
margin concavely arcuated. Scutellum equilateral. Clavus and
corium connate, flat. Membrane much abbreviated. Posterior mar-
gin of corium very nearly straight. Anterior femur lightly incras-
sate, with several spinules towards apex. Posterior tarsus short.

Type of genus: Valesuris pusillus new species.

Valesuris pusillus Barber, new species

Color of head castaneous; remainder uniformly testoceous;
somewhat shining; sparsely pilose. Head smooth, very faintly,
sparsely punctate on the vertex ; nearly one third wider than long ;
preocular margin to base of antenna slightly shorter than an eye;
ocelli absent. Antenna with the second segment about one third
longer than basal; third segment but little longer than basal, term-
inal segment subequal to second. Pronotum about one third wider
than long, lateral margins lightly converging anteriorly to the
abruptly rounded anterior angles back of the eyes, the edge not

October, 1948]

BARBER— LYGAEroAE

205

sharply impressed, as seen from above; surface anteriorly and
posteriorly very finely and sparsely punctate. Scutellum finely,
closely punctate. Clavus and corium flat, in the same plane; clavus
with three regular, close set lines of punctures, with another paral-
lel row along the claval suture. Commissure but little shorter than
the scutellum. Corium closely and rather coarsely punctate. Length
2.00 mm.

Holotype: male, Tejupilco, Temescaltepec, Mexico, June 29,
1933. Paratypes : eleven specimens with the same data as the holo-
type (collected by H. E. Hinton and R. L. Usinger) ; in the collec-
tion of Doctor R. L. Usinger. One male paratype retained by
the author.

Valesuris belongs to Stal’s tribe Lethaeini. Judging from the
author’s description it seems most closely related to his South
American genus Esuris. In this connection it should be noted that
the author, in three previous articles, was in error in placing two
Arizona species in Esuris and in assigning these to the tribe
Lethaeini. One of these species was later made the basis of a new
genus Neosuris while the other species fulgidus was retained in
Stal’s genus. In a future article the author intends to clear up the
position and synonymy of these species.

Geocoris alboclavus Barber, new species

Head and pronotum anteriorly testaceous; ocelli red; apex of
tylus, anterior margin of head on either side of this, three spots
posteriorly on the pronotum, one in the middle and the others on
the humeral angles, and apex of the scutellum, ochraceous; clavus,
inner margins along the claval suture as well as the wide costal
margins of the corium conspicuously white; pronotum posteriorly
on either side of middle, behind the cicatrices, faintly, scutellum
except at pale apex, central disk of the corium, lightly tinged
with fuscous. Membrane hyaline. Beneath, with the head sordid
testaceous, with a slightly calloused, oblique, pale yellow fascia on
either side near the eyes, pleura and venter for the most part
lightly infuscated; anterior margin of the prosternum, acetabular
caps, lateral margins of venter, ostiole, basal two segments of ros-
trum and the femora, except beneath, pale yellow. Antennae pale
above ; these as well as the femora beneath, faintly fuscous. Finely
pilose on anterior margins of head and along lateral margins of
pronotum.

Head three times wider across eyes than long; smooth across
the base; central disk before the ocelli very slightly rugulose;

206

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIV, No. 4

eyes not quite in contact with the outer, anterior part of the pro-
notum. Pronotum almost one third wider than long; lateral mar-
gins parallel to the gently rounded anterior third, not angulated
behind the eyes, the cicatrices conspicuous, smooth, narrowly sep-
arated at the middle and almost reaching the lateral margins on
each side; surface before and behind these closely and somewhat
coarsely punctate. Scutellum equilateral, rather coarsely punctate
on either side of a longitudinal, carinate line which extends from
apex to near base. Corium with a line of close set punctures along
the claval suture, surface elsewhere except along the smooth costal
margin, sparsely punctate. Membrane not quite extended to apex
of abdomen. Length of male 3.20 mm.

Holotype: male, Wilcox, Ariz., June 11, 1936. Paratypes'
two females, July 19, 1934 and August 9, 1937 (collected by E.
D. Ball) . Types and paratypes in the United States National
Museum.

Besides the very striking difference in color, this species differs
from all of the other United States species known to the author
by the fine pilosity on the fore part of the head and on the margins
of the pronotum.

THE DISTRIBUTION OF MOLORCHUS IN CALIFORNIA

( Coleoptera : Cerambycidae)

While collecting at Fallsvale, San Bernardino Mts., Calif., on
June 13, 1948, the author took several specimens of Motor chus
eburneus Linsley on the flowers of a mountain lilac, Ceanothus
divaricatus. This species has not previously been recorded from
Southern California, although E. G. Linsley informs me {in lift.)
that he has taken it in the San Jacinto Mts.

Two days later the author returned to the same plant and found
a specimen of M. himaculatus Say. This is an eastern species
which is replaced in the west by M. longicollis Lee. Linsley ( 1931 )
reports this species from Yosemite Valley, but it has never before
been recorded from the south. — Stanley G. Watkins.

October, 1948]

MALKIN-ATTALUS

207

A NEW ATTALUS FROM THE WESTERN UNITED STATES

(Coleoptera: Malachidse)

BY BORYS MALKIN

Calif 0 ')'nia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Calif.

Several years ago I sent a lot of beetles for identification to
the late Dr. F. E. Blaisdell. Returning these, Dr. Blaisdell called
my attention to a species of Attains as being new. Since the speci-
mens remained in my collection unnamed for a number of years,
I am presently taking the opportunity to describe this species,
naming it, as it seems proper, after Dr. Blaisdell.

Attalus blaisdelli Malkin, new species

In general shape more elongate than the usual forms of Attalus.
Head: black throughout except labrum and mandibles which are
yellow. Disc of the head very shining, reticulate with an impres-
sion in the middle. Slightly longer than wide. Thorax: entirely
black, very shining, almost impunctate. The few punctures present
are very feeble and irregularly spaced. Wider than long, more so
in the male than in the female. Proportions of thoracic length to
width as follows (given as proportions only, not as actual meas-
urements) : Male, 2 : 2.5; Female, 2.3 : 2.7. Thorax with a very
distinct impression on disc. Rows of setae along thoracic margins.
Elytra : greenish-black with metallic dull lustre. Sides of elytra and
suture dark yellow to rufous except the anterior third which is
similar in color to disc. Surface of elytra reticulate, coarse. Dark,
erect bristles present along the sides and suture. Abdomen: black
in the male, yellow in the female. Mesosternum dark. Legs: black
except base of femur which is yellow. Tarsal spur not dilated at
base. Antennae: In male half as long as entire body, strongly ser-
rate, segments one and one half times as long as wide. In female
the length of antennse is somewhat less than in the male with seg-
ments more slender and feebly serrate. Also, the female’s inter-
mediate segments are twice as long as wide. In both sexes the
basal segment is elongate, the second very short and round while
the apical segment is sharply pointed. The color is generally
rufous but the first three segments are slightly paler than the re-
mainder. All are covered with minute hairs. Length : 3.2 to 3.7 mm.

208

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIV, No. 4

Holotype male and allotype female Nos. 5913 and 5914, Calif.
Acad. Sci., Ent., and two paratypes collected by the writer from
flowers of an undetermined plant in open country near Boise,
Idaho, 15 June, 1941. The paratypes are in the writer’s collection.

Fig. 1. Attalus blaisdelli Malkin

This species seems to be most closely allied to Attalus demis~
sus Fall.* The color pattern is exactly the same. Size would dif-
ferentiate the two species, demissus being considerably smaller
2.3 to 2.5 mm.). The antenme provide another clue, being shorter
in blaisdelli but on the other hand much more strongly serrate
and having wider segments. Also the thoracic impression is lack-
ing in Fall’s species while the thorax is less punctate. The differ-
ence in locality is not significant. Demissus has been described
from Colorado and material collected of both species is insuffi-
cient to define their geographical distribution correctly.

* Fall, H. C. 1917. “Short Studies in the Malaohidae.” Trans. Am. Ent. Soo.«
XLIII, pp. 67-88.

October, 1948]

KENNETT— CHRYSOPA

209

DEFENSE MECHANISM EXHIBITED BY LARVAE
OF CHRYSOPA CALIFORNICA COQ.

(Neuroptera: Chrysopidae)

BY CHARLES E. KENNETT

Division of Biological Control, University of California

Albany, California

An interesting observation concerning the larval instars of
the California green lacewing, Chrysopa californica Coq., has been
noted at Albany, California, by the writer during the months of
April and May, 1948.

Some 5,000 first and second instar lacewing larvae were lib-
erated on a planting of the ornamental shrub, Pittosporum tohira,
in order to observe their effectiveness as predators on the sun-
flower aphis, Alphis helianthi Monell,^ colonies of which were just
beginning to flourish. The aphis colonies were attended by large
numbers of the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr, which
were feeding on the honeydew secreted by the aphids. The ants
completed their role as trophic symbionts in serving as protectors
of the aphids against parasites and predators.

Most of the lacewing larvae were liberated by dusting them by
the hundred onto the shrubs. Several hundreds, however, were
liberated individually on the shrubs by means of a camel’s hair
brush. During the latter procedure an interesting observation was
made. When a larva was placed on a leaf which was continually
visited by ants, it was immediately susceptible to attack by one or
more ants. In coming upon a larva the ant does not hesitate to
attack. It makes a quick thrust with its mandibles, securely grasp-
ing the abdomen of the larva. The reaction of the larva to attack
is immediate. It attempts to bring the tip of its abdomen, which
is extremely flexible and can be moved in any direction, into con-
tact with the ant’s head. If successful in contacting the ant’s
head, a fluid secreted from the tip of the abdomen is transferred
to the ant. The secretion is extremely repulsive to the ant which
instantly releases its hold and begins crawling backwards, rubbing
its head on the plant surface in an attempt to rid itself of the
substance.

^Determined by E. O. Essig.

210

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIV, No. 4

In many instances the lacewing larva was not successful in
bringing its abdomen into striking position and perished after
the ant had bitten it in a malaxatory manner. The dead larva
was then either discarded or carried aloft by the ant down the
leaves and stems towards the ground. In the latter case, the ant
usually encountered others of its species which attempted to as-
sist it in carrying off the dead victim. This resulted in a scramble
which found the larva being transferred from one ant to another
until it was discarded.

There are several reasons why the lacewing larva succumbs to
the ant, the most important being the size of the larva. The newly
hatched, unfed first instar larva is the most vulnerable to attack
because of its extremely small size and awkwardness. It does
exhibit the ability to secrete the repellent fluid, but in attempting
to contact the ant’s head the larva is handicapped by its small
size. The first instar larva which has fed and increased in size is
better able to defend itself, though still quite vulnerable to attack.
The second instar larva shows a marked improvement over the
first in repelling its attackers. Several larvae at this stage were
observed to repell as many as 10 to 15 ants, one at a time, over
a period of several minutes before finally being overcome. At
this stage the larva has gained suflScient size to be able usually
to bring its abdomen into effective use. Here again the larger
second instar larva is less vulnerable than the smaller second in-
star larva.

Twenty five third instar lacewing larvae were liberated indi-
vidually in the same manner as the first and second instars. They
were found to be completely invulnerable to the ants. The ant
attacks in the same manner as previously described but is at a
great disadvantage because the larva is by now much larger than
its assailant. When attacked by one ant, the third instar larva is
merely disturbed and immediately brings its abdomen into play,
giving the ant a liberal application of the secretion. In this case
the amount of secretion is enough to repell the ant if placed any-
where on its body. In several instances, where a large amount of
the repellant was secreted, the ants apparently became paralyzed
for a period of 10 to 15 minutes. When several ants attack, the
larva becomes much more agitated and usually drops from the
leaf or branch to escape its attackers. If not no easily dissuaded,
it may swing the tip of its abdomen in a wide arc, secreting the
repellent rather copiously. This procedure usually drives off the

October, 1948]

LEECH— BOOK NOTICE

211

ants. The more tenacious ant, however, even though hit with the
repellent, cling to the larva with their mandibles and are dragged
along by the larva in its desparate attempt to escape. These ants
generally become paralyzed and offer no resistance to the larva.
The larva may also bring its mouthparts into use to rid itself of
the clinging ants. When a third instar larva, feeding on an aphid,
is attacked by an ant, it does not release the aphid but continues
to feed, at the same time repelling the ant with the secretion. In
no case did a third instar larva succumb to the ants.

Book Notice

Insect Natural History, By A. D. Imms. Collins, 14 St. James’s
Place, London, xviii -|“ 317 p., 40 coloured pis., 32 pis. in
black and white, 40 text figs., 8 maps. Price 16 shillings. 1947.

This, volume 8 of “The New Naturalist. A Survey of British
Natural History,” edited by J. Fisher, J. Gilmour, J. Huxley, L.
D. Stamp, and E. Hosking, is nothing short of fascinating. The
illustrations, mostly by S. Beaufoy, are almost uniformly fine, and
the colour plates, especially those of dragon flies, are magnificent.
In nearly all cases the insects are shown as live specimens in
their natural habitats.

The discussion is centered on the British fauna, but the style
is so easy, the subject matter so broad, and the species figured
so typical, that the book is equally readable on this side of the
ocean. There are chapters on: insect structure and transforma-
tions, classification and naming, wings and flight, the senses, feed-
ing habits (2), biological control, galls, methods of protection
practiced by insects, reproduction, aquatic insects, social life (2).
There is a definite attempt to stimulate the amateur, and references
are made to various phases, especially the distribution of species,
in which he can provide valuable scientific data. — Hugh B. Leech.

212

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIV, No. 4

A NEW RACE OF INCISALIA ERYPHON FROM

WASHINGTON

(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae)

BY F. H. CHERMOCK AND D. P. FRECHIN
Butler, Pennsylvania, and Bremerton, Washington

InCISALIA ERYPHON Bdv.

The authors possess good series of this species from many locali-
ties over the known limits of its range. Examples from eastern
Washington we tentatively place under the typical race. However,
a large series from various localities in the Puget Sound Basin
exhibits constant characters of subspecific value. We therefore
propose a new name for this form.

Incisalia eryphon sheltonensis Chermock and Frechin,

new subspecies

Noticeably smaller and less robust than typical eryphon, expand-
ing 22-26 mm., Sheltonensi is very close to typical eryphon on the
upper surface, differing in the slightly deeper ground color. How-
ever, the new race is immediately separable by the diagnostic under
surface. Fore wing : Slightly darker ground color, with the dark
markings accentuated. Secondary: A darker ground color, inclined
to reddish purple, with all dark markings well accentuated. The
normal eryphon pattern of the basal and discal area is partially to
completely obliterated by dark brown, which is in turn overcast with
reddish purple. The black zig-zag line paralleling the marginal
markings is bold and heavy.

This new race is an example of parallel variation in that it pre-
sents an underside macular pattern very similar to the same area
in clarki. Hence Sheltonensis bears much the same relationship
to eryphon that clarki bears to niphon.

Sheltonensis is apparently restricted to Washington, British
Columbia, and northern Oregon, coastal. It is not a common insect
on Puget Sound, and flies only briefly in late April and early May.
The largest colony known to the authors is situated on a j ack pine
prairie near Shelton, Wash.

Holotype, male, and allotype, female, Shelton, Washington,
IV-26-47. Seventy-six paratypes from Shelton, Belfair, Stimson
Creek, and Mason Lake, all in Mason County; Gorst Creek, and
Chico Creek, Kitsap County, Washington.

The primary types will be deposited in the Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

October, 1948]

INDEX TO VOLUME XXIV*

213

Aedes, Wyoming' spp., 182
Aletopauropus, 73, 78
lentus, 74

Amitermes wheeleri, 63
Anopheles, Wyoming spp., 186
Anoplius californiae, 128
Arachnis picta picta, 31
aestivation in larvae, 31
Arrenoclavus, 145
koehleri, 146, 147
Attains blaisdelli, 207

A vi n 51 ^7

Bixby, D. H., Sphaeridium, 33
Boddy, D. W., Culicidae, 85
Bohart, R. M., Euparagia, 149
Book notices, 35, 130, 211
Brachypauropidae, key, 77
Brachypauropus, 77
Ceratophyus, status, 25
Chermock, F. H., & D. P.

F rechin,

Incisalia, 202
Chrysopa californica, 209
larval defense, 209
Clinodiplosis pucciniae, 29
biology, 184

Cockerell, Obituary notice, 8
biographical sketch, 117
Coleoptera, 1, 6, 23, 32, 33, 131,
206, 207

Colias eurytheme, 38
Copidosoma koehleri, 34
Coxelus pacificus, 40
Culex, Wyoming spp., 186
Culicidae, 85, 161
Wyoming, 161
Culiseta, Wyoming spp., 187
defense mechanism, 209
Chrysopa larvae, 209
DeLong, D. W., Neokolla, 141
Deltopauropus, 75, 78
luteus, 75
magnus, 77
Dinapate wrightii, 37
Diptera, 29, 85, 161, 191
Doutt, R. L.,

Copidosoma koehleri, 34
Insect-conditioned plants, 121
Arrenoclavus, 145
Evans, H. E., Pompilidae, 123
Eckert, J. E., Book notice, 35
Embioptera, 97, of New Guinea,
97

Eriosoma lanrigerum, 122
Essig, E. 0.

Mounting aphids, 9
Sol Felty Light, 49
T. D. A. Cockerell, 117

Eucerceris, key, 155
angulata, 157, 158, 180
arenaria, 156, 157, 168
arizonensis, 157
baja, 156, 170
biconica, 157, 178
bitruncata, 158, 171
brunnea, 157, 159
canaliculata, 156, 157, 179
c. var. atronitida, 157
cerceriformis, 158
conata, 158, 172
elegans, 156, 159, 171
ferruginosa, 159, 178
flavocincta, 155, 158, 163
fulvipes, 156, 158, 168
hespera, 156, 171
insignis, 156, 158, 178
lacunosa, 155, 159
melanosa, 156, 163
melanovittata, 156, 164
mellea, 156, 158, 165
mcntana, 157, 158, 180
pacifica, 156, 176
punctifrons, 157
rubripes, 156, 158
ruficeps, 159, 175
similis, 156, 159
sinuata, 158
superba, 156, 158
s. var. bicolor, 158
triciliata, 156, 172
tricolor, 157, 158, 180
velutina, 156, 157, 160
vittatifrons, 157, 158, 180
violaceipennis, 157
zonata, 156, 158
Euparagia, key, 149

boregoensis, 149, 150, 152
desertorum, 149, 150, 151
maculiceps, 149, 154
platiniceps, 149, 150, 153
scutellaris, 149, 150, 154
timberlakei, 149, 150
Eurypauropus californicus, 79
Ferris, G. F., mealybugs, 39
Geocoris alboclavus, 205
Geotrupes, 23, genotype, 23
Ginglymocladus discoidea, 40
Gnathitermes per plexus, 60
Gnorimoschema baccharisella,
122

Gravieripus armatus, 82
Harvey, J. M.,

Itonidid ecology, 194
Hemiptera, 201
Heterotermes hoferi, 59
Homoptera, 141

* New names in bold face, synonyms in italics

214

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIV, No. 4

Hymenoptera, 26, 34, 35, 95, 123,
145, 149, 155, 189
Hyperaspidius bryanti, 7
carri, 6

coloradensis, 6
distincta, 8
neglecta, 8
subtropicus, 7
Incisalia eryphon 212
e. sheltonensis, 212
Insect-conditioned plant tissues,
121

Insect transmission o f plant
viruses, 41
Isoptera, 54
Itolia, key, 191
atripes, 191, 193
maculata, 191
timberlakei, 191, 192
Kalotermes hubbardi, 56
minor, 57

Kennett, C. E., Chrysopa, 209
Leach, E. R.,

Nunenmacher biography, 1
Leech, H. B., Book notices, 130,
211

Lepidoptera, 31, 202
Light, S. F„ biographical, 49
Light, S. F., & F. M, Weesner,
biology of termites, 54
Lipponyssus pacificits, 27
sylviarum, 27
Ludius furtivus, 40
semivittatus, 40
Lygaeidae, 201

MacSwain, J. W., & U. N. Nan-
ham, Pauropoda, 69
Malkin, B., Attalus, 207
Mansonia perturb ans, 188
Mealybugs, 39
Members, P. C. E. S., 44
Middlekauff, W. W., Sirex, 189
Molorchus bimacula tus, 206
evurneus, 206
longicollis, 206
Mosquito records, 161,

Wyoming, 161
Neokolla aridella, 143, 144
gothica, 141, 143
severini, 142
Neuroptera, 189
Nomenclature, Geotrupes, 23,
homonyms, 43
Nunenmacher, biography, 1
Coccinellidae, 6
Odontaeus obesus, 43
Oligotoma, key, 98
albertisi, 99, 105
aurea, 99, 110

borneensis, 99, 100
brunnea, 99, 103
davisi, 99, 101
hollandia, 99, 108
mandibulata, 98, 112
maritima, 99, 105, 107
oculata, 98, 114, 115
Ozophora angustata, 202
Pacific Coast Ent. Soc., Proc.,
36, members, 44

Paraneotermes simplicicornis, 55
Pauropoda, 69
Plant viruses, 41
Platycerus oregonensis, 40
Podabrus, key, 131
californicus, 132, 133
carmelensis, 132
cavicollis, 132
c. albrighti, 132, 138
c. cavicollis, 132, 137
c. hatchi, 132, 139
corneus, 132, 139
lucidatus, 132, 134
lutosus, 132, 135
rossi, 132, 139
smithi, 132, 136
Pogonocherus crinitus, 40
Pompilus phoenix, 123
P oner a trigona var. opacior, 26
Potts, R. W. L., Geotrupes, 23
Ponera, 26
Protura, 37

Pritchard, A. E., Clinodiplosis, 29
Psorophora signipennis, 188
Rees, D. M., & F. C. Harmston
Culicidae, 161
Reticulitermes tibialis, 58
Ross, E. S.

New Guinea Embioptera, 97
Saissetia oleae, 122
Scullen, H. A., Eucerceris, 155
Sirex longicauda, 189
Smith, M. R., U. S. ants, 35
Smith, R. F., Colias, 38
Sphaeridium lunatum, 33
Strepsiptera, 39
Tempyra testacea, 203
Tenuirostritermes tenuirostris,
66

Thatcher, T. 0.

Xenorhipis osbomi, 32
Tilden, J. W.

Arachnis picta picta, 31
Torymus, 95
bedeguaris, 96
californicum, 96
chrysochlora, 96
giganticum, 96
tubicula, 96

October, 1948]

INDEX TO VOLUME XXIV

215

Tricholema abnormala, 40
Valesuris, 204, pusillus, 204
Watkins, S. G., Molorchus, 206
Wilcox, J., Itolia, 191
Xenorhipis osborni, 32
Xestobium affine, 40

Zeropamera, 201

nigra, 201 ,

Zootermopsis laticeps, 55
Zygopauiropus, 72, 77 hesperius,
72

THE

Pan-Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

in cooperation with

The California Academy of Sciences

VOLUME TWENTY-FOUR

19 4 8

EDITORIAL BOARD

E. G. LINSLEY and R. L. USINGER, Editon
E. C. VAN DYKE, Associate Editor
E. S. ROSS, Assistant Editor
R. C. MILLER, Treasurer

1948

M. A. Stewart
E. R. Leach

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

1949

C. D. Duncan
H. H. Keifer

1950
G. F. Ferris
E. O. Essig, Chairman

San Francisco, California
1948

11

CONTENTS FOR VOLUME XXIV

Barber, H. G.

Some new Lygaeidae chiefly from the United States 201

Bixby, David H.

Distribution of Sphaeridium lunatum Fab 33

Boddy, Dennis W

An annotated list of the Culicidae of Washington 85

Bohart, Richard M.

The genus Euparagia in North America 149

Chermock, F. H., and D. P. Frechin

A new race of Incisalia eryphon from Washington 212

DeLong, Dwight M.

Two new species of Neokolla closely related to gothica 141

Doutt, Richard L.

The distribution of Copidosoma koehleri Blanchard. 34

The suitability of insect-conditioned plant tissues as

habitats for successive insect species.. 121

Arrenoclavus, a new genus of polyembryonic Encyrtidae.. 145
Eckert, J. E.

Book notice. 35

Essig, E. 0.

Obituary notice 8

Mounting aphids and other small insects on

microscope slides 9

Sol Felty Light... 49

Theodore Dru Alison Cockerell 117

Evans, Howard E.

Two new southwestern spider wasps 123

Fender, Kenneth

The cavicollis-corneus group of Podabrus 131

Furman, Deane P.

Liponyssus pacificus Ewing, a synonym of Liponyssus

sylviarum (Canestrini and Fanzago) 27

Harvey, John Marshall

The ecology of an itonidid fly associated with a rust on

Baccharis pilularis consanguinae 194

Hobbs, Kenneth R.

On the classification of Torymus 95

lU

Kennett, Charles E.

Defense mechanism exhibited by larvae of Chrysopa

californica Coq 209

Leach, E. R.

Biography of Frederick William Nunemacher 1

Leech, H. B.

Book notices 130, 211

Light, S. F., and Frances M. Weesner

Biology of Arizona termites with emphasis on swarming.... 54
MacSwain, J. W., and U. N. Lanham

New genera and species of Pauropoda from California.... 69
Malkin, Borys

A new Attains from the western United States 207

Middlekauff, Woodrow W.

A new species of Sirex from California 189

Nunemacher, F. W.

Studies among the Coccinellidae, No. 11 6

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

Proceedings 36

List of Members 44

Potts, Robert W. L.

The scarabaeid genus Geotrupes and its type 23

New records of Ponera trigona var. opacior Forel 26

Pritchard, A. Earl

Clinodiplosis pucciniae, a new gall midge feeding on
a rust 29

Rees, Don M., and Fred C. Harmston

Mosquito records from Wyoming and Yellowstone

National Park 181

Ross, Edward S.

The Embioptera of New Guinea 97

Scullen, H. A.

New species in the genus Eucerceris with notes on

recorded species and a revised key to the genus 155

Thatcher, T. 0.

A new locality record of Xenorhipis osborni Knull,

with on host and work 32

IV

Tilden, J. W.

Aestivation in larvae of Arachnis picta picta Packard 31

Watkins, Stanley G.

The distribution of Molorchus in California 206

Wilcox, J.

The genus Itolia Wilcox 191

MAILING DATES FOR VOLUME XXIV

No. 1. March 31, 1948
No. 2. June 29, 1948
No. 3. October 16, 1948
No. 4. January 31, 1949

1

FOR YOUR AGRICULTURAL NEEDS

P E N C O*

AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS

PENCO* BHC (Benzene Hexachloride) Technical — unusually high Gamma Isomer
content of 36% for the insecticide manufacturer.

D-12 Dust Base — has exceptionally high Gamma Isomer content of 12%.
For use by dusl manufacturers in the formulation of finished agricultural
insecticides.

W-12 Wettable Base — 12% Gamma Isomer. For use in water suspension
sprays. Contains superior wetting and depositing agents.

PENCO DDT TECHNICAL — fine granulated powder of uniform high quality. Set-
ting point 89° C. minimum.

PENCO DB-SO — micron-sized dry powdered dust base containing 50% DDT
Technical. Extremely dustable and free-flowing. Can be used with any
non-alkaline diluent recommended by recognized diluent manufacturers.

PENCO WB-50 — micron -sized powder containing 50% DDT and special wet-
ting agents. Mixes easily with soft or hard water for use as water suspen-
sion spray. Adheres to plant foliage, maintaining residual insecticidal effects.

PENCO CATTLE SPRAY— dry, wettable micron-sized powder containing 50%
DDT, plus suitable quantities of spreading and sticking agents for wet-
ting out hair of animals. Recommended for stock and barn sprays, live-
stock dips.

PENCO EMULSION CONCENTRATE — specially developed concentrate for use as
water emulsion spray where minimum visible residue is desired. Forms
very stable emulsion, contains 3 lb. DDT per gallon, 34% by weight.

PENCO SOLVENT CONCENTRATE — 32.6% DDT concentrate primarily intended
for manufacture of fly sprays. Forms a 5% DDT solution when mixed 1
to 7 with kerosene of proper specific gravity. Leaves almost invisible residue.

PENCO CALCIUM ARSENATE — for economical, effective control of the cotton
boll weevil, cotton leaf worm, cotton boll worm. Sulphur and Paris Green
mixtures also available.

PENCO 2,4-D WEED KILLERS — sensational new selective weed killers giving eco-
nomical control of many broadleaf annual weeds without harming com-
mon grasses, and cereal crops. Does not permanently sterilize soil.

PENITE 6 WEED KILLER — high-test, concentrated sodium arsenite weed -killing
solution for controlling grasses and broadleaf annual weeds. Soil sterilant.

PENPHOS (Parathion) — Pennsalt’s newest organic phosphate insecticide now in
experimental stages. Shows promise for control of various mites, spiders
and aphids. Availability dates to be announced soon.

PENPHENE*— Chlorinated camphene insecticides in concentrations of 20%
and 40%.

KRYOCIDE* — the proven insecticide for control of many chewing insects which
attack orchard and garden crops. The Natural Greenland Cryolite.

*Reg. U. S. Pat. Off.

For further information, write to Agricultural Chemicals Division

PENNSYLVANIA SALT MANUFACTURING COMPANY of WASHINGTON

Los Angeles Tacoma

Portland, Ore.

\PEMN \*L SALT

11

/^€0. as PAT OFP

This familiar shieid
symbolizes a matchiess
combination of values:

maintains in the field a trained staff of consultants . . . these OR T HO
Fieldmen keep abreast of new products and new methods, make
definite recommendations, help plan pest control programs.

has 8 manufacturing plants and dust mills from coast to coast . . . plus
106 strategically-located warehouses and hundreds of well-stocked
distributors. Result: ORTHO offers a product service unsurpassed
for convenience, availability and speed.

has behind it nearly half-a- century of field experience and scientific
“know-how.” Hence, ORTHO products are pre-tested, practical
products: effective and economical to use in terms of labor, time
and cost. And broadly compatible, one with another.

( gRTHSj)

offers a full range of both general and specialized products — and
provides the advantages of a year-round control program.

( 5rth5)

continues to forge ahead in research , , , is a leader in the develop-
ment and distribution of new pest control products to serve you better.

\Natth for our announcement of a great new ORTHO insecticide!

CALIFORNIA SPRAY-CHEMICAL CORP.

Richmond • Fresno • Lindsay • Anaheim • Pomona • San Jose • Sacramento
Stockton • Modesto • Watsonville • Whittier • Portland • Yakima • Wenatchee

Ill

Rohm ^ Haas

RHOTHANE

offers these three outstanding
advantages . . .

9He—

Most effective control of corn earworms

Extensive tests on Rhothane, the Rohm & Haas analog of DDT,
convincingly proved that this insecticide concentrate is effective
against all insects controlled by DDT. More recently, it has been
demonstrated that in some instances Rhothane is definitely
superior in insecticidal action. For example, Experiment Station
tests in New Jersey showed that Rhothane gave substantially
better control of corn eai*worms than any other insecticide tested,
including DDT at the same concentration.

tU)9—

Highest yields from tomato acreages

Comparative studies of the effectiveness of various insecticides
in controlling pests attacking tomatoes were conducted as part
of a research program carried out last summer in California.
The highest yields were obtained with a 5% Rhothane treat-
ment . , . approximately 24.74 tons per acre. This compared with
a yield of 21.96 tons with 3% DDT and 21.06 tons with 5% DDT.

tktee!

Greater safety when used on
cauliflower, cabbage

Another advantage of Rhothane over DDT is to be found in its
substantially lower toxicity to warm-blooded animals. This feature
is particularly important when used for the control of pests on
cauliflower, cabbages and other leafy vegetables.

WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.

<1

CHEMICALS

SINCE

FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION

Insecticides

Sulphurs

Fungicides

Parasiticides

Stauffer Knapsack Duster

A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS

V

MANUFACTURERS AND PROCESSORS
OF

Sulphur

• Insecticides

• Fertilizers
® Seeds

Home Office and Plant
Sunland Ave. Fresno, California

9

P. 0. Box 1669 Phone Fresno 2-4113

VI

FRIANITE is a processed anhydrous alkali alumi-
num silicate, definitely on the acid side (pH range
5.4 to 6.5). Designed distribution of particles makes
Frianite easy and effective to use.

FRIANITE is as close to neutral as practical for
general agricultural application. Superior adhesive

qualities. Moisture is less than 1%. Bulk density is
about 47 lbs. per square foot.

FRIANITE improves insecticides... makes them
flow freely and work easier. Because Frianite is a
superior diluent, it is effective and economical to
use anywhere in the United States.

Send for
Free Booklet
on "FRIANITE”

FRIANITE is shipped direct from our plant at Friant,
California, in 100 lb. kraft bags. Superior qualities of
FRIANITE make it economical to use all over the U.S.

iMcri WB i-KT'cH EMimt

i>lrcp/vVPANY:

1000 SIXTEENTH SAN FRANCISCO -"CALIFORNIA

Amhe fimmlafioHs

e^ectiw and easy

TREM and TREX

EMULSIFIERS and SOLUBILIZERS

TREX 40 ferlDPt^

emulsifies solutions in which the custom-
ary DDT solvents have been used.

LMLASiJJM.ilJ£ULLJifcR to provide concentrates without
solvents which can be readily diluted with water to
form non-settling, clear solutions.

lAifmWiiffi ra i t i t i VJ dissolves as high as 50% of
Toxaphene, and following water dilution gives stable
emulsions ready for immediate field use. Also provides
excellent emulsions with solvent solutions of Toxaphene.

to provide high concentration
emulsible insecticide formulations with kerosene.

TENLO-10 ffeivHETPl

to give better wetting characteristics,
increased coverage and control.

MfliU&UiAMMtAiMil for emulsifying solvent solu-
tions of various organic insecticides and herbicides
wherein special properties are desired in finished
formulation.

Write for samples and descriptive literature

Vlll

TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION

Incorporated

LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND. VIRGINIA

(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)

BLACK LEAF 40
BLACK LEAF 155

BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE

and

For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying

NICO FUME PRODUCTS
BENZO FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS

AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS
ARE "KIND" TO BENEHCIAL INSECTS.

PACIFIC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO 7. CALIFORNIA

COLLOIDAL Z-1

SPREADER AND DEPOSIT BUILDER

FOR MAXIMUM INSECTICIDAL AND
FUNGICIDAL EFFICIENCY

Colloidal Products Corporation

Proven Spreaders and Deposit Builders Since 1920

2598 Taylor St. San Francisco 11, Calif.

PACIFIC DISCOUERV

An illustrated magazine of natural sciences
published by the California Academy of Sciences
San Francisco, California

Dr. Robert C. Miller, Managing Editor; Don Greame Kelley,
Editor and Art Editor; Associate Editors, Dr. Wilbert M. Chap-
man, Director, School of Fisheries, University of Washington;
Dr. John L. Kask, Curator of Aquatic Biology at the Academy;
Dr. A. Starker Leopold, Assistant Professor of Zoology at the
University of California, Berkeley; Dr. Robert T. Orr, Curator
of Birds and Mammals at the Academy; Dr. Edward S. Ross,
Curator of Insects at the Academy; and Dr. Ira L. Wiggins,
Professor of Botany, Stanford University.

^'Pacific Discovery” is a bi-monthly magazine, the first issue
dated January-February, 1948. The first issue includes 'Hum-
mingbirds of the Mist”, by William Beebe; "What Do We Have
in Jackson Hole?” by Olas J. Murie; "Evening Skies in Winter”,
by Earle G. Linsley; 'Bats: Navigators of the Night”, by Robert
T. Orr; and "The Threat to Our Western Ranges”, by A. Starker
Leopold. Dr. Miller contributes an article on "The Mystery of
the Disappearing Sardine.”

Members of the California Academy of Sciences may receive
the magazine without additional charge, and non-members are
invited to subscribe for the magazine, at the rate of $3.00 a year.